10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

Commission File Number 0-25346

ACI WORLDWIDE, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	47-0772104
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

120 Broadway, Suite 3350

New York, New York 10271

(Address of principal executive offices, including zip code)

(646) 348-6700

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Common Stock, $.005 par value, NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.     Yes  ¨    No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x    No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer	x	Accelerated filer	¨
Non-accelerated filer	¨	Smaller reporting company	¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).     Yes  ¨    No  x

The aggregate market value of the Company’s voting common stock held by non-affiliates on June 30, 2011 (the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter), based upon the last sale price of the common stock on that date of $33.77 was $1,120,818,938. For purposes of this calculation, executive officers, directors and holders of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of the registrant’s common stock are deemed to be affiliates of the registrant and are excluded from the calculation.

As of February 17, 2012, there were 39,175,561 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference – Portions of the registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on June 13, 2012, are incorporated by reference in Part III of this report. This registrant’s Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

		Page
PART I
Item 1.	Business		3
Item 1A. Item 1B.	Risk Factors Unresolved Staff Comments		14 22
Item 2.	Properties		22
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings		22
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures		22
PART II
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities		22
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data		25
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		26
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk		44
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data		44
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure		44
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures		44
Item 9B.	Other Information		47
PART III
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance		47
Item 11.	Executive Compensation		47
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters		47
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence		47
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services		48
PART IV
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules		48
Signatures			86

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve a number of risks and uncertainties. Generally, forward-looking statements do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and may include words or phrases such as “believes,” “will,” “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” and words and phrases of similar impact. The forward-looking statements are made pursuant to safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, as amended.

Forward-looking statements in this report include, but are not limited to, statements regarding future operations, business strategy, business environment, key trends, and, in each case, statements related to expected financial and other benefits. Many of these factors will be important in determining our actual future results. Any or all of the forward-looking statements in this report may turn out to be incorrect. They may be based on inaccurate assumptions or may not account for known or unknown risks and uncertainties. Consequently, no forward-looking statement can be guaranteed. Actual future results may vary materially from those expressed or implied in any forward-looking statements, and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, we disclaim any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this report, except as required by law.

All of the forward-looking statements in this report are expressly qualified by the risk factors discussed in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Such factors include, but are not limited to, risks related to:

• the global financial crisis and the continuing decline in the global economy;

• volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets and adverse changes in the global economy;

• consolidations and failures in the financial services industry;

• increased competition;

• restrictions and other financial covenants in our credit facility;

• the restatement of our financial statements;

• the accuracy of management’s backlog estimates;

• impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets;

• exposure to unknown tax liabilities;

• risks from operating internationally;

• our offshore software development activities;

• customer reluctance to switch to a new vendor;

• the performance of our strategic product, BASE24-eps;

• our strategy to migrate customers to our next generation products;

• ratable or deferred recognition of certain revenue associated with customer migrations and the maturity of certain products;

• demand for our products;

• failure to obtain renewals of customer contracts or to obtain such renewals on favorable terms;

• delay or cancellation of customer projects or inaccurate project completion estimates;

• business interruptions or failure of our information technology and communication systems;

• our alliance with International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”);

• the complexity of our products and services and the risk that they may contain hidden defects or be subjected to security breaches or viruses;

• compliance of our products with applicable legislation, governmental regulations and industry standards;

• our compliance with privacy regulations;

• the protection of our intellectual property in intellectual property litigation;

• future acquisitions, strategic partnerships and investments and litigation;

• the risk that expected synergies, operational efficiencies and cost savings from our recent acquisition of S1 Corporation (“S1”) may not be fully realized or realized within the expected timeframe;

• the cyclical nature of our revenue and earnings and the accuracy of forecasts due to the concentration of revenue generating activity during the final weeks of each quarter; and

• volatility in our stock price.

The cautionary statements in this report expressly qualify all of our forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results to differ from those expressed or implied in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Item 1A in the section entitled “Risk Factors”.

1

Trademarks and Service Marks

ACI, the ACI logo, ACI Worldwide, BASE24-eps, BASE24, OpeN/2, among others, are registered trademarks and/or registered service marks of ACI Worldwide, Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and/or other countries. ACI Payment Systems, ACI Payment Systems logo, ACI Payment Systems – Trusted Globally, Agile Payment Solution, ACI Enterprise Banker, ACI Global Banker, ACI Retail Commerce Server, AS/X, ACI Issuer, ACI Acquirer, ACI Interchange, ACI Token Manager, ACI Payments Manager, ACI Card Management System, ACI Smart Chip Manager, ACI Dispute Management System, ACI Simulation Services for Enterprise Testing or ASSET, ACI Money Transfer System, NET24, ACI Proactive Risk Manager, PRM, ACI Case Manager System, ACI Communication Services, ACI Enterprise Security Services, ACI Web Access Services, ACI Monitoring and Management and ACI DataWise, among others, have pending registrations or are common-law trademarks and/or service marks of ACI Worldwide, Inc., or one of its subsidiaries, in the United States and/or other countries. Other parties’ marks referred to in this report are the property of their respective owners.

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

General

ACI Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and our subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “ACI”, “ACI Worldwide”, the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our”) develop, market, install and support a broad line of software products and services primarily focused on facilitating electronic payments. In addition to our own products, we distribute, or act as a sales agent for, software developed by third parties. These products and services are used principally by financial institutions, retailers and electronic payment processors, both in domestic and international markets. Most of our products are sold and supported through distribution networks covering three geographic regions – the Americas, Europe/Middle East/Africa (“EMEA”) and Asia/Pacific. Each distribution network has its own sales force that it supplements with independent reseller and/or distributor networks. Our products are marketed under the ACI Worldwide and ACI Payment Systems brands.

The electronic payments market is comprised of financial institutions, retailers, third-party electronic payment processors, payment associations, switch interchanges and a wide range of transaction-generating endpoints, including automated teller machines (“ATM”), retail merchant locations, bank branches, mobile phones, corporations and Internet commerce sites. The authentication, authorization, switching, settlement and reconciliation of electronic payments is a complex activity due to the large number of locations and variety of sources from which transactions can be generated, the large number of participants in the market, high transaction volumes, geographically dispersed networks, differing types of authorization, and varied reporting requirements. These activities are typically performed online and are often conducted 24 hours a day, seven days a week.

ACI Worldwide, Inc. was formed as a Delaware corporation in November 1993 under the name ACI Holding, Inc. and is largely the successor to Applied Communications, Inc. and Applied Communications Inc. Limited, which we acquired from Tandem Computers Incorporated on December 31, 1993.

On July 24, 2007, our stockholders approved the adoption of an Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change our corporate name from “Transaction Systems Architects, Inc.” to “ACI Worldwide, Inc.”. We have been marketing our products and services under the ACI Worldwide brand since 1993 and have gained significant market recognition under this brand name.

Acquisition

On March 18, 2011, we closed the acquisition of ISD Holdings, Inc. and its 100% owned subsidiary ISD Corporation (collectively “ISD”). ISD’s suite of products enables retailers to consolidate, manage, secure and route all electronic transactions from their point-of-sale systems to third party processors for authorization and settlement.

The aggregate purchase price of ISD was $19.2 million, after working capital adjustments in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, including $2.4 million in cash acquired. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based on the relative fair value of all assets and liabilities.

2

Subsequent Event

S1 Corporation

On February 10, 2012, we completed the exchange offer for S1 and all its subsidiaries for approximately $360 million in cash and 5.8 million shares of our stock resulting in a total purchase price of $565 million, or $10.39 per share (the “Merger”). The combination of our company and S1 will create a leader in the global enterprise payments industry. The combined company will have enhanced scale, breadth and additional capabilities, as well as a complementary suite of products that will better serve the entire spectrum of financial institutions, processors and retailers. Stockholders of both companies will benefit from the significant upside potential of a larger, more diversified company that is strongly positioned in a wide range of markets.

Under the terms of the transaction, S1 stockholders could elect to receive $10.00 in cash or 0.3148 shares of our stock for each S1 share they own, subject to proration, such that in the aggregate 33.8% of S1 shares are exchanged for the Company’s shares and 66.2% are exchanged for cash. No S1 shareholders received fractional shares of our stock. Instead, the total number of shares that each holder of S1 common stock received was rounded down to the nearest whole number, and we paid cash for any resulting fractional share determined by multiplying the fraction by $34.14.

We used $65.0 million of our cash balance for the acquisition in addition to $295.0 million of senior bank financing arranged through Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. See Note 6, Debt, for terms of the financing arrangement.

Products

Our software products perform a wide range of functions designed to facilitate electronic payments. Generally, our products address three primary market segments:

• Retail banking, including debit and credit card issuers

• Wholesale banking, including corporate cash management and treasury management operations

• Retailers

In addition, we market our solutions to third-party electronic payment processors, who serve all three of the above market segments. We also offer solutions that are not industry-specific, but complement our payments products, to address needs for systems connectivity, data synchronization, testing and simulation and systems monitoring.

Our products cover six different domains within the payments business:

• Online Banking and Cash Management – the initiation of payments through online banking systems as well as the management of cash balances across accounts

• Retail Banking Payments – the management of a consumer payment through its lifecycle within the banking system, which we split into Payments Processing, and Card and Merchant Management

• Wholesale Banking Payments – the management of primarily corporate payments and messages through their lifecycle including high value and ACH payments, wire transfers and SWIFT transactions

• Retail – the management of a consumer payment within the retailer and supporting services such as the management of store and gift card and loyalty programs

• Payment Fraud Detection – the securing of payments against fraud and money laundering

• Tools and infrastructure – the tools and infrastructure to operate and optimize the payments system

The sections below provide an overview of our major software products within these domains.

In September 2009, we announced our ACI Agile Payments Solution, the vision for our payments products. The vision recognizes the long term direction to migrate payments processing from the current discrete structures to a service-based delivery mechanism. The first stage of the strategy has been to deliver tight integration between the current products allowing for the delivering of capability solutions that cross domains, for instance Online Banking Fraud Detection. While we are evolving our service offerings into ACI Agile Payments Solution reference architecture, organizations can benefit from the integrated and enterprise capabilities of the existing product suite and start moving towards an agile payments environment.

3

Online Banking and Cash Management Products

Within the Online Banking and Cash Management domain, ACI has two products:

• ACI Enterprise Banker is a comprehensive Internet-based business banking product for financial institutions including banks, brokerage firms and credit unions and can be flexibly packaged for small, medium and large business customers. This product provides these customers with electronic payment initiation capability, information reporting, and numerous other payment related services that allow the business customer to manage all its banking needs via the Internet. In 2010, the functionality was extended to include mobile banking services solutions. With our partner mShift, we have recently demonstrated a prototype that supports tablets such as the iPad.

• ACI Global Banker provides single-window access to corporate cash management, trade finance, FX services, reporting and data exchange. Global Banker supports single-window, Single Sign-On access to a bank’s corporate Internet banking platform. This enterprise-wide, multi-country, multi-language, multi-currency solution allows banks of all sizes to uniquely package products and services for different countries and segments — or even individual customers — from a single, flexible platform.

Retail Banking Payments – Payments Processing

Our retail payments processing products are designed to route electronic payment transactions from transaction generators to the acquiring institutions so that they can be authorized for payment. The software often interfaces with regional or national switches to access the account-holding financial institution or card issuer for approval or denial of the transactions (authorization). The software returns messages to the original transaction generator (e.g. an ATM), thereby completing the transactions. Depending on how the software is configured, it can perform all of the functions necessary to authenticate, authorize, route and settle an electronic payment transaction, or it can interact with other systems to ensure that these functions are performed. Payments processing software may be required to interact with dozens of devices, switch interchanges and communication protocols around the world. We currently offer the following products for this domain:

• BASE24-eps is an integrated electronic payments processing product marketed to customers operating electronic payment networks in the retail banking and retail industries. The modular architecture of the product enables customers to select the application and system components that are required to operate their networks. BASE24-eps offers a broad range of features and functions for electronic payment processing. BASE24-eps allows customers to adapt to changing network needs by supporting 12 different types of ATMs and five different types of point of sale (“POS”) terminals, 48 interchange interfaces, and various authentication, authorization and reporting options with standardized acceptance formats enabling processing of transactions from sources such as internet banking, branch or mobile systems. BASE24-eps uses an object-based architecture and languages such as C++ and Java to offer a flexible, open architecture for the processing of a wide range of electronic payment transactions. BASE24-eps also uses a scripting language to improve overall transaction processing flexibility and improve time to market for new services, reducing the need for traditional systems modifications. BASE24-eps is licensed as a standalone electronic payments solution for financial institutions, retailers and electronic payment processors. BASE24-eps, which operates on IBM System z, IBM System p, Hewlett-Packard Company (“HP”) NonStop, and Oracle Solaris servers, provides flexible integration points to other applications and data within enterprises to support 24-hour per day access to money, services and information.

On the HP NonStop platform, BASE24-eps uses NET24-XPNET, an ACI developed message oriented middleware solution.

ACI continues to support and maintain a number of other retail payments engines which are no longer actively marketed to new customers.

• BASE24 is an integrated family of software products previously marketed to customers operating electronic payment networks in the retail banking and retail industries. A substantial portion of ACI’s revenues are derived from licensing the BASE24 family of products and providing related services and maintenance as it has been the core of the ACI business since the Company’s inception.

The BASE24 product line operates exclusively on HP NonStop servers. The HP NonStop parallel-processing environment offers fault-tolerance, linear expandability and distributed processing capabilities. The combination of features offered by BASE24 and the HP NonStop technology are important characteristics in high volume, 24-hour per day electronic payment systems.

4

BASE24 makes use of NET24-XPNET, an ACI developed message oriented middleware solution.

BASE24-eps was developed specifically to take the BASE24 functionality to a new more flexible architecture, responding to customers’ ideas, as well as allow the functionality to be delivered on a range of hardware platforms.

• ON/2 is an integrated electronic payments processing system, exclusively designed for the Stratus VOS operating environment. It authenticates, authorizes, routes and switches transactions generated at ATMs and merchant POS sites.

• OpeN/2 is an integrated electronic payments processing system, designed for open-systems environments such as Microsoft Windows, UNIX and Linux. It offers a wide range of electronic payments processing capabilities for financial institutions, retailers and electronic payment processors.

• AS/X a product acquired in the eps AG acquisition, is an integrated electronic payments processing system designed for open-systems environments such as UNIX. It supports a wide range of electronic payments processing capabilities for financial institutions and electronic payment processors in Germany and Switzerland.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 43%, 46% and 46%, respectively, of our total revenues were derived from licensing the BASE24 product line, which revenue amounts do not include revenue associated with licensing the BASE24-eps product.

Retail Banking Payments – Card and Merchant Management

ACI Card and Merchant Management solutions are card issuing and merchant management products, which have been successfully used by the payments industry for many years. These products run on IBM System z, and various Unix and Microsoft Windows servers. The products within back office services are:

• ACI Issuer, is a modern card and account management system. It has been developed to support national, international, and global financial institutions. The system has full multi-currency, multi-product, multi-institution and multi-language capabilities. It manages card portfolios in different countries and for different issuers on a single platform and has been built to fully comply with EMV standards.

• ACI Acquirer, supports the full lifecycle of merchant portfolio management, including merchant onboarding, transaction acquisition, interchange fee qualification, settlement and statement generation. The system is enabled with the flexibility acquirers require to manage complex merchant portfolios.

• ACI Interchange, is the central monetary transaction manager, processing all incoming customer transactions and maintaining a central transactions database. ACI Interchange also manages the clearing and settlement communication with the major international payment schemes, ensuring compliance with Visa, MasterCard, American Express, China Union Pay and JCB. The module can easily be adapted to manage clearing and settlement with additional networks such as domestic payment schemes.

• ACI Token Manager consists of a suite of products from ACI’s partner Bell Identification B.V. The Smart Card & Application Management System provides for central lifecycle management of smart cards and other tokens as well as the management of the applications activated within the scheme. The Key Management System facilitates the implementation of security concepts based on the generation, storage, recovery, import and distribution of cryptographic keys. The keys are used for encryption and decryption of data and for verification and authorization of trusted parties using digital certificates. ACI Token Manager for Mobile enables the delivery of payment tokens, such as wallets, to mobile phones.

• ACI Payments Manager is an integrated, modular software solution that automates the processing, settlement and reconciliation of electronic transactions, as well as provides plastic card issuance and account management. This product is now primarily marketed in North America.

ACI continues to support and maintain several other back office services products which are no longer sold to new customers such as:

• ACI Card Management System is a complete plastic card system for issuing cards, maintaining account information, tracking card usage and providing customer service.

5

• ACI Smart Chip Manager supports the deployment of stored-value and other chip card applications used at smart card-enabled devices.

• ACI Dispute Management System provides issuers the ability to work retail discrepancies caused by processing errors, disputes, charge backs and fraud.

Wholesale Banking Payments

Our wholesale banking payments solutions are focused on global, super-regional and regional financial institutions that provide treasury management services to large corporations. In addition, the market includes non-bank financial institutions with the need to conduct their own internal treasury management activities.

Our wholesale banking payments solution, ACI Money Transfer System provides high value payments processing, bulk payments processing and global messaging. The high value payments processing function, which produces the majority of revenues for the ACI Money Transfer System, is used to generate, authorize, route, settle and control high value wire transfer transactions in domestic and international environments. The ACI Money Transfer System product operates on IBM System p servers using the AIX operating system and communicates over proprietary networks using a variety of messaging formats, including S.W.I.F.T., EBA, Target, Ellips, CEC, RTGSplus, Fedwire, CHIPS and Telex.

Retail

ACI Retail Commerce Server, our solution for retailers, is an integrated suite of electronic payments products that facilitate a broad range of capabilities. These capabilities include prepaid, debit and credit card processing, ACH processing, electronic benefits transfer, card issuance and management, check authorization, customer loyalty programs and returned check collection. The Retail Commerce Server product line operates on open systems technologies such as Microsoft Windows, UNIX and Linux, with most of the current installations deployed on the Microsoft Windows platform. In 2011, ACI acquired ISD and has integrated the acquired functionality into Retail Commerce Server including delivering capability for solving the PCI compliance needs of retailers.

Payment Fraud Detection

• ACI Proactive Risk Manager is a neural network-based fraud detection system designed to help card issuers, merchants, merchant acquirers and financial institutions combat fraud schemes. The system combines the pattern recognition capability of neural-network transaction scoring with custom risk models of expert rules-based strategies and advanced client/server account management software. The real time capability enables fraud assessment to be part of the authorization process preventing fraud occurring. ACI Proactive Risk Manager operates on IBM System z, HP NonStop, Oracle Solaris and Microsoft Windows servers. There are six editions of Proactive Risk Manager, each of which is tailored for specific industry needs. The six editions are debit, credit, merchant, private label, money laundering detection and enterprise.

• ACI Case Manager offers customers the flexibility to automate activities and processes across the complete lifecycle of a case. Cases are created when fraud officers checking an alert within ACI Proactive Risk Manager identify fraud or money laundering. The solution is a basic framework that defines processes for researching and resolving cases, including investigation resources, timeframes, escalation paths and alerts. The ACI Case Manager also acts as a central repository for case histories and resource activities to provide organizations with centralized auditing capabilities.

Tools and Infrastructure

The Tools and Infrastructure products provide specific technology extensions to augment the business services provided in the five business service domains described above.

• ACI Communication Services provides a range of communication services to enable message exchange on multiple platforms in particular enabling applications to support legacy protocols, such as SNA and X.25, running over TCP/IP networks. It also supports hybrid networking environments such as IBM’s HPR/IP. This set of products runs on HP NonStop, IBM System z and Unix platforms.

• ACI Enterprise Security Services is a suite of security solutions that secure access to systems and resources. These products run on the HP NonStop platform and are designed to take advantage of HP NonStop fundamentals.

6

• ACI Web Access Services allows HP NonStop users to securely expose existing applications to peer systems as well as PC clients and web browsers. Web Access Services supports new GUI client development, standard 6530 and 3270E terminal emulation or automated data stream transformation to give users a range of options for integrating NonStop services across the enterprise.

• ACI Simulation Services for Enterprise Testing (ASSET) is a simulation and testing tool that allows companies involved in electronic payments to simulate devices and transactions, and perform application testing.

• ACI Payment Service Management powered by Prognosis. In 2010, we formed a partnership with Integrated Research Limited (“Integrated Research”) to resell their Prognosis product. This provides intelligent payment service management through in-depth monitoring and analysis of transactions, applications, supporting IT infrastructure, and payments devices. Prognosis is available for use with BASE24, BASE24-eps, ACI Proactive Risk Manager, and ACI Money Transfer System.

Partnerships and Industry Participation

We have two major types of third-party partners: technology partners, where we work closely with industry leaders who drive key industry trends and mandates, and business partners, where we either embed technology in ACI products or jointly market solutions that include the products of other companies.

Technology partners help us add value to our solutions, stay abreast of current market conditions and industry developments such as standards. Technology partner organizations include Diebold, NCR, Wincor-Nixdorf, VISA, MasterCard and S.W.I.F.T. In addition ACI has membership in or participates in the relevant committees of a number of industry associations, such as the International Organization for Standardization (“ISO”), Interactive Financial eXchange Forum (“IFX”), International Payments Framework Association (“IPFA”), UK Cards Association and the PCI Security Standards Council.

Business partner relationships extend our product portfolio, improve our ability to get our solutions to market and enhance our ability to deliver market-leading solutions. We share revenues with these business partners based on a number of factors related to overall value contribution in the delivery of our joint solution. The agreements with business partners include joint marketing and traditional original equipment manufacturer (“OEM”) relationships. These agreements generally grant ACI the right to create an integrated solution that we distribute or represent on a worldwide basis and have a term of several years.

We have strategic alliances with our business partners HP, IBM and Oracle, whose industry leading hardware and software are utilized by ACI’s products. These partnerships allow us to understand developments in their technology and to utilize their expertise in topics like performance testing.

The following is a list of key business partners:

• Accuity, Inc.

• ACE Software Solutions Inc.

• Bell ID

• FairCom Corporation

• HP

• IBM

• Integrated Research

• Intuit, Inc.

• iPay Technologies, LLC

• MShift, Inc.

• Opera Solutions, LLC

• Oracle USA, Inc.

• RSA, The Security Division of EMC Corporation

• Sterci Group

• Symantec Corporation

7

Services

We offer our customers a wide range of professional services, including analysis, design, development, implementation, integration and training. We have service professionals within each of our three geographic regions who generally perform the majority of the work associated with installing and integrating our software products, rather than relying on third-party systems integrators. We offer the following types of services for our customers:

• Implementation Services. We utilize a standard methodology to deliver customer project implementations across all products lines. Within the process, we provide customers with a variety of services, including on-site solution scoping reviews, project planning, training, site preparation, installation, product configuration, product customization, testing and go-live support, and project management throughout the project lifecycle. Implementation services are typically priced according to the level of technical expertise required.

• Technical Services. The majority of our technical services are provided to customers who have licensed one or more of our software products. Services offered include programming and programming support, day-to-day systems operations, network operations, help desk staffing, quality assurance testing, problem resolution, system design, and performance planning and review. Technical services are typically priced according to the level of technical expertise required.

• Facilities Management. We offer facilities management services whereby we operate a customer’s electronic payments system for multi-year periods. Pricing and payment terms for facilities management services vary on a case-by-case basis giving consideration to the complexity of the facility or system to be managed, the level and quantity of technical services required, and other factors relevant to the facilities management agreement.

• ACI On Demand. We offer a service whereby we host a customer’s system for them as opposed to the customer licensing and installing the system on their own site. We offer several of our solutions in this manner, including our retail and wholesale payment engines, risk management and online banking products. Each customer gets a unique image of the system that can be tailored to meet their needs. The product is generally located on facilities and hardware that we provide. Pricing and payment terms depend on which solutions the customer requires and their transaction volumes. Generally, customers are required to commit to a minimum contract of three to five years.

Customer Support

We provide our customers with product support that is available 24 hours a day, seven days a week. If requested by a customer, the product support group can remotely access that customer’s systems on a real-time basis. This allows the product support group to help diagnose and correct problems to enhance the continuous availability of a customer’s business-critical systems. We offer our customers both a general maintenance plan and an extended service option.

• General Maintenance. After software installation and project completion, we provide maintenance services to customers for a monthly product support fee. Maintenance services include:

• 24-hour hotline for problem resolution

• Customer account management support

• Vendor-required mandates and updates

• Product documentation

• Hardware operating system compatibility

• User group membership

• Enhanced Support Program. Under the extended service option, referred to as the Enhanced Support Program, each customer is assigned an experienced technician to work with its system. The technician typically performs functions such as:

• Install and test software fixes

• Retrofit custom software modifications (“CSMs”) into new software releases

• Answer questions and resolve problems related to CSM code

• Maintain a detailed CSM history

8

• Monitor customer problems on HELP24 hotline database on a priority basis

• Supply on-site support, available upon demand

• Perform an annual system review

We provide new releases of our products on a periodic basis. New releases of our products, which often contain product enhancements, are typically provided at no additional fee for customers under maintenance agreements. Agreements with our customers permit us to charge for substantial product enhancements that are not provided as part of the maintenance agreement.

Competition

The electronic payments market is highly competitive and subject to rapid change. Competitive factors affecting the market for our products and services include product features, price, availability of customer support, ease of implementation, product and company reputation, and a commitment to continued investment in research and development.

Our competitors vary by product line, geography and market segment. Generally, our most significant competition comes from in-house information technology departments of existing and potential customers, as well as third-party electronic payments processors (some of whom are our customers). Many of these companies are significantly larger than us and have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources. Key competitors by product domain include the following:

Online Banking and Cash Management

Principal competitors for the Online Banking and Cash Management product set are Clear2Pay NV/SA (“Clear2Pay”), Intuit Corporation and Fundtech Ltd, as well as payment processing companies First Data Corporation, Fidelity National Information Services, Inc, and Fiserv, Inc.

Retail Banking Payments

The third-party software competitors for the products in the retail banking payments are Clear2Pay, Computer Sciences Corporation, Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., OpenWay Group, and Total System Services, Inc. (“TSYS”), as well as small, regionally-focused companies such as Alaric Technology Inc., BPC Banking Technologies, Distra Pty. Ltd., PayEx Solutions AS, Lusis Payments Ltd., and Opus Software Solutions Private Limited. Primary electronic payment processing competitors in this area include global entities such as Atos Origin S.A., Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., First Data Corporation, SiNSYS, TSYS, VISA and MasterCard, as well as regional or country-specific processors.

Wholesale Banking Payments

In the wholesale banking payments the principal competitors are Bankserv, Clear2Pay, Dovetail Software, Fundtech Ltd, IBM, Logica Plc and Tieto Corporation.

Retail

Competitors in the retail sector come from both third party software and service providers as well service organizations run by major banks. Third party software and service competitors include AJB Software Design, Inc., Heartland Payment Systems, Inc., Servebase Computers Ltd, Tender Retail Inc., and VeriFone Systems, Inc.

Payments Fraud Detection

Principal competitors for the payments fraud detection products are Actimize, Inc., Fair Isaac Corporation, Fidelity National Information Services, Inc., Fiserv, Inc., Memento Inc., Norkom Technologies, and SAS Institute, Inc., as well as dozens of smaller companies focused on niches of this segment such as anti-money laundering.

9

Tools and Infrastructure

The principal competitors for the tools and infrastructure products are CA Technologies, HP, IBM and Oracle USA, Inc., as well as dozens of small, niche-focused competitors.

As markets continue to evolve in the electronic payments, risk management and smartcard sectors, we may encounter new competitors for our products and services. As electronic payment transaction volumes increase and banks face price competition, third-party processors may become stronger competition in our efforts to market our solutions to smaller financial institutions. In the larger financial institution market, we believe that third-party processors may be less competitive since large institutions attempt to differentiate their electronic payment product offerings from their competition, and are more likely to develop or continue to support their own internally-developed solutions or use third-party software packages such as those we offer.

Research and Development

Our product development efforts focus on new products and improved versions of existing products. We facilitate user group meetings to help us determine our product strategy, development plans and aspects of customer support. The user groups are generally organized geographically or by product lines. We believe that the timely development of new applications and enhancements is essential to maintain our competitive position in the market.

In developing new products, we work closely with our customers and industry leaders to determine requirements. We work with device manufacturers, such as Diebold, NCR and Wincor-Nixdorf, to ensure compatibility with the latest ATM technology. We work with network vendors, such as MasterCard, VISA and S.W.I.F.T, to ensure compliance with new regulations or processing mandates. We work with computer hardware and software manufacturers, such as HP, IBM, Microsoft Corporation, Oracle and Stratus Technologies, Inc. to ensure compatibility with new operating system releases and generations of hardware. Customers often provide additional information on requirements and serve as beta-test partners.

Our total research and development expenses during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 were $90.2 million, $74.1 million, and $77.5 million, or 19.4%, 17.7%, and 19.1% of total revenues, respectively.

Customers

We provide software products and services to customers in a range of industries worldwide, with financial institutions, retailers and e-payment processors comprising our largest industry segments. As of December 31, 2011, our customers include 18 of the top 20 banks worldwide, as measured by asset size, 14 of the top 20 retailers in the United States, as measured by revenue, and six of the leading 25 global retailers. As of December 31, 2011, we had 784 customers in 79 countries on six continents. Of this total, 451 are in the Americas reportable segment, 207 are in the EMEA reportable segment and 126 are in the Asia/Pacific reportable segment. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of our consolidated revenues for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. One customer in the Americas reportable segment accounted for 12.6% of our consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011.

Selling and Marketing

Our primary method of distribution is direct sales by employees assigned to specific regions or specific products. In addition, we use distributors and sales agents to supplement our direct sales force in countries where business practices or customs make it appropriate, or where it is more economical to do so. We generate a majority of our sales leads through existing relationships with vendors, direct marketing programs, customers and prospects, or through referrals.

Current international distributors and sales agents for us during the year ended December 31, 2011 included:

• DataOne Asia Co (Thailand)

• Korea Computer Inc (Korea)

• North Data S.A. (Uruguay)

• Optimisa (Chile)

• P.T. Abhimata Persada (Indonesia)

• PTESA (Columbia)

• PTESAVEN C.A. (Venezuela)

• Syscom Computer Engineering (Taiwan)

• Syscom Computer (Shenzhen) (China)

10

We distribute the products of other vendors where they complement our existing product lines. We are typically responsible for the sales and marketing of the vendor’s products, and agreements with these vendors generally provide for revenue sharing based on relative responsibilities.

In addition to our principal sales offices in Omaha and Waltham, we also have sales offices located outside the United States in Athens, Bahrain, Bangkok, Beijing, Buenos Aires, Dubai Internet City, Gouda, Johannesburg, Kuala Lumpur, Madrid, Manila, Melbourne, Mexico City, Milan, Moscow, Mumbai, Naples, Paris, Riyadh, Sao Paulo, Seoul, Shanghai, Singapore, Sulzbach, Sydney, Tokyo, Toronto, and Watford.

Proprietary Rights and Licenses

We rely on a combination of trade secret and copyright laws, license agreements, contractual provisions and confidentiality agreements to protect our proprietary rights. We distribute our software products under software license agreements that typically grant customers nonexclusive licenses to use our products. Use of our software products is usually restricted to designated computers, specified locations and/or specified capacity, and is subject to terms and conditions prohibiting unauthorized reproduction or transfer of our software products. We also seek to protect the source code of our software as a trade secret and as a copyrighted work. Despite these precautions, there can be no assurance that misappropriation of our software products and technology will not occur.

In addition to our own products, we distribute, or act as a sales agent for, software developed by third parties. However, we typically are not involved in the development process used by these third parties. Our rights to those third-party products and the associated intellectual property rights are limited by the terms of the contractual agreement between us and the respective third-party.

Although we believe that our owned and licensed intellectual property rights do not infringe upon the proprietary rights of third parties, there can be no assurance that third parties will not assert infringement claims against us. Further, there can be no assurance that intellectual property protection will be available for our products in all foreign countries.

Like many companies in the electronic commerce and other high-tech industries, third parties have in the past and may in the future assert claims or initiate litigation related to patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property rights to business processes, technologies and related standards that are relevant to us and our customers. These assertions have increased over time as a result of the general increase in patent claims assertions, particularly in the United States. Third parties may also claim that the third-party’s intellectual property rights are being infringed by our customers’ use of a business process method which utilizes products in conjunction with other products, which could result in indemnification claims against us by our customers. Any claim against us, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product delivery delays, require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements or pay amounts in settlement, or require us to develop alternative non-infringing technology. We could also be required to defend or indemnify our customers against such claims. A successful claim by a third-party of intellectual property infringement by us or one of our customers could compel us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements, pay significant damages or even stop selling certain products and incur additional costs to develop alternative non-infringing technology.

Segment Information and Foreign Operations

We derive a significant portion of our revenues from foreign operations. For detail of revenue by geographic region see Note 12, “Segment Information”, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Employees

As of December 31, 2011, we had a total of approximately 2,131 employees of whom 1,130 were in the Americas reportable segment, 593 were in the EMEA reportable segment and 408 were in the Asia/Pacific reportable segment.

None of our employees are subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that relations with our employees are good.

Available Information

Our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”), are available free of charge on our website at www.aciworldwide.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such information electronically with the SEC. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC. The public may read and copy any materials that we file with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference

11

Room at 100 F Street, Room 1580, NW, Washington DC 20549. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

As of February 22, 2012, our executive officers, their ages and their positions were as follows.

	September 30,	September 30,
Name	Age	Position
Philip G. Heasley	62	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Scott W. Behrens	40	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
Craig A. Maki	45	Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Corporate Development Officer
Dennis P. Byrnes	48	Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary
David N. Morem	54	Executive Vice President, Global Business Operations
Charles H. Linberg	54	Vice President, Chief Technology Officer

Mr. Heasley has been a director and our President and Chief Executive Officer since March 2005. Mr. Heasley has a comprehensive background in payment systems and financial services. From October 2003 to March 2005, Mr. Heasley served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of PayPower LLC, an acquisition and consulting firm specializing in financial services and payment services. Mr. Heasley served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First USA Bank from October 2000 to November 2003. Prior to joining First USA Bank, from 1987 until 2000, Mr. Heasley served in various capacities for U.S. Bancorp, including Executive Vice President, and President and Chief Operating Officer. Before joining U.S. Bancorp, Mr. Heasley spent 13 years at Citicorp, including three years as President and Chief Operating Officer of Diners Club, Inc. Mr. Heasley is also a director of Official Payments Holdings, Inc. (NASDAQ: OPAY), a provider of electronic payment solutions for the biller direct market, and Lender Processing Services, Inc. (NYSE: LPS), a provider of mortgage processing services, settlement services, mortgage performance analytics and default solutions. Mr. Heasley also serves on the National Infrastructure Advisory Board.

Mr. Behrens serves as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Behrens joined ACI in June 2007 as our Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer. Mr. Behrens was appointed Chief Financial Officer in December 2008. Prior to joining ACI, Mr. Behrens served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Controller and Chief Accounting Officer at SITEL Corporation from January 2005 to June 2007. He also served as Vice President of Financial Reporting at SITEL Corporation from April 2003 to January 2005. From 1993 to 2003, Mr. Behrens was with Deloitte & Touche, LLP, including two years as a Senior Audit Manager. Mr. Behrens holds a Bachelor of Science (Honors) from the University of Nebraska—Lincoln.

Mr. Maki serves as Senior Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Corporate Development Officer. Mr. Maki joined the Company in June 2006. Mr. Maki was appointed Treasurer in January 2008. Prior to joining the Company, Mr. Maki served as Senior Vice President for Stephens, Inc. from 1999 through 2006. From 1994 to 1999, Mr. Maki was a Director in the Corporate Finance group at Arthur Andersen and from 1991 to 1994, he was a Senior Consultant at Andersen Consulting. Mr. Maki graduated from the University of Wyoming and received his Master of Business Administration from the University of Denver.

Mr. Byrnes serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Byrnes joined the Company in June 2003. Prior to that Mr. Byrnes served as an attorney in Bank One Corporation’s technology group from 2002 to 2003. From 1996 to 2002 Mr. Byrnes was an executive officer at Sterling Commerce, Inc., an electronic commerce software and services company, serving as that company’s general counsel from 2000. From 1991 to 1996 Mr. Byrnes was an attorney with Baker Hostetler, a national law firm with over 600 attorneys. Mr. Byrnes holds a JD (cum laude) from The Ohio State University College of Law, a Master of Business Administration from Xavier University and a Bachelor of Science in engineering (magna cum laude) from Case Western Reserve University.

Mr. Morem joined the Company in June 2005 and serves as Executive Vice President, Global Business Operations. Prior to his appointment as Senior Vice President, Global Business Operations in January 2008, Mr. Morem served as Chief Administrative Officer of the Company. Prior to joining ACI, Mr. Morem held executive positions at GE Home Loans, Bank One Card Services and U.S. Bank. Mr. Morem brings more than 25 years of experience in process management, finance, credit operations, credit policy and change management. Mr. Morem holds a Bachelor of Arts degree from the University of Minnesota and a Master of Business Administration from the University of St. Thomas.

12

Mr. Linberg serves as Vice President and Chief Technology Officer. In this capacity he is responsible for the architectural direction of ACI products including the formation of platform, middleware and integration strategies. Mr. Linberg joined the Company in 1988 and has served in various technical management roles including Vice President of Payment Systems, Vice President of Architecture and Technology, Vice President of BASE24 Development and Vice President of Network Systems. Prior to joining ACI, Mr. Linberg was Vice President of Research and Development at XRT, Inc., where he led the development of XRT’s proprietary fault-tolerant LAN/WAN communications middleware, relational database and 4GL products. Mr. Linberg holds a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of Delaware.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

Factors That May Affect Our Future Results or the Market Price of Our Common Stock

We operate in a rapidly changing technological and economic environment that presents numerous risks. Many of these risks are beyond our control and are driven by factors that often cannot be predicted. The following discussion highlights some of these risks.

The continuing global financial crisis affecting the banking and financial markets and the continuing decline in global economic conditions could reduce the demand for our products and services or otherwise adversely impact our cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

The continuing global financial crisis and downturn in global economic conditions have reached unprecedented levels over the past few years. As a result of these conditions, including, the declining real estate and retail markets, changes in bank credit quality in the United States or abroad, extreme capital and credit market volatility, higher unemployment and declining business and consumer confidence, the global banking and financial markets have suffered substantial stress, volatility, illiquidity and disruption. For the foreseeable future, we expect to derive most of our revenue from products and services we provide to the banking and financial services industries. The global electronic payments industry and the banking and financial services industries depend heavily upon the overall levels of consumer, business and government spending. The current economic conditions and the potential for increased or continuing disruptions in these industries as well as the general software sector could result in a decrease in consumers’ use of banking services and financial service providers resulting in significant decreases in the demand for our products and services which could adversely affect our business and operating results. A lessening demand in either the overall economy, the banking and financial services industry or the software sector could also result in the implementation by banks and related financial service providers of cost reduction measures or reduced capital spending resulting in longer sales cycles, deferral or delay of purchase commitments for our products and increased price competition which could lead to a material decrease in our future revenues and earnings.

The current financial crisis has also resulted in the bankruptcy, closure, acquisition of, or government assistance to, many domestic and international financial institutions as well as the credit deterioration of many financial institutions. As the industry continues to experience contraction in the number of participating institutions, our existing customers may be acquired by or merged with other financial institutions that have their own electronic payment solutions or be closed by regulators which reduces the number of our customers and potential customers which could result in fewer opportunities for revenue growth, decreased sales and adversely impact our operating results. Moreover, to the degree that the financial crisis and the volatility in the credit markets continues to deteriorate the credit of financial institutions and makes it more difficult for our customers to maintain sufficient liquidity to meet their operating needs or obtain financing, customers may be unable to timely meet their payment obligations to us and we may experience greater difficulties in accounts receivable collection, increases in bad debt write-offs and additions to reserves in our receivables portfolio which could have a material adverse impact on our cash flows, operating results and financial condition.

The volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets and adverse changes in the global economy may negatively impact our liquidity and our ability to access financing.

While we intend to finance our operations and growth of our business with existing cash and cash flow from operations, if adverse global economic conditions persist or worsen, we could experience a decrease in cash from operations attributable to reduced demand for our products and services and as a result, we may need to borrow additional amounts under our existing credit facility or we may require additional financing for our continued operation and growth. However, due to the existing uncertainty in the capital and credit markets and the impact of the current economic crisis on our operating results and financial conditions, the amount of available unused borrowings under our existing credit facility may be insufficient to meet our needs and/or our access to capital outside of our existing credit facility may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all. Additionally, if one or more of the financial institutions in our syndicate were to default on its obligation to fund its commitment, the portion of the committed facility provided by such defaulting financial institution would not be available to us. There can be no assurance that alternative financing on acceptable terms would be available to replace any defaulted commitments.

13

Consolidations and failures in the financial services industry may adversely impact the number of customers and our revenues in the future.

Mergers, acquisitions and personnel changes at key financial services organizations have the potential to adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Our business is concentrated in the financial services industry, making us susceptible to consolidation in, or contraction of the number of participating institutions within, that industry. Consolidation activity among financial institutions has increased in recent years and the current financial crisis has resulted in even further consolidation and contraction as financial institutions have failed or have been acquired by or merged with other financial institutions. There are several potential negative effects of increased consolidation activity. Continuing consolidation and failure of financial institutions could cause us to lose existing and potential customers for our products and services. For instance, consolidation of two of our customers could result in reduced revenues if the combined entity were to negotiate greater volume discounts or discontinue use of certain of our products. Additionally, if a non-customer and a customer combine and the combined entity in turn decided to forego future use of our products, our revenues would decline.

The software market is a rapidly changing and highly competitive industry, and we may not be able to compete effectively.

The software market is characterized by rapid change, evolving technologies and industry standards and intense competition. There is no assurance that we will be able to maintain our current market share or customer base. We face intense competition in our business and we expect competition to remain intense in the future. We have many competitors that are significantly larger than us and have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources, have well-established relationships with our current or potential customers, advertise aggressively or beat us to the market with new products and services. In addition, we expect that the markets in which we compete will continue to attract new competitors and new technologies. Increased competition in our markets could lead to price reductions, reduced profits, or loss of market share. The current global economic conditions could also result in increased price competition for our products and services.

To compete successfully, we need to maintain a successful research and development effort. If we fail to enhance our current products and develop new products in response to changes in technology and industry standards, bring product enhancements or new product developments to market quickly enough, or accurately predict future changes in our customers’ needs and our competitors develop new technologies or products, our products could become less competitive or obsolete.

Our current credit facility contains restrictions and other financial covenants that limit our flexibility in operating our business.

Our credit facility contains customary affirmative and negative covenants for credit facilities of this type that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability, and the ability of our subsidiaries, to, among other things: pay dividends on, repurchase or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make other restricted payments; make certain investments; sell certain assets; create liens; incur additional indebtedness or issue certain preferred shares; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets; and enter into certain transactions with our affiliates. Our credit facility also requires us to meet certain quarterly financial tests, including a maximum leverage ratio and a minimum interest coverage ratio. Our credit facility includes customary events of default, including, but not limited to, failure to pay principal or interest, breach of covenants or representations and warranties, cross-default to other indebtedness, judgment default and insolvency. If an event of default occurs under the credit facility, the lenders will be entitled to take various actions, including, but not limited to, demanding payment for all amounts outstanding. If adverse global economic conditions persist or worsen, we could experience decreased revenues from our operations attributable to reduced demand for our products and services and as a result, we could fail to satisfy the financial and other restrictive covenants to which we are subject under our existing credit facility, resulting in an event of default. If we are unable to cure the default or obtain a waiver, we will not be able to access our credit facility and there can be no assurance that we would be able to obtain alternative financing.

We may face risks related to recent restatements of our financial statements.

Prior to filing the 2008 Annual Report, we determined that we needed to restate our consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2008 to make adjustments related to the recognition of $1.9 million of revenue during that quarter for a software project in the Asia/Pacific reportable operating segment which should have been deferred until further project milestones were achieved. As a result, we also amended our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q/A for the periods ended June 30, 2008 and September 30, 2008 to report year-to-date data reflecting the adjustments made in the restated consolidated financial statements for the quarter ended March 31, 2008.

14

Companies that restate their financial statements sometimes face litigation claims and/or SEC proceedings following such a restatement. We could face monetary judgments, penalties or other sanctions which could adversely affect our financial condition and could cause our stock price to decline.

Management’s backlog estimate may not be accurate and may not generate the predicted revenues.

Estimates of future financial results are inherently unreliable. Our backlog estimates require substantial judgment and are based on a number of assumptions, including management’s current assessment of customer and third party contracts that exist as of the date the estimates are made, as well as revenues from assumed contract renewals, to the extent that we believe that recognition of the related revenue will occur within the corresponding backlog period. A number of factors could result in actual revenues being less than the amounts reflected in backlog. Our customers or third party partners may attempt to renegotiate or terminate their contracts for a number of reasons, including mergers, changes in their financial condition, or general changes in economic conditions within their industries or geographic locations, or we may experience delays in the development or delivery of products or services specified in customer contracts. Actual renewal rates and amounts may differ from historical experiences used to estimate backlog amounts. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may also impact the amount of revenue actually recognized in future periods. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that contracts included in backlog will actually generate the specified revenues or that the actual revenues will be generated within a 12-month or 60-month period. Additionally, because backlog estimates are operating metrics, the estimates are not required to be subject to the same level of internal review or controls as a generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) financial measure.

Our balance sheet includes significant amounts of goodwill and intangible assets. The impairment of a significant portion of these assets could negatively affect our financial results.

Our balance sheet includes goodwill and intangible assets that represent a significant portion of our total assets at December 31, 2011. On at least an annual basis, we assess whether there have been impairments in the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets. If the carrying value of the asset is determined to be impaired, then it is written down to fair value by a charge to operating earnings. An impairment of a significant portion of goodwill or intangible assets could materially negatively affect our results of operations.

We may face exposure to unknown tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our financial condition and/or results of operations.

We are subject to income and non-income based taxes in the United States and in various foreign jurisdictions. Significant judgment is required in determining our worldwide income tax liabilities and other tax liabilities. In addition, we expect to continue to benefit from implemented tax-saving strategies. We believe that these tax-saving strategies comply with applicable tax law. If the governing tax authorities have a different interpretation of the applicable law and successfully challenge any of our tax positions, our financial condition and/or results of operations could be adversely affected.

Two of our foreign subsidiaries are the subject of a tax examination by the local taxing authorities. Other foreign subsidiaries could face challenges from various foreign tax authorities. It is not certain that the local authorities will accept our tax positions. We believe our tax positions comply with applicable tax law and intend to vigorously defend our positions. However, differing positions on certain issues could be upheld by foreign tax authorities, which could adversely affect our financial condition and/or results of operations.

There are a number of risks associated with our international operations that could have a material impact on our operations and financial condition.

We have historically derived a majority of our revenues from international operations and anticipate continuing to do so. As a result, we are subject to risks of conducting international operations. One of the principal risks associated with international operations is potentially adverse movements of foreign currency exchange rates. Our exposures resulting from fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates may change over time as our business evolves and could have an adverse impact on our financial condition and/or results of operations. We have not entered into any derivative instruments or hedging contracts to reduce exposure to adverse foreign currency changes.

Other potential risks include difficulties associated with staffing and management, reliance on independent distributors, longer payment cycles, potentially unfavorable changes to foreign tax rules, compliance with foreign regulatory requirements, effects of a variety of foreign laws and regulations, including restrictions on access to personal information,

15

reduced protection of intellectual property rights, variability of foreign economic conditions, governmental currency controls, difficulties in enforcing our contracts in foreign jurisdictions, and general economic and political conditions in the countries where we sell our products and services. Some of our products may contain encrypted technology, the export of which is regulated by the United States government. Changes in United States and other applicable export laws and regulations restricting the export of software or encryption technology could result in delays or reductions in our shipments of products internationally. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully address these challenges.

We are engaged in offshore software development activities, which may not be successful and which may put our intellectual property at risk.

As part of our globalization strategy and to optimize available research and development resources, we utilize our Irish subsidiary to serve as the focal point for certain international product development and commercialization efforts. This subsidiary oversees remote software development operations in Romania and elsewhere, as well as manages certain of our intellectual property rights. In additional we manage certain offshore development activities in India. While our experience to date with our offshore development centers has been positive, there is no assurance that this will continue. Specifically, there are a number of risks associated with this activity, including but not limited to the following:

• communications and information flow may be less efficient and accurate as a consequence of the time, distance and language differences between our primary development organization and the foreign based activities, resulting in delays in development or errors in the software developed;

• in addition to the risk of misappropriation of intellectual property from departing personnel, there is a general risk of the potential for misappropriation of our intellectual property that might not be readily discoverable;

• the quality of the development efforts undertaken offshore may not meet our requirements because of language, cultural and experiential differences, resulting in potential product errors and/or delays;

• potential disruption from the involvement of the United States in political and military conflicts around the world; and

• currency exchange rates could fluctuate and adversely impact the cost advantages intended from maintaining these facilities.

Potential customers may be reluctant to switch to a new vendor, which may adversely affect our growth, both in the U.S. and internationally.

For banks, financial institutions and other potential customers of our products, switching from one vendor of core financial services software (or from an internally-developed legacy system) to a new vendor is a significant endeavor. Many potential customers believe switching vendors involves too many potential disadvantages such as disruption of business operations, loss of accustomed functionality, and increased costs (including conversion and transition costs). As a result, potential customers may resist change. We seek to overcome this resistance through value enhancing strategies such as a defined conversion/migration process, continued investment in the enhanced functionality of our software and system integration expertise. However, there can be no assurance that our strategies for overcoming potential customers’ reluctance to change vendors will be successful, and this resistance may adversely affect our growth, both in the U.S. and internationally.

One of our most strategic products, BASE24-eps, could prove to be unsuccessful in the market.

Our BASE24-eps product is strategic for us, in that it is designated to help us win new accounts, replace legacy payments systems on multiple hardware platforms and help us transition our existing customers to a new, open-systems product architecture. Our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be materially adversely affected if we are unable to generate adequate sales of BASE24-eps, if market acceptance of BASE24-eps is delayed, or if we are unable to successfully deploy BASE24-eps in production environments.

Our announcement of the maturity of certain legacy retail payment products may result in decreased customer investment in our products and our strategy to migrate customers to our next generation products may be unsuccessful which may adversely impact our business and financial condition, including the timing of revenue recognition associated with the legacy retail payment products.

Our announcement related to the maturity of certain retail payment engines may result in customer decisions not to purchase or otherwise invest in these engines, related products and/or services. Alternatively, the maturity of these products may result in delayed customer purchase decisions or the renegotiation of contract terms based upon scheduled maturity activities. In addition, our strategy related to migrating customers to our next generation products may be unsuccessful. Reduced investments in our products, deferral or delay in purchase commitments by our customers or our failure to successfully manage our migration strategy could have a material adverse effect on our business, liquidity and financial condition.

16

Our announcement of the maturity of certain legacy retail payment products, and customer migrations to our next generation products, may result in ratable or deferred recognition of certain revenue associated with the legacy retail payment products.

As a result of the maturity announcement, certain up-front fees associated with the legacy payment engines, including initial license fees, may become subject to ratable revenue recognition over time rather than up front at the time of contract. This will result in a delay in the recognition of these up-front fees. Additionally, customers may negotiate terms associated with their migration to BASE24-eps which may cause the recognition of revenue associated with the customer’s legacy payment engine to be deferred pending the completion of the migration.

Our future profitability depends on demand for our products; lower demand in the future could adversely affect our business.

Our revenue and profitability depend on the overall demand for our products and services. Historically, a majority of our total revenues resulted from licensing our BASE24 product line and providing related services and maintenance. Any reduction in demand for, or increase in competition with respect to, the BASE24 product line could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and/or results of operations.

We have historically derived a substantial portion of our revenues from licensing of software products that operate on HP NonStop servers. Any reduction in demand for HP NonStop servers, or any change in strategy by HP related to support of its NonStop servers, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and/or results of operations.

Failure to obtain renewals of customer contracts or obtain such renewals on favorable terms could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to achieve favorable renewals of customer contracts could negatively impact our business. Our contracts with our customers generally run for a period of five years. At the end of the contract term, customers have the opportunity to renegotiate their contracts with us and to consider whether to engage one of our competitors to provide products and services. Failure to achieve high renewal rates on commercially favorable terms could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

The delay or cancellation of a customer project or inaccurate project completion estimates may adversely affect our operating results and financial performance.

Any unanticipated delays in a customer project, changes in customer requirements or priorities during the project implementation period, or a customer’s decision to cancel a project, may adversely impact our operating results and financial performance. In addition, during the project implementation period, we perform ongoing estimates of the progress being made on complex and difficult projects and documenting this progress is subject to potential inaccuracies. Changes in project completion estimates are heavily dependent on the accuracy of our initial project completion estimates and our ability to evaluate project profits and losses. Any inaccuracies or changes in estimates resulting from changes in customer requirements, delays or inaccurate initial project completion estimates may result in increased project costs and adversely impact our operating results and financial performance.

If we experience business interruptions or failure of our information technology and communication systems, the availability of our products and services could be interrupted which could adversely affect our reputation, business and financial condition.

Our ability to provide reliable service in a number of our businesses depends on the efficient and uninterrupted operation of our data centers, information technology and communication systems, and those of our external service providers. As we continue to grow our On Demand business, our dependency on the continuing operation and availability of these systems increases. Our systems and data centers, and those of our external service providers, could be exposed to damage or interruption from fire, natural disasters, power loss, telecommunications failure, unauthorized entry and computer viruses. Although we have taken steps to prevent system failures and we have installed back-up systems and procedures to prevent or reduce disruption, such steps may not be sufficient to prevent an interruption of services and our disaster recovery planning may not account for all eventualities. Further, our property and business interruption insurance may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses or failures that may occur.

17

An operational failure or outage in any of these systems, or damage to or destruction of these systems, which causes disruptions in our services, could result in loss of customers, damage to customer relationships, reduced revenues and profits, refunds of customer charges and damage to our brand and reputation and may require us to incur substantial additional expense to repair or replace damaged equipment and recover data loss caused by the interruption. Any one or more of the foregoing occurrences could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to successfully perform under the terms of our alliance with IBM or our customers are not receptive to the alliance, our business, financial condition and/or results of operations may be adversely affected.

In December 2007, we entered into a Master Alliance Agreement and certain other related agreements with IBM to create a strategic alliance between us and IBM (the “Alliance”). On December 16, 2011, the parties agreed that the Alliance Agreement would not be extended beyond its initial term. Accordingly, the term of the Alliance Agreement will expire on December 16, 2012. The Alliance Agreement contemplates enabling our payment application software products on certain of IBM’s hardware platforms and entering into collective sales and marketing efforts with IBM. There can be no assurance that the parties will meet their obligations under the Alliance Agreement or effectively transition off the Alliance Agreement. We cannot be certain that we will be able to successfully enable our products on IBM’s hardware platforms or that our customers and potential customers will be receptive to this Alliance or our new sales and marketing strategy. If we are unable to enable our software products on the IBM hardware platforms or the market does not react positively to the Alliance, our business, financial condition and/or results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

Our software products may contain undetected errors or other defects, which could damage our reputation with customers, decrease profitability, and expose us to liability.

Our software products are complex. Software typically contains bugs or errors that can unexpectedly interfere with the operation of the software products. Our software products may contain undetected errors or flaws when first introduced or as new versions are released. These undetected errors may result in loss of, or delay in, market acceptance of our products and a corresponding loss of sales or revenues. Customers depend upon our products for mission-critical applications, and these errors may hurt our reputation with customers. In addition, software product errors or failures could subject us to product liability, as well as performance and warranty claims, which could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or results of operations.

Security breaches or computer viruses could harm our business by disrupting delivery of services and damaging our reputation.

As part of our business, we electronically receive, process, store, and transmit sensitive business information of our customers. Unauthorized access to our computer systems or databases could result in the theft or publication of confidential information or the deletion or modification of records or could otherwise cause interruptions in our operations. These concerns about security are increased when we transmit information over the Internet. Security breaches in connection with the delivery of our products and services, including products and services utilizing the Internet, or well-publicized security breaches, and the trend toward broad consumer and general public notification of such incidents, could significantly harm our business, financial condition and/or results of operations. We cannot be certain that advances in criminal capabilities, discovery of new vulnerabilities, attempts to exploit vulnerabilities in our systems, data thefts, physical system or network break-ins or inappropriate access, or other developments will not compromise or breach the technology protecting our networks and confidential information. Computer viruses have also been distributed and have rapidly spread over the Internet. Computer viruses could infiltrate our systems, disrupting our delivery of services and making our applications unavailable. Any inability to prevent security breaches or computer viruses could also cause existing customers to lose confidence in our systems and terminate their agreements with us, and could inhibit our ability to attract new customers.

If our products and services fail to comply with legislation, government regulations and industry standards to which our customers are subject, it could result in a loss of customers and decreased revenue.

Legislation, governmental regulation and industry standards affect how our business is conducted, and in some cases, could subject us to the possibility of future lawsuits arising from our products and services. Globally, legislation, governmental regulation and industry standards may directly or indirectly impact our current and prospective customers’ activities, as well as their expectations and needs in relation to our products and services. For example, our products are affected by VISA and MasterCard electronic payment standards that are generally updated twice annually. In addition, action by government and regulatory authorities such as the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act relating to financial regulatory reform, as well as legislation and regulation related to credit availability, data usage, privacy, or other related regulatory developments could have an adverse effect on our customers and therefore could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

18

If we fail to comply with privacy regulations imposed on providers of services to financial institutions, our business could be harmed.

As a provider of services to financial institutions, we may be bound by the same limitations on disclosure of the information we receive from our customers as apply to the financial institutions themselves. If we are subject to these limitations and we fail to comply with applicable regulations, we could be exposed to suits for breach of contract or to governmental proceedings, our customer relationships and reputation could be harmed, and we could be inhibited in our ability to obtain new customers. In addition, if more restrictive privacy laws or rules are adopted in the future on the federal or state level, or, with respect to our international operations, by authorities in foreign jurisdictions on the national, provincial, state, or other level, that could have an adverse impact on our business.

We may be unable to protect our intellectual property and technology and may be subject to increasing litigation over our intellectual property rights.

To protect our proprietary rights in our intellectual property, we rely on a combination of contractual provisions, including customer licenses that restrict use of our products, confidentiality agreements and procedures, and trade secret and copyright laws. Despite such efforts, we may not be able to adequately protect our proprietary rights, or our competitors may independently develop similar technology, duplicate products, or design around any rights we believe to be proprietary. This may be particularly true in countries other than the United States because some foreign laws do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as certain laws of the United States. Any failure or inability to protect our proprietary rights could materially adversely affect our business.

There has been a substantial amount of litigation in the software industry regarding intellectual property rights. Third parties have in the past, and may in the future, assert claims or initiate litigation related to exclusive patent, copyright, trademark or other intellectual property rights to business processes, technologies and related standards that are relevant to us and our customers. These assertions have increased over time as a result of the general increase in patent claims assertions, particularly in the United States. Because of the existence of a large number of patents in the electronic commerce field, the secrecy of some pending patents and the rapid issuance of new patents, it is not economical or even possible to determine in advance whether a product or any of its components infringes or will infringe on the patent rights of others. Any claim against us, with or without merit, could be time-consuming, result in costly litigation, cause product delivery delays, require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements or pay amounts in settlement, or require us to develop alternative non-infringing technology.

We anticipate that software product developers and providers of electronic commerce solutions could increasingly be subject to infringement claims, and third parties may claim that our present and future products infringe upon their intellectual property rights. Third parties may also claim, and we are aware that at least two parties have claimed on several occasions, that our customers’ use of a business process method which utilizes our products in conjunction with other products infringe on the third-party’s intellectual property rights. These third-party claims could lead to indemnification claims against us by our customers. Claims against our customers related to our products, whether or not meritorious, could harm our reputation and reduce demand for our products. Where indemnification claims are made by customers, resistance even to unmeritorious claims could damage the customer relationship. A successful claim by a third-party of intellectual property infringement by us or one of our customers could compel us to enter into costly royalty or license agreements, pay significant damages, or stop selling certain products and incur additional costs to develop alternative non-infringing technology. Royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all, which could adversely affect our business.

Our exposure to risks associated with the use of intellectual property may be increased for third-party products distributed by us or as a result of acquisitions since we have a lower level of visibility, if any, into the development process with respect to such third-party products and acquired technology or the care taken to safeguard against infringement risks.

If we engage in acquisitions, strategic partnerships or significant investments in new business, we will be exposed to risks which could materially adversely affect our business.

As part of our business strategy, we anticipate that we may acquire new products and services or enhance existing products and services through acquisitions of other companies, product lines, technologies and personnel, or through investments in, or strategic partnerships with, other companies. Any acquisition, investment or partnership, including our recently completed acquisitions of ISD and S1, are subject to a number of risks. Such risks include the diversion of management time and resources, disruption of our ongoing business, potential overpayment for the acquired company or assets, dilution to existing stockholders if our common stock is issued in consideration for an acquisition or investment, incurring or assuming indebtedness or other liabilities in connection with an acquisition which may increase our interest expense and leverage significantly, lack of familiarity with new markets, and difficulties in supporting new product lines.

19

Further, even if we successfully complete acquisitions, we may encounter issues not discovered during our due diligence process, including product or service quality issues, intellectual property issues and legal contingencies, the internal control environment of the acquired entity may not be consistent with our standards and may require significant time and resources to improve and we may impair relationships with employees and customers as a result of migrating a business or product line to a new owner. We will also face challenges in integrating any acquired business. These challenges include eliminating redundant operations, facilities and systems, coordinating management and personnel, retaining key employees, customers and business partners, managing different corporate cultures, and achieving cost reductions and cross-selling opportunities. There can be no assurance that we will be able to fully integrate all aspects of acquired businesses successfully, realize synergies expected to result from the acquisition, advance our business strategy or fully realize the potential benefits of bringing the businesses together, and the process of integrating these acquisitions may further disrupt our business and divert our resources.

Our failure to successfully manage acquisitions or investments, or successfully integrate acquisitions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or results of operations. Correspondingly, our expectations related to the benefits related to the ISD and S1 acquisitions, prior acquisitions or any other future acquisition or investment could be inaccurate.

We may become involved in litigation that could materially adversely affect our business financial condition and/or results of operations.

From time to time, we are involved in litigation relating to claims arising out of our operations. Any claims, with or without merit, could be time-consuming and result in costly litigation. Failure to successfully defend against these claims could result in a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or cash flows.

We may experience difficulties integrating S1’s businesses, which could cause us to fail to realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition.

Achieving the anticipated benefits of our recent acquisition of S1 will depend in part upon whether we are able to integrate the businesses of the two companies in an effective and efficient manner. We may not be able to accomplish this integration process smoothly or successfully. The integration of certain operations will take time and will require the dedication of significant management resources, which may temporarily distract management’s attention from our routine business.

Any delay or inability of management to successfully integrate the operations of the two companies could compromise our potential to achieve the anticipated long-term strategic benefits of the acquisition and could have a material adverse effect on the business, financial condition and results of operations and the market value of our stock after the acquisition.

Our revenue and earnings are highly cyclical, our quarterly results fluctuate significantly and we have revenue-generating transactions concentrated in the final weeks of a quarter which may prevent accurate forecasting of our financial results and cause our stock price to decline.

Our revenue and earnings are highly cyclical causing significant quarterly fluctuations in our financial results. Revenue and operating results are usually strongest during the third and fourth fiscal quarters ending September 30 and December 31 primarily due to the sales and budgetary cycles of our customers. We experience lower revenues, and possible operating losses, in the first and second quarters ending March 31 and June 30. Our financial results may also fluctuate from quarter to quarter and year to year due to a variety of factors, including changes in product sales mix that affect average selling prices; and the timing of customer renewals (any of which may impact the pattern of revenue recognition).

In addition, large portions of our customer contracts are consummated in the final weeks of each quarter. Before these contracts are consummated, we create and rely on forecasted revenues for planning, modeling and earnings guidance. Forecasts, however, are only estimates and actual results may vary for a particular quarter or longer periods of time. Consequently, significant discrepancies between actual and forecasted results could limit our ability to plan, budget or provide accurate guidance, which could adversely affect our stock price. Any publicly-stated revenue or earnings projections are subject to this risk.

20

Our stock price may be volatile.

Prices on the global financial markets for equity securities declined precipitously since September 2008. No assurance can be given that operating results will not vary from quarter to quarter, and past performance may not accurately predict future performance. Any fluctuations in quarterly operating results may result in volatility in our stock price. Our stock price may also be volatile, in part, due to external factors such as announcements by third parties or competitors, inherent volatility in the technology sector, variability in demand from our existing customers, failure to meet the expectations of market analysts, the level of our operating expenses and changing market conditions in the software industry. In addition, the financial markets have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have particularly affected the stock prices of many technology companies and financial services companies, and these fluctuations sometimes are unrelated to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market fluctuations, as well as industry-specific and general economic conditions may adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

We lease office space in New York, New York, for our principal executive headquarters. We also lease office space in Omaha, Nebraska, for our principal product development group, sales and support groups for the Americas, as well as our corporate, accounting and administrative functions. We moved into our new Omaha-based facility during the year ended December 31, 2008, which facility is under a lease that continues through 2028. Our EMEA headquarters is located in Watford, England. The lease for the Watford facility expires at the end of 2023. Our Asia/Pacific headquarters is located in Singapore, with the lease for this facility expiring in fiscal 2014. We also lease office space in numerous other locations in the United States and in many other countries.

We believe that our current facilities are adequate for our present and short-term foreseeable needs and that additional suitable space will be available as required. We also believe that we will be able to renew leases as they expire or secure alternate suitable space. See Note 16, “Commitments and Contingencies”, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our obligations under our facilities leases.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From time to time, we are involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not currently a party to any legal proceedings, the adverse outcome of which, individually or in the aggregate, we believe would be likely to have a material effect on our financial statements.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock trades on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol ACIW. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sale prices of our common stock as reported by The NASDAQ Global Select Market:

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Year ended				Year ended
	December 31, 2011				December 31, 2010
	High		Low		High		Low
Fourth quarter	$	31.77	$	25.26	$	28.15	$	22.28
Third quarter	$	37.68	$	26.34	$	22.39	$	18.31
Second quarter	$	33.77	$	28.95	$	21.03	$	17.79
First quarter	$	32.90	$	25.04	$	21.59	$	15.32

As of February 17, 2012, there were 192 holders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

21

Dividends

We have never declared nor paid cash dividends on our common stock. We do not presently anticipate paying cash dividends. However, any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon our financial condition, capital requirements and earnings, as well as other factors the board of directors may deem relevant.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information regarding the Company’s repurchases of its common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2011:

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
Period	Total Number  of Shares Purchased			Average Price Paid per  Share		Total Number  of Shares Purchased as Part of  Publicly Announced Program		Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet  Be Purchased Under the Program
October 1 through October 31, 2011		—		$	—		—	$	22,920,000
November 1 through November 30, 2011		—			—		—	$	22,920,000
December 1 through December 31, 2011		2,125	(1)		30.09		—	$	22,920,000
Total		2,125		$	30.09		—

(1) Pursuant to our 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Incentive Plan”), we granted restricted share awards (“RSAs”). These awards have requisite service periods of either three or four years and vest in increments of either 33% or 25% on the anniversary of the grant date. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee. During the three months ended December 31, 2011, 6,776 shares of the RSAs vested. We withheld 2,125 of those shares to pay the employees’ portion of applicable withholding taxes.

In fiscal 2005, we announced that our board of directors approved a stock repurchase program authorizing us, from time to time as market and business conditions warrant, to acquire up to $80 million of our common stock, and that we intend to use existing cash and cash equivalents to fund these repurchases. In May 2006, our board of directors approved an increase of $30 million to the stock repurchase program, bringing the total of the approved program to $110 million. In March 2007, our board of directors approved an increase of $100 million to its current repurchase authorization, bringing the total authorization to $210 million, of which approximately $22.9 million remains available. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, in February 2012, our board of directors approved an increase of $52.1 million to its current stock repurchase authorization, bringing the total authorization to $262.1 million, of which $75 million remains available. In June 2007, we implemented this previously announced increase to our share repurchase program. There is no guarantee as to the exact number of shares that will be repurchased by us. Repurchased shares are returned to the status of authorized but unissued shares of common stock. In March 2005, our board of directors approved a plan under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 to facilitate the repurchase of shares of common stock under the existing stock repurchase program. Under our Rule 10b5-1 plan, we have delegated authority over the timing and amount of repurchases to an independent broker who does not have access to inside information about the Company. Rule 10b5-1 allows us, through the independent broker, to purchase shares at times when we ordinarily would not be in the market because of self-imposed trading blackout periods, such as the time immediately preceding the end of the fiscal quarter through a period three business days following our quarterly earnings release. We did not repurchase any shares under this program during the three months ended December 31, 2011.

22

Stock Performance Graph and Cumulative Total Return

The following table shows a line-graph presentation comparing cumulative stockholder return on an indexed basis with a broad equity market index and either a nationally-recognized industry standard or an index of peer companies selected by us. We selected the S&P 500 Index and the NASDAQ Electronic Components Index for comparison.

The graph above assumes that a $100 investment was made in our common stock and each index on December 31, 2006, and that all dividends were reinvested. Also included are the respective investment returns based upon the stock and index values as of the end of each year during such five-year period. The information was provided by Zacks Investment Research, Inc. of Chicago, Illinois.

The stock performance graph disclosure above is not considered “filed” with the SEC under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and is not incorporated by reference in any past or future filing by us under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, unless specifically referenced.

23

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following selected financial data has been derived from our consolidated financial statements. This data should be read together with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”, and the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report. The financial information below is not necessarily indicative of the results of future operations. Future results could differ materially from historical results due to many factors, including those discussed in Item 1A in the section entitled “Risk Factors.”

		xxxxxx		xxxxxx		xxxxxx		xxxxxx		xxxxxx		xxxxxx		xxxxxx
	Years Ended December 31,								Three Months Ended December 31,			(3)	Year Ended September 30,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007				2007
	(in thousands, except per share data)
Income Statement Data:
Total revenues	$	465,095	$	418,424	$	405,755	$	417,653	$	101,282			$	366,218
Net income (loss)	$	45,852	$	27,195	$	19,626	$	10,582	$	(2,016	)		$	(9,131	)
Earnings (loss) per share:
Basic	$	1.37	$	0.81	$	0.57	$	0.31	$	(0.06	)		$	(0.25	)
Diluted	$	1.34	$	0.80	$	0.57	$	0.30	$	(0.06	)		$	(0.25	)
Shares used in computing earnings (loss) per share:
Basic		33,457		33,560		34,368		34,498		35,700				36,933
Diluted		34,195		33,870		34,554		34,795		35,700				36,933

		xxxxxx		xxxxxx		xxxxxx		xxxxxx		xxxxxx	xxxxxx		xxxxxx
	As of December 31,										(3)	As of September 30,
	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007			2007
Balance Sheet Data:
Working capital	$	114,807	$	24,045	$	78,662	$	80,280	$	39,585		$	17,358
Total assets		664,642		601,529		590,043		552,842		570,458			506,741
Current portion of debt (2)		—		75,000		—		—		—			—
Debt (long-term portion) (1) (2)		77,058		2,790		77,408		76,014		75,911			76,546
Stockholders’ equity		317,330		255,623		236,063		213,841		241,039			225,012

(1) Debt (long-term portion) includes long-term capital lease obligations of $0.9 million, $1.8 million, $1.5 million, $1.0 million, $0.9 million, and $1.5 million as of December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and September 30, 2007, respectively, which is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

(2) Our previous revolving credit facility had a maturity date of September 29, 2011; therefore, it was moved to current from long-term as of December 31, 2010. We refinanced this credit facility in the third quarter of 2011 with a new long term credit facility that was replaced with a Credit Agreement in November 2011.

(3) On February 27, 2007, our Board of Directors approved a change in the Company’s fiscal year from a September 30 fiscal year-end to a December 31 fiscal year-end, effective as of January 1, 2008 for the year ended December 31, 2008.

24

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

We develop, market, install and support a broad line of software products and services primarily focused on facilitating electronic payments. In addition to our own products, we distribute, or act as a sales agent for, software developed by third parties. Our products are sold and supported through distribution networks covering three geographic regions – the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific. Each distribution network has its own sales force and supplements its sales force with independent reseller and/or distributor networks. Our products and services are used principally by financial institutions, retailers and electronic payment processors, both in domestic and international markets. Accordingly, our business and operating results are influenced by trends such as information technology spending levels, the growth rate of the electronic payments industry, mandated regulatory changes, and changes in the number and type of customers in the financial services industry. Our products are marketed under the ACI Worldwide and ACI brands.

We derive a majority of our revenues from non-domestic operations and believe our greatest opportunities for growth exist largely in international markets. Refining our global infrastructure is a critical component of driving our growth. We have launched a globalization strategy which includes elements intended to streamline our supply chain and provide low-cost centers of expertise to support a growing international customer base. We utilize our Irish subsidiaries to manage certain of our intellectual property rights and to oversee and manage certain international product development and commercialization efforts. We also continue to grow low-cost centers of expertise in Timisoara in Romania and Bangalore in India.

Key trends that currently impact our strategies and operations include:

• Global Financial Markets Uncertainty. The continuing uncertainty in the global financial markets has negatively impacted general business conditions. It is possible that a weakening economy could adversely affect our customers, their purchasing plans, or even their solvency, but we cannot predict whether or to what extent this will occur. We have diversified counterparties and customers, but we continue to monitor our counterparty and customer risks closely. While the effects of the economic conditions in the future are not predictable, we believe our global presence, the breadth and diversity of our service offerings and our enhanced expense management capabilities position us well in a slower economic climate. Market analysts, such as Boston Consulting Group, indicate that banks now recognize the importance of payments to their business, so providing services for that aspect of the business is of less risk than for other aspects of their business.

• Availability of Credit. There have been significant disruptions in the capital and credit markets during the past two years and many lenders and financial institutions have reduced or ceased to provide funding to borrowers. The availability of credit, confidence in the entire financial sector, and volatility in financial markets have been adversely affected. These disruptions are likely to have some impact on all institutions in the U.S. banking and financial industries, including our lenders and the lenders of our customers. The Federal Reserve Bank has been providing vast amounts of liquidity into the banking system to compensate for weaknesses in short-term borrowing markets and other capital markets. A reduction in the Federal Reserve’s activities or capacity could reduce liquidity in the markets, thereby increasing funding costs or reducing the availability of funds to finance our existing operations as well as those of our customers. We are not currently dependent upon short-term funding, and the limited availability of credit in the market has not affected our revolving credit facility or our liquidity or materially impacted our funding costs.

• Increasing electronic payment transaction volumes. Electronic payment volumes continue to increase around the world, taking market share from traditional cash and check transactions. In February 2011 Boston Consulting Group predicted that noncash payment transactions would grow in volume at an annual rate of 9% from $309 billion in 2010 to $740 billion in 2020, with varying growth rates based on the type of payment and part of the world. We leverage the growth in transaction volumes through the licensing of new systems to customers whose older systems cannot handle increased volume and through the licensing of capacity upgrades to existing customers.

• Adoption of real time delivery. Customer expectations, from both consumers and corporate, are driving the payments world to more real time delivery. In the UK, payments sent through the traditional ACH multi day batch service can now be sent through the Faster Payments service giving almost immediate access to the funds and this is being considered in several countries including Singapore and the US. Corporate customers expect real time information on the status of their payments instead of waiting for an end of day report. And regulators expect banks to be monitoring key measures like liquidity in real time. ACI’s focus has always been on the real time execution of transactions and delivery of information through real time tools such as dashboards so our experience will be valuable in addressing this trend.

25

• Increasing competition. The electronic payments market is highly competitive and subject to rapid change. Our competition comes from in-house information technology departments, third-party electronic payment processors and third-party software companies located both within and outside of the United States. Many of these companies are significantly larger than us and have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources. As electronic payment transaction volumes increase, third-party processors tend to provide competition to our solutions, particularly among customers that do not seek to differentiate their electronic payment offerings or are eliminating banks from the payments service reducing the need for our solutions. As consolidation in the financial services industry continues, we anticipate that competition for those customers will intensify.

• Adoption of cloud technology. In an effort to leverage lower-cost computing technologies some financial institutions, retailers and electronic payment processors are seeking to transition their systems to make use of cloud technology. Currently this is impacting areas such as customer relationship management systems rather than payment services. Our investment in ACI On Demand provides us the grounding to deliver cloud capabilities in the future.

• Electronic payments fraud and compliance. As electronic payment transaction volumes increase, criminal elements continue to find ways to commit a growing volume of fraudulent transactions using a wide range of techniques. Financial institutions, retailers and electronic payment processors continue to seek ways to leverage new technologies to identify and prevent fraudulent transactions. Due to concerns with international terrorism and money laundering, financial institutions in particular are being faced with increasing scrutiny and regulatory pressures. We continue to see opportunity to offer our fraud detection solutions to help customers manage the growing levels of electronic payment fraud and compliance activity.

• Adoption of smartcard technology. In many markets, card issuers are being required to issue new cards with embedded chip technology. Chip-based cards are more secure, harder to copy and offer the opportunity for multiple functions on one card (e.g. debit, credit, electronic purse, identification, health records, etc.). The EMV standard for issuing and processing debit and credit card transactions has emerged as the global standard, with many regions throughout the world working on EMV rollouts. The primary benefit of EMV deployment is a reduction in electronic payment fraud, with the additional benefit that the core infrastructure necessary for multi-function chip cards is being put in place (e.g., chip card readers in ATMs and POS devices) allowing the deployment of other technologies like contactless. We are working with many customers around the world to facilitate EMV deployments, leveraging several of our solutions.

• Single Euro Payments Area (“SEPA”). The SEPA, primarily focused on the European Economic Community and the United Kingdom, is designed to facilitate lower costs for cross-border payments and reduce timeframes for settling electronic payment transactions. Recent moves to set an end date for the transition to SEPA payment mechanisms will drive more volume to these systems with the potential to cause banks to review the capabilities of the systems supporting these payments. Our retail and wholesale banking solutions facilitate key functions that help financial institutions address these mandated regulations. However current uncertainty over the future of the Euro currency may delay further take up of the SEPA payment mechanisms.

• Financial institution consolidation. Consolidation continues on a national and international basis, as financial institutions seek to add market share and increase overall efficiency. Such consolidations have increased, and may continue to increase, in their number, size and market impact as a result of the global economic crisis and the financial crisis affecting the banking and financial industries. There are several potential negative effects of increased consolidation activity. Continuing consolidation of financial institutions may result in a smaller number of existing and potential customers for our products and services. Consolidation of two of our customers could result in reduced revenues if the combined entity were to negotiate greater volume discounts or discontinue use of certain of our products. Additionally, if a non-customer and a customer combine and the combined entity decides to forego future use of our products, our revenue would decline. Conversely, we could benefit from the combination of a non-customer and a customer when the combined entity continues use of our products and, as a larger combined entity, increases its demand for our products and services. We tend to focus on larger financial institutions as customers, often resulting in our solutions being the solutions that survive in the consolidated entity.

26

• Global vendor sourcing. Global and regional financial institutions, processors and retailers are aiming to reduce the costs in supplier management by picking suppliers who can service them across all their geographies instead of allowing each country operation to choose suppliers independently. Our global footprint from both customer and a delivery perspective enable us to be successful in this global sourced market. However, projects in these environments tend to be more complex and therefore of higher risk.

• Electronic payments convergence. As electronic payment volumes grow and pressures to lower overall cost per transaction increase, financial institutions are seeking methods to consolidate their payment processing across the enterprise. We believe that the strategy of using service-oriented-architectures to allow for re-use of common electronic payment functions such as authentication, authorization, routing and settlement will become more common. Using these techniques, financial institutions will be able to reduce costs, increase overall service levels, enable one-to-one marketing in multiple bank channels, leverage volumes for improved pricing and liquidity, and manage enterprise risk. Our Agile Payments Solution strategy is, in part, focused on this trend, by creating integrated payment functions that can be re-used by multiple bank channels, across both the consumer and wholesale bank. While this trend presents an opportunity for us, it may also expand the competition from third-party electronic payment technology and service providers specializing in other forms of electronic payments. Many of these providers are larger than us and have significantly greater financial, technical and marketing resources.

• Mobile banking and payments. There is a growing demand for the ability to carry out banking services or make payments using a mobile phone. Our customers have been making use of existing products to deploy mobile banking, mobile payment and mobile commerce and mobile payment solutions for their customers in many countries. As the market continues to develop, we expect to extend our product sets as appropriate to support mobile functionality.

The banking, financial services and payments industries have come under increased scrutiny from federal, state and foreign lawmakers and regulators in response to the crises in the financial markets and the global recession. In particular, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which was signed into law July 21, 2010, represents a comprehensive overhaul of the U.S. financial services industry and requires the implementation of many new regulations that will have a direct impact on our customers and potential customers. These regulatory changes may create both opportunities and challenges for us. The application of the new regulations on our customers could create an opportunity for us to market our product capabilities and the flexibility of our solutions to assist our customers in addressing these regulations. At the same time, these regulatory changes may have an adverse impact on our operations and our financial results as we adjust our activities in light of increased compliance costs and customer requirements. It is currently too difficult to predict the actual extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting regulations will impact our business and the businesses of our current and potential customers.

Several other factors related to our business may have a significant impact on our operating results from year to year. For example, the accounting rules governing the timing of revenue recognition in the software industry are complex and it can be difficult to estimate when we will recognize revenue generated by a given transaction. Factors such as maturity of the software product licensed, payment terms, creditworthiness of the customer, and timing of delivery or acceptance of our products often cause revenues related to sales generated in one period to be deferred and recognized in later periods. For arrangements in which services revenue is deferred, related direct and incremental costs may also be deferred. Additionally, while the majority of our contracts are denominated in the United States dollar, a substantial portion of our sales are made, and some of our expenses are incurred, in the local currency of countries other than the United States. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates in a given period may result in the recognition of gains or losses for that period.

We continue to seek ways to grow, through organic sources, partnerships, alliances, and acquisitions. We continually look for potential acquisitions designed to improve our solutions’ breadth or provide access to new markets. As part of our acquisition strategy, we seek acquisition candidates that are strategic, capable of being integrated into our operating environment, and financially accretive to our financial performance.

International Business Machines Corporation Alliance

On December 16, 2007, we entered into a Master Alliance Agreement (“the Alliance”) with IBM relating to joint marketing and optimization of our electronic payments application software and IBM’s middleware and hardware platforms, tools and services. On March 17, 2008, the Company and IBM entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Alliance (“Amendment No. 1” and included hereafter in all references to the “Alliance”), which changed the timing of certain payments to be made by IBM. Under the terms of the Alliance, each party will retain ownership of its respective intellectual property and will independently determine product offering pricing to customers. In connection with the formation of the Alliance, we granted warrants to IBM to purchase up to 1,427,035 shares of our common stock at a price of $27.50 per share and up to 1,427,035 shares of our common stock at a price of $33.00 per share. The warrants are exercisable for five years.

27

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company received an additional payment from IBM of $37.3 million per Amendment No. 1. As of December 31, 2011, all the technical enablement costs related to this payment have been fulfilled. This amount represents a prepayment of funding for technical enablement milestones and incentive payments to be earned under the Alliance and related agreements and, accordingly, a portion of this payment is subject to refund by the Company to IBM under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2011, $20.7 million is refundable subject to achievement of certain minimum sales targets through December 16, 2013. No additional payments were received in 2010 and 2011 relating to Amendment No. 1 of this agreement.

On December 16, 2011, the parties determined that the agreement would not be extended beyond the initial five-year term. As a result, the term of the agreement will expire on December 16, 2012.

Acquisition

On March 18, 2011, we closed the acquisition of ISD Holdings, Inc. and its 100% owned subsidiary ISD Corporation. ISD’s suite of products enables retailers to consolidate, manage, secure and route all electronic transactions from their point-of-sale systems to third party processors for authorization and settlement.

The aggregate purchase price of ISD was $19.2 million, after working capital adjustments in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, including $2.4 million in cash acquired. The preliminary allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based on the relative fair value of all assets and liabilities.

Subsequent Event

On February 10, 2012, we completed the exchange offer for S1 and all its subsidiaries for approximately $360 million in cash and 5.8 million shares of our stock resulting in a total purchase price of $565 million, or $10.39 per share (the “Merger”). The combination of our company and S1 will create a leader in the global enterprise payments industry. The combined company will have enhanced scale, breadth and additional capabilities, as well as a complementary suite of products that will better serve the entire spectrum of financial institutions, processors and retailers. Stockholders of both companies will benefit from the significant upside potential of a larger, more diversified company that is strongly positioned in a wide range of markets.

Under the terms of the transaction, S1 stockholders could elect to receive $10.00 in cash or 0.3148 shares of our stock for each S1 share they own, subject to proration, such that in the aggregate 33.8% of S1 shares are exchanged for the Company’s shares and 66.2% are exchanged for cash. No S1 shareholders received fractional shares of our stock. Instead, the total number of shares that each holder of S1 common stock received was rounded down to the nearest whole number, and we paid cash for any resulting fractional share determined by multiplying the fraction by $34.14.

We used $65.0 million of our cash balance for the acquisition in addition to $295.0 million of senior bank financing arranged through Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. See Note 6, Debt, for terms of the financing arrangement.

Backlog

Included in backlog estimates are all software license fees, maintenance fees and services specified in executed contracts, as well as revenues from assumed contract renewals to the extent that we believe recognition of the related revenue will occur within the corresponding backlog period. We have historically included assumed renewals in backlog estimates based upon automatic renewal provisions in the executed contract and our historic experience with customer renewal rates.

Our 60-month backlog estimate represents expected revenues from existing customers using the following key assumptions:

• Maintenance fees are assumed to exist for the duration of the license term for those contracts in which the committed maintenance term is less than the committed license term.

• License and facilities management arrangements are assumed to renew at the end of their committed term at a rate consistent with our historical experiences.

• Non-recurring license arrangements are assumed to renew as recurring revenue streams.

• Foreign currency exchange rates are assumed to remain constant over the 60-month backlog period for those contracts stated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

• Our pricing policies and practices are assumed to remain constant over the 60-month backlog period.

28

In computing our 60-month backlog estimate, the following items are specifically not taken into account:

• Anticipated increases in transaction volumes in customer systems.

• Optional annual uplifts or inflationary increases in recurring fees.

• Services engagements, other than facilities management, are not assumed to renew over the 60-month backlog period.

• The potential impact of merger activity within our markets and/or customers.

We review our customer renewal experience on an annual basis. The impact of this review and subsequent update may result in a revision to the renewal assumptions used in computing the 60-month and 12-month backlog estimates. In the event a revision to renewal assumptions is determined to be necessary, prior periods will be adjusted for comparability purposes. Based on our annual review of customer renewal experience completed during the three months ended December 31, 2011, backlog results for all reported periods have been updated to reflect our most current customer renewal experience.

The following table sets forth our 60-month backlog estimate, by geographic region, as of December 31, 2011, September 30, 2011, June 30, 2011, March 31, 2011, and December 31, 2010 (in millions). Dollar amounts reflect foreign currency exchange rates as of each period end.

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31, 2011		September 30, 2011		June 30, 2011		March 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Americas	$	912	$	894	$	908	$	895	$	866
EMEA		514		520		538		526		501
Asia/Pacific		191		189		194		192		188
Total	$	1,617	$	1,603	$	1,640	$	1,613	$	1,555

Included in our 60-month backlog estimates are amounts expected to be recognized during the initial license term of customer contracts (“Committed Backlog”) and amounts expected to be recognized from assumed renewals of existing customer contracts (“Renewal Backlog”). Amounts expected to be recognized from assumed contract renewals are based on our historical renewal experience.

The following table sets forth our 60-month Committed Backlog and Renewal Backlog estimates as of December 31, 2011, September 30, 2011, June 30, 2011, March 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (in millions). Dollar amounts reflect foreign currency exchange rates as of each period end.

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31, 2011		September 30, 2011		June 30, 2011		March 31, 2011		December 31, 2010
Committed	$	952	$	922	$	931	$	890	$	857
Renewal		665		681		709		723		698
Total	$	1,617	$	1,603	$	1,640	$	1,613	$	1,555

We also estimate 12-month backlog, segregated between monthly recurring and non-recurring revenues, using a methodology consistent with the 60-month backlog estimate. Monthly recurring revenues include all monthly license fees, maintenance fees and processing services fees. Non-recurring revenues include other software license fees and services. Amounts included in our 12-month backlog estimate assume renewal of one-time license fees on a monthly fee basis if such renewal is expected to occur in the next 12 months. The following table sets forth our 12-month backlog estimate, by geographic region, as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 (in millions). For all periods reported, approximately 88% of our 12-month backlog estimate is Committed Backlog and approximately 12% of our 12-month backlog estimate is Renewal Backlog. Dollar amounts reflect currency exchange rates as of each period end.

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31, 2011						December 31, 2010
	Monthly Recurring		Non- Recurring		Total		Monthly Recurring		Non- Recurring		Total
Americas	$	183	$	47	$	230	$	164	$	43		207
EMEA		97		43		140		102		27		129
Asia/Pacific		38		16		54		34		11		45
Total	$	318	$	106	$	424	$	300	$	81	$	381

29

Estimates of future financial results are inherently unreliable. Our backlog estimates require substantial judgment and are based on a number of assumptions as described above. These assumptions may turn out to be inaccurate or wrong, including for reasons outside of management’s control. For example, our customers may attempt to renegotiate or terminate their contracts for a number of reasons, including mergers, changes in their financial condition, or general changes in economic conditions in the customer’s industry or geographic location, or we may experience delays in the development or delivery of products or services specified in customer contracts which may cause the actual renewal rates and amounts to differ from historical experiences. Changes in foreign currency exchange rates may also impact the amount of revenue actually recognized in future periods. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that amounts included in backlog estimates will actually generate the specified revenues or that the actual revenues will be generated within the corresponding 12-month or 60-month period. Additionally, because backlog estimates are operating metrics, the estimates are not required to be subject to the same level of internal review or controls as a GAAP financial measure.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following table presents the consolidated statements of income as well as the percentage relationship to total revenues of items included in our Consolidated Statements of Income (amounts in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011						2010						2009
	Amount			% of  Total Revenue			Amount			% of  Total Revenue			Amount			% of  Total Revenue
Revenues:
Initial license fees (ILFs)	$	74,190			16.0	%	$	61,748			14.8	%	$	83,236			20.5	%
Monthly license fees (MLFs)		115,630			24.9	%		102,811			24.6	%		71,281			17.6	%
Software license fees		189,820			40.8	%		164,559			39.3	%		154,517			38.1	%
Maintenance fees		148,357			31.9	%		135,523			32.4	%		130,922			32.3	%
Services		79,770			17.2	%		73,989			17.7	%		80,146			19.8	%
Software hosting fees		47,148			10.1	%		44,353			10.6	%		40,170			9.9	%
Total revenues		465,095			100.0	%		418,424			100.0	%		405,755			100.0	%
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees		15,418			3.3	%		12,591			3.0	%		14,754			3.6	%
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees		118,866			25.6	%		117,132			28.0	%		112,893			27.8	%
Research and development		90,176			19.4	%		74,076			17.7	%		77,506			19.1	%
Selling and marketing		80,922			17.4	%		70,553			16.9	%		61,799			15.2	%
General and administrative		71,425			15.4	%		70,096			16.8	%		79,244			19.5	%
Depreciation and amortization		22,057			4.7	%		20,328			4.9	%		17,989			4.4	%
Total expenses		398,864			85.8	%		364,776			87.2	%		364,185			89.8	%
Operating income		66,231			14.2	%		53,648			12.8	%		41,570			10.2	%
Other income (expense):
Interest income		1,315			0.3	%		665			0.2	%		1,042			0.3	%
Interest expense		(2,431	)		-0.5	%		(1,996	)		-0.5	%		(2,856	)		-0.7	%
Other, net		(802	)		-0.2	%		(3,615	)		-0.9	%		(6,648	)		-1.6	%
Total other income (expense)		(1,918	)		-0.4	%		(4,946	)		-1.2	%		(8,462	)		-2.1	%
Income before income taxes		64,313			13.8	%		48,702			11.6	%		33,108			8.2	%
Income tax expense		18,461			4.0	%		21,507			5.1	%		13,482			3.3	%
Net income	$	45,852			9.9	%	$	27,195			6.5	%	$	19,626			4.8	%

30

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

Revenues

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $46.7 million, or 11.2%, as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase is the result of a $25.3 million, or 15.4%, increase in software license fee revenue, a $12.8 million, or 9.5%, increase in maintenance fee revenue, a $5.8 million, or 7.8%, increase in services revenue and a $2.8 million, or 6.3%, increase in software hosting fee revenues.

The increase in total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 was due to a $24.1 million, or 10.9%, increase in the Americas reportable segment, a $14.4 million, or 9.5%, increase in the EMEA reportable segment and a $8.2 million, or 17.7%, increase in the Asia/Pacific reportable segment. The increase in total revenues for all reportable segments is primarily due to increased sales and an increase in the number and size of projects that were completed and recognized during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Software License Fee Revenues

Customers purchase the right to license ACI software for the term of their agreement which term is generally 60 months. Within these agreements are specified capacity limits typically based on customer transaction volume. ACI employs measurement tools that monitor the number of transactions processed by customers and if contractually specified limits are exceeded, additional fees are charged for the overage. Capacity overages may occur at varying times throughout the term of the agreement depending on the product, the size of the customer, and the significance of customer transaction volume growth. Depending on specific circumstances, multiple overages or no overages may occur during the term of the agreement.

As a result of the maturation of certain retail payment engine products, a higher percentage of our initial license fees are being recognized ratably over an extended period. Initial license and capacity fees that are recognized as revenue ratably over an extended period are included in our monthly license fee revenues. The ratable recognition of ILF revenue from certain retail payment engine products over an extended period is expected to continue in future periods.

Initial License Fee (ILF) Revenue

ILF revenue includes license and capacity revenues that do not recur on a monthly or quarterly basis. Included in ILF revenues are license and capacity fees that are recognizable at the inception of the agreement and license and capacity fees that are recognizable at interim points during the term of the agreement, including those that are recognizable annually due to negotiated customer payment terms. ILF revenues during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010, increased by $12.4 million, or 20.1%. All reportable operating segments experienced increases in ILF revenues with the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific reportable operating segments increasing by $6.5 million, $1.1 million and $4.8 million, respectively. The increase in ILF revenues in the Asia/Pacific reportable operating segment is largely attributable to customers converting from perpetual license arrangements to term and transaction based license arrangements during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Included in the above are capacity related revenue increases of $1.0 million and $3.8 million in the Americas and Asia/Pacific reportable operating segments, respectively, offset by a decrease of $5.3 million in the EMEA reportable operating segment within the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Monthly License Fee (MLF) Revenue

MLF revenues are license and capacity revenues that are paid monthly or quarterly due to negotiated customer payment terms as well as initial license and capacity fees that are recognized as revenue ratably over an extended period as MLF revenue. MLF revenues increased $12.8 million, or 12.5%, during the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010 with the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific reportable operating segments increasing by $3.2 million, $9.5 million and $0.1 million, respectively. The increase in MLF revenues is primarily due to an increase in the amount of ILF revenue that is being recognized ratably over an extended period as a result of the maturation of certain retail payment engine products.

Maintenance Fee Revenue

Maintenance fee revenue includes standard and enhanced maintenance or any post contract support fees received from customers for the provision of product support services. Maintenance fee revenues increased $12.8 million, or 9.5%, during the year ended December 31, 2011, as compared to the same period in 2010. Maintenance fee revenue increased in the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific reportable segments by $8.7 million, $4.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively. Increases in maintenance fee revenues are primarily driven by increases in our customer installation base, expanded product usage from existing customers, and increased adoption of enhanced support programs.

31

Services Revenue

Services revenue includes fees earned through implementation services, professional services and facilities management services. Implementation services include product installations, product configurations, and retrofit custom software modifications (“CSM’s”). Professional services include business consultancy, technical consultancy, on-site support services, CSM’s, product education, and testing services. These services include new customer implementations as well as existing customer migrations to new products or new releases of existing products. During the period in which non-essential services revenue is being deferred, direct and incremental costs related to the performance of these services are also being deferred. During the period in which essential services revenue is being deferred, direct and indirect costs related to the performance of these services are also being deferred.

Services revenue increased by $5.8 million, or 7.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Implementation and professional services increased in the Americas and Asia/Pacific reportable segment by $3.4 million and $3.1 million, respectively, offset by a decrease of $0.7 million in the EMEA reportable segment.

Software Hosting Fee Revenue

Software hosting fee revenue includes fees earned through hosting and on-demand arrangements. All revenues from hosting and on-demand arrangements that do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting, which include set-up fees, implementation or customization services, and product support services, are included in software hosting fee revenue.

Software hosting fee revenue increased $2.8 million, or 6.3%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase is primarily in the Americas operating segment and can be attributed to new customers adopting our on-demand or hosted offerings and existing customers adding new functionality or services.

Expenses

Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $34.1 million, or 9.3%, as compared to the same period in 2010. Total expenses increased primarily as a result of a $16.1 million, or 21.7%, increase in research and development costs, a $10.4 million, or 14.7%, increase in selling and marketing, a $2.8 million, or 22.5%, increase in the cost of software license fees, a $1.7 million or 1.5%, increase in the cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees, a $1.7 million, or 8.5% increase in depreciation and amortization and a $1.3 million, or 1.9%, increase in general and administrative expenses.

Cost of Software License Fees

The cost of software licenses for our products sold includes third-party software royalties as well as the amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. In general, the cost of software licenses for our products is minimal because we internally develop most of the software components, the cost of which is reflected in research and development expense as it is incurred as technological feasibility coincides with general availability of the software components.

Cost of software licenses fees increased $2.8 million, or 22.5%, for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010. Third-party software royalty expense increased $2.5 million as a result of an increase in license revenue associated with certain products that include a corresponding royalty expense. Purchased or developed technology for resale amortization increased $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily as a result of the acquisition of ISD.

Cost of Maintenance, Services and Hosting Fees

Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees includes costs to provide hosting services and both the costs of maintaining our software products as well as the service costs required to deliver, install and support software at customer sites. Maintenance costs include the efforts associated with providing the customer with upgrades, 24-hour help desk, post go-live (remote) support and production-type support for software that was previously installed at a customer location. Service costs include human resource costs and other incidental costs such as travel and training required for both pre go-live and post go-live support. Such efforts include project management, delivery, product customization and implementation, installation support, consulting, configuration, and on-site support.

Cost of maintenance, services, and hosting fees for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $1.7 million, or 1.5%, compared to the same period in 2010 primarily due to $2.9 million in increased personnel related costs partially offset by a $0.4 million increase in net deferred expenses associated with project implementations and a $0.7 million decrease in third-party maintenance and services related fees.

Research and Development

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses are primarily human resource costs related to the creation of new products, improvements made to existing products and the costs related to regulatory requirements and processing mandates as well as compatibility with new operating system releases and generations of hardware.

32

R&D expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $16.1 million, or 21.7%, as compared to the same period in 2010. This increase is due to $7.3 million in increased personnel related costs, a $7.2 million decrease in net deferred expenses associated with various product development efforts, a $1.4 million increase in third party contractors, and a $0.2 million increase in professional fees.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing includes both the costs related to selling our products to current and prospective customers as well as the costs related to promoting the Company, its products and the research efforts required to measure customers’ future needs and satisfaction levels. Selling costs are primarily the human resource and travel costs related to the effort expended to license our products and services to current and potential clients within defined territories and/or industries as well as the management of the overall relationship with customer accounts. Selling costs also include the costs associated with assisting distributors in their efforts to sell our products and services in their respective local markets. Marketing costs include costs needed to promote the Company and its products as well as perform or acquire market research to help us better understand what products our customers are looking for in the future. Marketing costs also include the costs associated with measuring customers’ opinions toward the Company, our products and personnel.

Selling and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $10.4 million, or 14.7%, compared to the same period in 2010 due to increased personnel related costs primarily as a result of increased sales.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses are primarily human resource costs including executive salaries and benefits, personnel administration costs, and the costs of corporate support functions such as legal, administrative, human resources and finance and accounting.

General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $1.3 million, or 1.9%, compared to the same period in 2010 due to $6.7 million of professional fees related to S1 acquisition activities and a $2.1 million increase in other professional fees partially offset by a $3.2 million decrease in bad debt expense and a $4.3 million decrease in personnel related expenses.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $1.7 million, or 8.5%, compared to the same period in 2010 as a result of higher capital expenditures.

Other Income and Expense

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $0.7 million, or 97.7%, as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase in interest income is primarily due to $0.5 million in interest related to a tax refund recognized during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2011 increased $0.4 million, or 21.8%, as compared to the same period in 2010 due to higher amortization of financing costs related to securing financing in anticipation of acquiring S1.

Other expense consists of foreign currency losses and other non-operating items. Other expense for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $0.8 million and $3.6 million, respectively. Comparative changes in other expense amounts were attributable to fluctuating currency rates which impacted the amounts of foreign currency losses recognized by us during the respective fiscal years and the loss on the change in fair value of our interest rate swaps which expired on October 4, 2010. We realized net foreign currency losses of $0.8 million and $3.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. We realized losses on the change in the fair value of interest rate swaps of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were approximately 28.7% and 44.2%, respectively. Our effective tax rate each year varies from our federal statutory rate because we operate in multiple foreign countries where we apply their tax laws and rates which vary from those that we apply to the income we generate from our domestic operations. Of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, our December 31, 2011 effective tax rate was most impacted by our operations in Canada, Ireland and United Kingdom, while the effective tax rate for December 31, 2010 was most impacted by our operations in Ireland and United Kingdom. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was positively impacted by the

33

release of a $3.1 million liability due to the expiration of a contractual obligation related to the transfer of certain intellectual property rights from the United States to non-United States entities. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2011 was also positively impacted by a favorable adjustment of $4.4 million to our reserve for uncertain tax positions partially offset by the reversal of related deferred tax assets of $2.4 million. The effective tax rate for the year ended December 31, 2010 was negatively impacted by our inability to recognize income tax benefits during the period resulting from losses sustained in certain tax jurisdictions where the future utilization of the losses are uncertain and by the recognition of tax expense associated with the transfer of certain intellectual property rights from the United States to non-United States entities.

Year Ended December 31, 2010 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2009

Revenues

Total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $12.7 million, or 3.1%, as compared to the same period in 2009. The increase is the result of a $10.0 million, or 6.5%, increase in software license fee revenue, a $4.6 million, or 3.5%, increase in maintenance fee revenue and a $4.2 million, or 10.4%, increase in software hosting fee revenues, partially offset by a $6.2 million, or 7.7%, decrease in services revenue.

The increase in total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2009 was due to a $13.5 million increase, or 9.8%, in the EMEA reportable segment and a $0.6 million increase, or 1.3%, in the Asia/Pacific reportable segment, partially offset by a $1.4 million, or 0.6%, decrease in the Americas reportable segment. The increase in total revenues is primarily due to increased sales and an increase in the number and size of projects that were completed and recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009. The decline in the Americas reportable segment is primarily due to a decline in software license fee revenue recognized in the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009.

Software License Fee Revenues

As a result of the maturation of certain retail payment engine products, a higher percentage of our initial license fees are being recognized ratably over an extended period. Initial license and capacity fees that are recognized as revenue ratably over an extended period are included in our monthly license fee revenues. As a result, our ILF revenues have declined while our MLF revenues have increased during the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009. This shift of software license fees from ILF revenues to MLF revenues is expected to continue in future periods.

Initial License Fee (ILF) Revenue

ILF revenues during the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009, declined by $21.5 million, or 25.8%. All reportable operating segments experienced declines in ILF revenues with the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific reportable operating segments declining by $16.5 million, $0.9 million and $4.1 million, respectively. The decline in the Americas and EMEA reportable operating segments is primarily due to initial license fees that are required to be recognized ratably as MLF revenue as a result of the maturation of certain retail payment engine products. The decline in ILF revenues in the Asia/Pacific reportable operating segment is largely attributable to fewer customer go-live events that contributed to ILF revenue being recognized during the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009. Included in the above are capacity related revenue declines of $12.2 million and $0.6 million in the Americas and Asia/Pacific reportable operating segments, respectively, offset by an increase of $3.9 million in the EMEA reportable operating segment within the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009.

Monthly License Fee (MLF) Revenue

MLF revenues increased $31.5 million, or 44.2%, during the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009 with the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific reportable operating segments increasing by $11.3 million, $19.8 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The increase in MLF revenues is primarily due to an increase in the amount of ILF revenue that is being recognized ratably over an extended period as a result of the maturation of certain retail payment engine products.

Maintenance Fee Revenue

Maintenance fee revenues increased $4.6 million, or 3.5%, during the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009. Maintenance fee revenue increased in the EMEA and Asia/Pacific reportable segments by $5.1 million and $2.3 million, respectively, while the Americas reportable segment declined by $2.8 million. Increases in maintenance fee revenues are primarily driven by an increase in the customer installation base as well as expanded product usage. The decline in the Americas reportable segment is primarily due to cumulative maintenance revenue recognition related to customer go-lives during the year ended December 31, 2009 that were not experienced during 2010.

34

Services Revenue

Services revenue declined by $6.2 million, or 7.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2010, as compared to the same period in 2009. Implementation and professional services declined in the EMEA reportable segment by $9.7 million, offset by increases of $1.5 million and $2.0 million in the Americas and Asia/Pacific reportable segments, respectively. The decline in the EMEA reportable segment was primarily due to a decline in the number and size of service engagements with various customers after the initial implementation project was complete.

Software Hosting Fee Revenue

Software hosting fee revenue increased $4.2 million, or 10.4%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009. The increase is primarily in the Americas operating segment and can be attributed to new customers adopting our on-demand or hosted offerings and existing customers adding new functionality or services.

Expenses

Total operating expenses for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $0.6 million, or 0.2%, as compared to the same period in 2009. Total expenses increased primarily as a result of a $8.8 million, or 14.2%, increase in selling and marketing, a $4.2 million, or 3.8%, increase in the cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees, and a $2.3 million, or 13.0%, increase in depreciation and amortization, partially offset by a $9.1 million, or 11.5%, decrease in general and administrative expenses, a $3.4 million, or 4.4%, decrease in research and development, and a $2.2 million, or 14.7%, decrease in cost of software license fees.

Cost of Software License Fees

Cost of software licenses fees decreased $2.2 million, or 14.7%, for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to the same period in 2009. Third-party software royalty expense decreased $2.5 million as a result of a decrease in license revenue associated with certain products that include a corresponding royalty expense. Purchased or developed technology for resale amortization increased $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.

Cost of Maintenance, Services and Hosting Fees

Cost of maintenance, services, and hosting fees for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $4.2 million, or 3.8%, compared to the same period in 2009 primarily due to $2.5 million higher personnel and related expenses, a $0.7 million decrease in net deferred expenses associated with project implementations, a $0.5 million increase in third-party maintenance and services related fees and $0.5 million higher professional fees.

Research and Development

R&D expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $3.4 million, or 4.4%, as compared to the same period in 2009. This decrease is largely due to lower third-party contractor costs of $3.6 million and $0.4 million of lower personnel and related expenses, partially offset by $0.6 million higher professional fees.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $8.8 million, or 14.2%, compared to the same period in 2009 due to $5.4 million higher personnel and related costs, $2.9 million higher external professional, advertising and promotional expenses, and $0.5 million higher costs resulting from our outsourced information technology services.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $9.1 million, or 11.5%, compared to the same period in 2009. General and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2009, with no corresponding expenses in the year ended December 31, 2010, included $1.0 million of professional fees associated with the restatement of our 2008 quarterly financial statements, $1.4 million of consulting fees related to business reinvestment initiatives and $0.2 million of transition costs related to our outsourced technology services. In addition, general and administrative expenses decreased $7.4 million as a result of lower personnel and related expenses, $1.8 million as a result of lower severance expenses and, $0.9 million as a result of lower professional and other external fees. These amounts were partially offset by $1.9 million of higher bad debt expense and $1.6 million of higher costs related to facility rent and move expenses associated with various office and data center relocations.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 increased $2.3 million, or 13.0%, compared to the same period in 2009 as a result of higher capital expenditures.

35

Other Income and Expense

Interest income for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $0.4 million, or 36.2%, as compared to the same period in 2009. The decrease in interest income is primarily due to a decrease in interest received along with associated tax refunds during the year ended December 31, 2010 as compared to the same period in 2009.

Interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 decreased $0.9 million, or 30.1%, as compared to the same period in 2009 due to lower interest rates and reduced interest associated with tax payments.

Other expense consists of foreign currency losses and other non-operating items. Other expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were $3.6 million and $6.6 million, respectively. Comparative changes in other expense amounts were attributable to fluctuating currency rates which impacted the amounts of foreign currency losses recognized by us during the respective fiscal years and the loss on the change in fair value of our interest rate swaps which expired on October 4, 2010. We realized net foreign currency losses of $3.2 million and $5.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We realized losses on the change in the fair value of interest rate swaps of $0.2 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively. The losses for the year ended December 31, 2009 were partially offset by a $1.0 million gain under a contractual arrangement.

Income Taxes

The effective tax rates for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 were approximately 44.2% and 40.7%, respectively. Our effective tax rate each year varies from our federal statutory rate because we operate in multiple foreign countries where we apply their tax laws and rates which vary from those that we apply to the income we generate from our domestic operations. Of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, our December 31, 2010 and 2009 effective tax rates were most impacted by our operations in Ireland and United Kingdom. The effective tax rate for both years was higher than the U.S. effective rate of 35% due to the impact of our inability to recognize income tax benefits during the period resulting from losses sustained in certain tax jurisdictions where the future utilization of the losses are uncertain and by the recognition of tax expense associated with the transfer of certain intellectual property rights from the United States to non-United States entities. The year ended December 31, 2009 was positively impacted by adjustments to unrecognized tax benefits of $1.6 million.

Segment Results

The following table presents revenues and operating income (loss) for the periods indicated by geographic region (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenues:
Americas	$	245,703		$	221,560		$	222,952
EMEA		164,874			150,525			137,061
Asia/Pacific		54,518			46,339			45,742
	$	465,095		$	418,424		$	405,755
Operating income:
Americas	$	84,662		$	74,791		$	69,350
EMEA		46,889			43,274			31,083
Asia/Pacific		6,774			(60	)		6,293
Corporate		(72,094	)		(64,357	)		(65,156	)
	$	66,231		$	53,648		$	41,570

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we changed our segment operating income reporting measure to exclude certain corporate general and administrative expenses. Previously, corporate expenses were allocated to the segments. In addition, amortization expense on acquired intangibles is no longer allocated to the individual segments. All periods presented have been recast to reflect these changes.

Reportable segment results are impacted by both direct expenses and allocated shared function costs such as global product development, global customer operations and global product management. Shared function costs are allocated to the geographic reportable segments as a percentage of revenue or as a percentage of headcount. All administrative costs that are not directly attributable or reasonably allocable to a geographic segment are tracked in the corporate line item.

36

Operating income in the Americas, EMEA, and Asia/Pacific reportable segment increased for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 primarily due to increased revenue. Corporate expenses increased during the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to the same period in 2010 due to increased professional fees related to the acquisition of S1.

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

General

Our primary liquidity needs are: (i) to fund normal operating expenses; (ii) to meet the interest and principal requirements of our outstanding indebtedness; (iii) to fund cash portions of acquisitions and (iv) to fund capital expenditures and lease payments. We believe these needs will be satisfied using cash flow generated by our operations, our cash and cash equivalents and available borrowings under our Credit Agreement.

As of December 31, 2011, we had $197.1 million in cash and cash equivalents. Cash and cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less.

As of December 31, 2011, $86.6 million of the $197.1 million of cash and cash equivalents was held by our foreign subsidiaries. If these funds were needed for our operations in the U.S. we would be required to accrue and pay U.S. taxes to repatriate these funds. However, our intent is to permanently reinvest these funds outside the U.S. and our current plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate them to fund our U.S. operations.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth summary cash flow data for the periods indicated. Please refer to this summary as you read our discussion of the sources and uses of cash in each year (amounts in thousands).

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Net cash provided by (used in):
Operating activities	$	83,462		$	81,308		$	44,217
Investing activities		(47,683	)		(19,349	)		(23,367	)
Financing activities		(8,721	)		(17,575	)		(14,056	)

2011 compared to 2010

Net cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2011 amounted to $83.5 million as compared to $81.3 million during the same period in 2010. The comparative period increase was principally the result of changes in working capital, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and cash taxes paid. We use our operating cash flow primarily for funding capital expenditures, our share buyback program, and acquisitions.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we paid $16.9 million, net of $2.4 million in cash acquired, to acquire ISD. Additionally, we used cash of $19.0 million to purchase software, property and equipment and $10.0 million to purchase available-for-sale equity securities.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, we paid $11.8 million related to debt issuance costs to secure financing for the anticipated acquisition of S1. In addition, we made payments to third-party institutions, primarily related to debt and capital leases, totaling $3.8 million. This was partially offset by the receipt of $6.4 million, including corresponding excess tax benefits, from the exercises of stock options and $1.3 million for the issuance of common stock under our 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. We also repaid $75 million under our previous revolving credit facility during the year ended December 31, 2011. This repayment was funded by the issuance of $75 million under a new credit facility, which was subsequently repaid through funding under the new Credit Agreement entered into on November 10, 2011.

We may also decide to use cash to acquire new products and services or enhance existing products and services through acquisitions of other companies, product lines, technologies and personnel, or through investments in other companies.

37

We believe that our existing sources of liquidity, including cash on hand and cash provided by operating activities, will satisfy our projected liquidity requirements, which primarily consists of working capital requirements, including the current Alliance agreement liability, and the acquisition of S1, for the next twelve months.

2010 compared to 2009

Net cash flows provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounted to $81.3 million as compared to $44.2 million during the same period in 2009. The comparative period increase was principally the result of changes in working capital, including accounts receivable, accounts payable and cash taxes paid. Our current policy is to use our operating cash flow primarily for funding capital expenditures, our share buyback program, and acquisitions.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we used cash of $13.2 million to purchase software, property and equipment. During the year ended December 31, 2009, we paid $6.6 million to acquire Essentis intellectual property, trade names, customer contracts, and working capital.

During the year ended December 31, 2010, we made payments of $18.6 million to repurchase our common stock. We also made payments to third-party institutions, primarily related to debt and capital leases, totaling $1.6 million. We received proceeds of $3.3 million, including corresponding excess tax benefits, from the exercises of stock options and $1.1 million for the issuance of common stock under our 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended.

Debt

As of December 31, 2011, we had up to $175.0 million of unused borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility portion of the Credit Agreement in addition to $200.0 million available under the Term Loan Facility portion. On February 10, 2012, we drew an additional $95.0 million on the Revolving Credit Facility and $200.0 million on the Term Loan Facility to finance the acquisition of S1. Leaving us with $80.0 million of unused borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility. The amount of unused borrowings actually available under the senior secured revolving credit facility varies in accordance with the terms of the agreement. The Credit Agreement contains certain affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, asset dispositions, acquisitions, investments, dividends and other restricted payments, liens and transactions with affiliates. The Credit Agreement also contains financial covenants relating to maximum permitted leverage ratio and the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. The facility does not contain any subjective acceleration features and does not have any required payment or principal reduction schedule and is included as a long-term liability in our consolidated balance sheet. At December 31, 2011 (and at all times during these periods) we were in compliance with our debt covenants. The interest rate in effect at December 31, 2011 was 2.25%.

We are not currently dependent upon short-term funding, and the limited availability of credit in the market has not affected our Credit Agreement, our liquidity or materially impacted our funding costs. However, due to the existing uncertainty in the capital and credit markets and the impact of the current economic crisis on our operating results and financial conditions, the amount of available unused borrowings under our existing Revolving Credit Facility may be insufficient to meet our needs and/or our access to capital outside of our Credit Agreement y may not be available on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

We lease office space and equipment under operating leases that run through October 2028, and also lease certain property under capital lease agreements that expire in various years through 2014. Additionally, we have entered into a Credit Agreement that matures in 2016. Under the Outsourcing Agreement with IBM, we pay IBM for IT services through a combination of fixed and variable charges subject to actual services needed, applicable service levels and statements of work. The total amount paid is subject to a minimum commitment as provided in the Outsourcing Agreement.

38

Contractual obligations as of December 31, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Payments due by Period
	Total		Less than 1 year		1-3 years		3-5 years		More than 5 years
Contractual Obligations
Operating lease obligations	$	68,509	$	9,007	$	15,675	$	11,954	$	31,873
Capital leases		2,119		1,138		960		21		—
Credit Agreement (1)		75,000		—		—		75,000		—
Credit Agreement interest (1)		8,202		1,688		3,375		3,139		—
IBM Outsourcing Minimum Commitment		24,820		7,912		15,613		1,295		—
Total	$	178,650	$	19,745	$	35,623	$	91,409	$	31,873

(1) Based upon the debt on hand and interest rate in effect at December 31, 2011 of 2.25%. During the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, we entered into a credit agreement that provides us the option of obtaining up to $450 million in long term debt (See Note 6, “Debt”). We increased our long term debt to $370.0 million to acquire S1 during 2012.

If we do not meet certain minimum sales incentive targets under the Alliance agreement, we will be required to refund $20.7 million to IBM when the Alliance expires on December 16, 2012. This balance is reflected in the Alliance agreement liability within current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet.

We are unable to reasonably estimate the ultimate amount or timing of settlement of our reserves for income taxes under ASC 740, Income Taxes. The liability for unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2011 is $4.0 million.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any obligations that meet the definition of an off-balance sheet arrangement and that have or are reasonably likely to have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires that we make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe to be proper and reasonable under the circumstances. We continually evaluate the appropriateness of estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The following key accounting policies are impacted significantly by judgments, assumptions and estimates used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. See Note 1, “Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for a further discussion of revenue recognition and other significant accounting policies.

Revenue Recognition

For software license arrangements for which services rendered are primarily related to installation of core software and are not considered essential to the functionality of the software, we recognize revenue upon delivery, provided (1) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (2) collection of the fee is considered probable, and (3) the fee is fixed or determinable. In most arrangements, because vendor-specific objective evidence of fair value does not exist for the license element, we use the residual method to determine the amount of revenue to be allocated to the license element. Under the residual method, the fair value of all undelivered elements, such as post contract customer support or other products or services, is deferred and subsequently recognized as the products are delivered or the services are performed, with the residual difference between the total arrangement fee and revenues allocated to undelivered elements being allocated to the delivered element. For software license arrangements in which we have concluded that collectibility issues may exist, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. In making the determination of collectibility, we consider the creditworthiness of the customer, economic conditions in the customer’s industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions.

39

Our sales focus continues to shift from our more-established products to more complex arrangements involving multiple products inclusive of our BASE24-eps product and less-established (collectively referred to as “newer”) products. As a result of this shift to newer products and more complex, multiple product arrangements, absent other factors, we initially experience an increase in deferred revenue and a corresponding decrease in current period revenue due to differences in the timing of revenue recognition for the respective products. Revenues from more complex arrangements involving our newer products are typically recognized upon acceptance or first production use by the customer or are recognized over an extended period whereas revenues from mature products, such as BASE24, are generally recognized upon delivery of the product, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. For those arrangements where revenues are being deferred and we determine that related direct and incremental costs are recoverable, such costs are deferred and subsequently expensed as the revenues are recognized.

When a software license arrangement includes services to provide significant modification or customization of software, those services are considered essential to the functionality of the software and are not considered to be separable from the software. Accounting for such services delivered over time is referred to as contract accounting. Under contract accounting, we generally use the percentage-of-completion method. Under the percentage-of-completion method, we record revenue for the software license fee and services over the development and implementation period, with the percentage of completion generally measured by the percentage of labor hours incurred to-date to estimated total labor hours for each contract. Estimated total labor hours for each contract are based on the project scope, complexity, skill level requirements, and similarities with other projects of similar size and scope. For those contracts subject to contract accounting, estimates of total revenue and profitability under the contract consider amounts due under extended payment terms. We recognize revenue under these arrangements based on the lesser of payments that become due or the revenue calculated under the percentage-of-completion method based on progress toward completion in a given reporting period. For arrangements where we believe it is assured that no loss will be incurred under the arrangement and fair value for maintenance services does not exist, all revenue is deferred until services are completed.

Certain of our arrangements are through unrelated distributors or sales agents. In these situations, we evaluate additional factors such as the financial capabilities, the distribution capabilities, and risks of rebates, returns, or credits in determining whether revenue should be recognized upon sale to the distributor or sales agent (“sell-in”) or upon distribution to an end-customer (“sell-through”). Judgment is required in evaluating the facts and circumstances of our relationship with the distributor or sales agent as well as our operating history and practices that can impact the timing of revenue recognition related to these arrangements.

We may execute more than one contract or agreement with a single customer. The separate contracts or agreements may be viewed as one multiple-element arrangement or separate arrangements for revenue recognition purposes. The Company evaluates whether the agreements were negotiated as part of a single project, whether the products or services are interrelated or interdependent, whether fees in one arrangement are tied to performance in another arrangement, and whether elements in one arrangement are essential to the functionality in another arrangement in order to reach appropriate conclusions regarding whether such arrangements are related or separate. Those conclusions can impact the timing of revenue recognition related to those arrangements.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain a general allowance for doubtful accounts based on our historical experience, along with additional customer-specific allowances. We regularly monitor credit risk exposures in our accounts receivable. In estimating the necessary level of our allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers the aging of our accounts receivable, the creditworthiness of our customers, economic conditions within the customer’s industry, and general economic conditions, among other factors. Should any of these factors change, the estimates made by management would also change, which in turn would impact the level of our future provision for doubtful accounts. Specifically, if the financial condition of our customers were to deteriorate, affecting their ability to make payments, additional customer-specific provisions for doubtful accounts may be required. Also, should deterioration occur in general economic conditions, or within a particular industry or region in which we have a number of customers, additional provisions for doubtful accounts may be recorded to reserve for potential future losses. Any such additional provisions would reduce operating income in the periods in which they were recorded.

Intangible Assets and Goodwill

Our business acquisitions typically result in the recording of intangible assets, and the recorded values of those assets may become impaired in the future. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 our intangible assets, excluding goodwill, net of accumulated amortization, were $18.3 million and $20.4 million, respectively. The determination of the value of such intangible assets requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the consolidated financial statements. We assess potential impairments to intangible assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered. Judgments regarding the existence of impairment indicators and future cash flows related to intangible assets are based on operational performance of our businesses, market conditions and other factors. Although there are inherent uncertainties in this assessment process, the estimates and assumptions used, including estimates of future cash flows, volumes, market penetration and discount rates, are consistent with our internal planning. If these estimates or their related assumptions change in the future, we may be required to record an impairment

40

charge on all or a portion of our intangible assets. Furthermore, we cannot predict the occurrence of future impairment-triggering events nor the impact such events might have on our reported asset values. Future events could cause us to conclude that impairment indicators exist and that intangible assets associated with acquired businesses are impaired. Any resulting impairment loss could have an impact on our results of operations.

Other intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 18 months to 12 years.

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, our goodwill was $214.1 million and $203.9 million, respectively. In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, we assess goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year using October 1 balances or when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recovered. We evaluate goodwill at the reporting unit level and have identified our reportable segments, Americas, EMEA, and Asia/Pacific, as our reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is measured using a discounted cash flow model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Use of a discounted cash flow model is common practice in impairment testing in the absence of available transactional market evidence to determine the fair value.

The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include discount rates, growth rates, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as Company-specific risk factors. Operational management, considering industry and Company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates. If the calculated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of the reporting unit may exist. If the recoverability test indicates potential impairment, we calculate an implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value. The calculated fair value was in excess of the current carrying value for all reporting units.

Stock-Based Compensation

Under the provisions of ASC 718, stock-based compensation cost for stock option awards is estimated at the grant date based on the award’s fair value as calculated by the Black-Scholes option-pricing model and is recognized as expense ratably over the requisite service period. We recognize stock-based compensation costs for only those shares that are expected to vest. The impact of forfeitures that may occur prior to vesting is estimated and considered in the amount of expense recognized. Forfeiture estimates are revised in subsequent periods when actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. The Black-Scholes option-pricing model requires various highly judgmental assumptions including volatility and expected option life. If any of the assumptions used in the Black-Scholes model change significantly, stock-based compensation expense may differ materially for future awards from that recorded for existing awards.

We also have stock options outstanding that vest upon attainment by the Company of certain market conditions. In order to determine the grant date fair value of these stock options that vest based on the achievement of certain market conditions, a Monte Carlo simulation model is used to estimate (i) the probability that the performance goal will be achieved and (ii) the length of time required to attain the target market price.

Long term incentive program performance share awards (“LTIP Performance Shares”) were granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 pursuant to our 2005 Incentive Plan. These awards are earned, if at all, based on the achievement over a specified period of performance goals related to certain performance metrics. In order to determine compensation expense to be recorded for these LTIP Performance Shares, each quarter management evaluates the probability that the target performance goals will be achieved, if at all, and the anticipated level of attainment.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, pursuant to our 2005 Incentive Plan, we granted restricted share awards (“RSAs”). The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have requisite service periods of three years and vest in increments of 33% on the anniversary dates of grants. The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2009, have a requisite service period of four years and vest in increments of 25% on the anniversary dates of the grants. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee. We estimate the fair value of the RSAs based upon the market price of our stock at the date of grant. The RSA grants provide for the payment of dividends on our common stock, if any, to the participant during the requisite service period (vesting period) and the participant has voting rights for each share of common stock.

41

The assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model as well as the description of the plans the stock-based awards are granted under are described in further detail in Note 13, “Stock-Based Compensation Plans”, in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Accounting for income taxes requires significant judgments in the development of estimates used in income tax calculations. Such judgments include, but are not limited to, the likelihood we would realize the benefits of net operating loss carryforwards and/or foreign tax credit carryforwards, the adequacy of valuation allowances, and the rates used to measure transactions with foreign subsidiaries. As part of the process of preparing our consolidated financial statements, we are required to estimate our income taxes in each of the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The judgments and estimates used are subject to challenge by domestic and foreign taxing authorities.

We account for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740. As part of our process of determining current tax liability, we exercise judgment in evaluating positions we have taken in our tax returns. We periodically assess our tax exposures and establish, or adjust, estimated unrecognized benefits for probable assessments by taxing authorities, including the IRS, and various foreign and state authorities. Such unrecognized tax benefits represent the estimated provision for income taxes expected to ultimately be paid. It is possible that either domestic or foreign taxing authorities could challenge those judgments or positions and draw conclusions that would cause us to incur tax liabilities in excess of, or realize benefits less than, those currently recorded. In addition, changes in the geographical mix or estimated amount of annual pretax income could impact our overall effective tax rate.

To the extent recovery of deferred tax assets is not likely, we record a valuation allowance to reduce our deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. Although we have considered future taxable income along with prudent and feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for a valuation allowance, if we should determine that we would not be able to realize all or part of our deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to deferred tax assets would be charged to income in the period any such determination was made. Likewise, in the event we are able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future in excess of the net recorded amount, an adjustment to deferred tax assets would increase income in the period any such determination was made.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments in ASU 2011-04 change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Some of the amendments clarify FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore, ASU 2011-04 will be effective for our year beginning January 1, 2012. Adoption of ASU 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. These updates eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and allows two options for presenting the components of net income and other comprehensive income: (1) in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) in two separate but consecutive statements, consisting of a statement of net income followed by a separate statement of other comprehensive income. The updates also require retrospective application and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore, ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 will be effective for our year beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of these updates will change the manner in which the components of other comprehensive income are presented in the financial statements, but are not expected to have any other material impact on our financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The amendments under ASU 2011-08 will allow entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less

42

than its carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for entities to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. Entities will have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of ASU 2011-08 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial statements.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Excluding the impact of changes in interest rates and the uncertainty in the global financial markets, there have been no material changes to our market risk for the year ended December 31, 2011. We conduct business in all parts of the world and are thereby exposed to market risks related to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates. The U.S. dollar is the single largest currency in which our revenue contracts are denominated. Thus, any decline in the value of local foreign currencies against the U.S. dollar results in our products and services being more expensive to a potential foreign customer, and in those instances where our goods and services have already been sold, may result in the receivables being more difficult to collect. Additionally, any decline in the value of the U.S. dollar in jurisdictions where the revenue contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars and operating expenses are incurred in local currency will have an unfavorable impact to operating margins. We at times enter into revenue contracts that are denominated in the country’s local currency, principally in Australia, Canada, the United Kingdom and other European countries. This practice serves as a natural hedge to finance the local currency expenses incurred in those locations. We have not entered into any foreign currency hedging transactions. We do not purchase or hold any derivative financial instruments for the purpose of speculation or arbitrage.

The primary objective of our cash investment policy is to preserve principal without significantly increasing risk. Based on our cash investments and interest rates on these investments at December 31, 2011, and if we maintained this level of similar cash investments for a period of one year, a hypothetical ten percent increase or decrease in effective interest rates would increase or decrease interest income by $0.1 million annually.

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

The required consolidated financial statements and notes thereto are included in this Annual Report and are listed in Part IV, Item 15.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, performed an evaluation of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”)) as of the end of the period covered by this report, December 31, 2011.

In connection with our evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures, we have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2011.

b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“US GAAP”). Under the supervision of, and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, management assessed the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011. Management based its assessment on criteria established in “Internal Control Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on this evaluation, management concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2011.

43

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011 has been audited by Deloitte & Touche, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, and Deloitte & Touche, LLP has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting.

c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes during the Company’s quarter ended December 31, 2011 in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

44

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

ACI Worldwide, Inc.

Omaha, Nebraska

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of ACI Worldwide, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 of the Company and our report dated February 22, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Omaha, Nebraska

February 22, 2012

45

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant” in Part 1, Item 1 of this Form 10-K is incorporated herein by reference.

The information required by this item with respect to our directors is included in the section entitled “Nominees” under “Proposal 1 — Election of Directors” in our Proxy Statement for the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 13, 2012 (the “2012 Proxy Statement”) and is incorporated herein by reference.

Information included in the section entitled “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Information related to the audit committee and the audit committee financial expert is included in the section entitled “Report of Audit Committee” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference. In addition, the information included in the sections entitled “Board Committees and Committee Meetings,” Shareholder Recommendations for Director Nominees” and “Shareholder Nomination Process” within the “Corporate Governance” section of our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Code of Business Conduct and Code of Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for our directors, officers (including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principle accounting officer and controller) and employees. We have also adopted a Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers (the “Code of Ethics”), which applies to our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Chief Accounting Officer, Controller, and persons performing similar functions. The full text of both the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Code of Ethics is published on our website at www.aciworldwide.com in the “Investors – Corporate Governance” section. We intend to disclose future amendments to, or waivers from, certain provisions of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and the Code of Ethics on our website promptly following the adoption of such amendment or waiver.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information included in the sections entitled “Director Compensation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation Committee Report,” “Executive Compensation” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

Information included in the sections entitled “Information Regarding Security Ownership” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Information included in the section entitled “Information Regarding Equity Compensation Plans” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

Information included in the section entitled “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions,” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

Information included in the sections entitled “Director Independence” and “Board Committees and Committee Meetings” in the “Corporate Governance” section of our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated by reference.

46

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

Information included in the sections entitled “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees” and “Pre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services” under “Proposal 2 – Ratification of Appointment of the Company’s Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our 2012 Proxy Statement is incorporated herein by reference.

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Documents filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K:

(1) Financial Statements. The following index lists consolidated financial statements and notes thereto filed as part of this annual report on Form 10-K:

	Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm – Deloitte & Touche LLP		49
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010		50
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011		51
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity and Comprehensive Income (loss) for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011		52
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December  31, 2011		53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		54

(2) Financial Statement Schedules. All schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits. A list of exhibits filed or furnished with this report on Form 10-K (or incorporated by reference to exhibits previously filed by ACI) is provided in the accompanying Exhibit Index.

47

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

ACI Worldwide, Inc.

Omaha, Nebraska

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ACI Worldwide, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of income, of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ACI Worldwide, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on the criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 22, 2012, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Omaha, Nebraska

February 22, 2012

48

ACI WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,			December 31,
	2011			2010
ASSETS
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$	197,098		$	171,310
Billed receivables, net of allowances of $4,843 and $5,738, respectively		93,355			77,773
Accrued receivables		6,693			9,578
Deferred income taxes, net		25,944			12,317
Prepaid expenses		9,454			13,369
Other current assets		9,320			10,462
Total current assets		341,864			294,809
Property and equipment, net		20,479			18,539
Software, net		22,598			25,366
Goodwill		214,144			203,935
Other intangible assets, net		18,343			20,448
Deferred income taxes, net		13,466			28,143
Other noncurrent assets		33,748			10,289
TOTAL ASSETS	$	664,642		$	601,529
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	$	11,532		$	15,263
Accrued employee compensation		27,955			26,174
Deferred revenue		132,995			121,936
Income taxes payable		10,427			6,181
Alliance agreement liability		20,667			1,917
Note payable under credit facility		—			75,000
Accrued and other current liabilities		23,481			24,293
Total current liabilities		227,057			270,764
Deferred revenue		32,721			31,045
Note payable under credit facility		75,000			—
Alliance agreement noncurrent liability		—			20,667
Other noncurrent liabilities		12,534			23,430
Total liabilities		347,312			345,906
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010		—			—
Common stock; $0.005 par value; 70,000,000 shares authorized; 40,821,516 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010		204			204
Common stock warrants		24,003			24,003
Treasury stock, at cost, 7,178,427 and 7,548,752 shares outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010		(163,411	)		(171,676	)
Additional paid-in capital		322,654			312,947
Retained earnings		151,141			105,289
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(17,261	)		(15,144	)
Total stockholders’ equity		317,330			255,623
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY	$	664,642		$	601,529

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

49

ACI WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenues:
Software license fees	$	189,820		$	164,559		$	154,517
Maintenance fees		148,357			135,523			130,922
Services		79,770			73,989			80,146
Software hosting fees		47,148			44,353			40,170
Total revenues		465,095			418,424			405,755
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees (1)		15,418			12,591			14,754
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees (1)		118,866			117,132			112,893
Research and development		90,176			74,076			77,506
Selling and marketing		80,922			70,553			61,799
General and administrative		71,425			70,096			79,244
Depreciation and amortization		22,057			20,328			17,989
Total expenses		398,864			364,776			364,185
Operating income		66,231			53,648			41,570
Other income (expense):
Interest income		1,315			665			1,042
Interest expense		(2,431	)		(1,996	)		(2,856	)
Other, net		(802	)		(3,615	)		(6,648	)
Total other income (expense)		(1,918	)		(4,946	)		(8,462	)
Income before income taxes		64,313			48,702			33,108
Income tax expense		18,461			21,507			13,482
Net income	$	45,852		$	27,195		$	19,626
Earnings per share information
Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic		33,457			33,560			34,368
Diluted		34,195			33,870			34,554
Earnings per share
Basic	$	1.37		$	0.81		$	0.57
Diluted	$	1.34		$	0.80		$	0.57

(1) The cost of software license fees excludes charges for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

50

ACI WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(in thousands)

		Septem		Septem		Septem			Septem			Septem		Septem			Septem
	Common		Common Stock					Additional Paid-			Retained		Accumulated Other Comprehensive
	Stock		Warrants		Treasury Stock			in Capital			Earnings		Income (Loss)			Total
Balance at December 31, 2008	$	204	$	24,003	$	(147,808	)	$	302,237		$	58,468	$	(23,263	)	$	213,841
Comprehensive income information:
Net income		—		—		—			—			19,626		—			19,626
Other comprehensive income:
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		—			—			—		8,398			8,398
Comprehensive income																	28,024
Repurchase of common stock		—		—		(15,000	)		—			—		—			(15,000	)
Shares issued and forefeited, net, under stock plans						4,778			(2,603	)							2,175
Stock-based compensation		—		—		—			7,645			—		—			7,645
Repurchase of restricted stock for tax withholdings		—		—		(622	)		—			—		—			(622	)
Balance at December 31, 2009		204		24,003		(158,652	)		307,279			78,094		(14,865	)		236,063
Comprehensive income (loss) information:
Net income		—		—		—			—			27,195		—			27,195
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		—			—			—		(279	)		(279	)
Comprehensive income																	26,916
Repurchase of common stock		—		—		(18,624	)		—			—		—			(18,624	)
Shares issued and forefeited, net, under stock plans						6,162			(2,122	)							4,040
Stock-based compensation		—		—		—			7,790			—		—			7,790
Repurchase of restricted stock for tax withholdings		—		—		(562	)		—			—		—			(562	)
Balance at December 31, 2010		204		24,003		(171,676	)		312,947			105,289		(15,144	)		255,623
Comprehensive income (loss) information:
Net income		—		—		—			—			45,852		—			45,852
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities														594			594
Foreign currency translation adjustments		—		—		—			—			—		(2,711	)		(2,711	)
Comprehensive income																	43,735
Shares issued and forefeited, net, under stock plans						9,007			(1,547	)							7,460
Stock-based compensation		—		—		—			11,254			—		—			11,254
Repurchase of restricted stock for tax withholdings		—		—		(742	)		—			—		—			(742	)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	204	$	24,003	$	(163,411	)	$	322,654		$	151,141	$	(17,261	)	$	317,330

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

51

ACI WORLDWIDE, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$	45,852		$	27,195		$	19,626
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities
Depreciation		7,541			6,651			6,338
Amortization		20,836			19,696			17,389
Deferred income taxes		7,513			11,644			(4,363	)
Stock-based compensation expense		11,254			7,790			7,645
Excess tax benefit of stock options exercised		(1,879	)		(140	)		114
Other		752			909			943
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of impact of acquisitions:
Billed and accrued receivables, net		(21,348	)		14,330			(10,365	)
Other current assets		4,076			(818	)		68
Other noncurrent assets		(3,166	)		(2,259	)		1,387
Accounts payable		(4,963	)		(2,318	)		(1,680	)
Accrued employee compensation		1,733			1,483			3,492
Accrued liabilities		803			(7,766	)		(8,412	)
Current income taxes		6,301			(4,224	)		6,029
Deferred revenue		14,809			14,715			8,412
Other current and noncurrent liabilities		(6,652	)		(5,580	)		(2,406	)
Net cash flows from operating activities		83,462			81,308			44,217
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment		(10,668	)		(4,957	)		(2,942	)
Purchases of software and distribution rights		(8,309	)		(8,209	)		(7,529	)
Alliance technical enablement expenditures		(1,856	)		(6,183	)		(6,899	)
Purchase of available-for-sale securities		(10,000	)		—			—
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired		(16,850	)		—			(7,047	)
Proceeds from transfer of assets under contractual arrangements		—			—			1,050
Net cash flows from investing activities		(47,683	)		(19,349	)		(23,367	)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock		1,273			1,132			1,243
Proceeds from exercises of stock options		4,478			3,147			1,811
Excess tax benefit of stock options exercised		1,879			140			88
Repurchases of common stock		—			(18,624	)		(15,000	)
Repurchase of restricted stock for tax withholdings		(742	)		(562	)		(622	)
Repayment of revolving credit facility		(75,000	)		—			—
Proceeds from interim revolving credit facility		75,000			—			—
Repayment of interim revolving credit facility		(75,000	)		—			—
Proceeds from credit agreement		75,000			—			—
Payments on debt and capital leases		(3,820	)		(1,576	)		(1,576	)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest		—			(1,232	)		—
Payment for debt issuance costs		(11,789	)		—			—
Net cash flows from financing activities		(8,721	)		(17,575	)		(14,056	)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash		(1,270	)		1,009			6,157
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents		25,788			45,393			12,951
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period		171,310			125,917			112,966
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	$	197,098		$	171,310		$	125,917
Supplemental cash flow information
Income taxes paid, net	$	19,014		$	24,928		$	15,202
Interest paid	$	1,783		$	1,663		$	3,564

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

52

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

ACI Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “ACI” or the “Company”), develop, market, install, and support a broad line of software products and services primarily focused on facilitating electronic payments. In addition to its own products, the Company distributes, or acts as a sales agent for software developed by third parties. These products and services are used principally by financial institutions, retailers, and electronic-payment processors, both in domestic and international markets.

The Company derives a substantial portion of its total revenues from licensing its BASE24 family of software products and providing services and maintenance related to those products. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 43%, 46%, and 46%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues were derived from licensing the BASE24 product line, which does not include the BASE24-eps product, and providing related services and maintenance. A substantial majority of the Company’s licenses are time-based (“term”) licenses.

Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Recently acquired subsidiaries that are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of the date of acquisition include: ISD Corporation (“ISD”) and Euronet Essentis Limited (“Euronet” or “Essentis”) acquired during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, respectively. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

On September 21, 2010, the Company dissolved its partnership in Madrid, Spain with Sistema 4B, S.A. (“Sistema”). As a result, the Company paid Sistema 1.0 million Euros (approximately $1.2 million) during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Capital Stock

The Company’s outstanding capital stock consists of a single class of common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote upon each matter subject to a stockholders vote and to dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors.

Use of Estimates and Risk and Uncertainties

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect its future financial statements and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, risks related to the global financial crisis and the continuing decline in the global economy, restrictions and other financial covenants in our credit facility, volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets and adverse changes in the global economy, consolidations and failures in the financial services industry, the cyclical nature of our revenue and earnings and the accuracy of forecasts due to the concentration of revenue generating activity during the final weeks of each quarter, impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets, exposure to unknown tax liabilities, volatility in our stock price, risks from operating internationally, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates, increased competition, our offshore software development activities, the performance of our strategic product BASE24-eps, our strategy to migrate customers to our next generation products, ratable or deferred recognition of certain revenue associated with customer migrations and the maturity of certain of our products, demand for our products, failure to obtain renewals of customer contracts or to obtain such renewals on favorable terms, delay or cancellation of customer projects or inaccurate project completion estimates, business interruptions or failure of our information technology and communication systems, our alliance with International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), the complexity of our products and services and the risk that they may contain hidden defects or be subjected to security breaches or viruses, compliance of our products with applicable legislation, governmental regulations and industry standards, our compliance with privacy regulations, the protection of our intellectual property in intellectual property litigation, future acquisitions, strategic partnerships and investments and litigation,

53

and the risk that expected synergies, operational efficiencies and cost savings from the S1 acquisition may not be fully realized or realized within the expected timeframe.

Revenue Recognition, Accrued Receivables and Deferred Revenue

Software License Fees. The Company recognizes software license fee revenue in accordance with ASC 605-985, Revenue Recognition: Software. For software license arrangements for which services rendered are primarily related to installation of core software and are not considered essential to the functionality of the software, the Company recognizes revenue upon delivery, provided (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (ii) collection of the fee is considered probable and (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable. In most arrangements, vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value does not exist for the license element; therefore, the Company uses the residual method under ASC 605-985 to determine the amount of revenue to be allocated to the license element. Under ASC 605-985, the fair value of all undelivered elements, such as post contract customer support (maintenance or “PCS”) or other products or services, is deferred and subsequently recognized as the products are delivered or the services are performed, with the residual difference between the total arrangement fee and revenues allocated to undelivered elements being allocated to the delivered element.

When a software license arrangement includes services to provide significant modification or customization of software, those services are considered essential to the functionality of the software and are not separable from the software. These arrangements are accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition: Long Term Construction Type Contracts generally referred to as contract accounting. Under contract accounting, the Company generally uses the percentage-of-completion method. For those contracts subject to percentage-of-completion contract accounting, estimates of total revenue and profitability under the contract consider amounts due under extended payment terms. The Company recognizes revenue under these arrangements based on the lesser of payments that become due or the revenue calculated under the percentage-of-completion method. Under the percentage-of-completion method, the Company records revenue for the software license fee and services over the development and implementation period, with the percentage of completion generally measured by the percentage of labor hours incurred to-date to estimated total labor hours for each contract. In the event project profitability is assured and estimable within a range, percentage-of-completion revenue recognition is computed using the lowest level of profitability in the range. If the range of profitability is not estimable but some level of profit is assured, revenues are recognized to the extent direct and indirect costs are incurred until such time that project profitability can be estimated. In the event some level of profitability cannot be assured, completed-contract accounting is applied. If it is determined that a loss will result from the performance of a contract, the entire amount of the loss is recognized in the period in which it is determined that a loss will result.

For software license arrangements in which a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or when payment terms are significantly beyond the Company’s standard business practice, the software license fee is deemed not to be fixed or determinable. For software license arrangements in which the fee is not considered fixed or determinable, the software license fee is recognized as revenue as payments become due and payable, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. For software license arrangements in which the Company has concluded that collection of the fees is not probable, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. In making the determination of collectability, the Company considers the creditworthiness of the customer, economic conditions in the customer’s industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions.

ASC 605-985 requires the seller of software that includes PCS to establish VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element of the contract in order to account separately for the PCS revenue. The Company establishes VSOE of the fair value of PCS by reference to stated renewals, expressed in dollar terms, or separate sales with consistent pricing of PCS expressed in percentage terms. In determining whether a stated renewal is not substantive, the Company considers factors such as whether the period of the initial PCS term is relatively long when compared to the term of the software license or whether the PCS renewal rate is significantly below the Company’s normal pricing practices. In determining whether PCS pricing is consistent, the Company considers the population of separate sales that are within a reasonably narrow range of the median within the identified market segment over the trailing 12 month period.

ASC 605-985 also requires the seller of software that includes services to establish VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element of the contract in order to account separately for the services revenue. The Company establishes VSOE of the fair value of services by reference to separate sales of comparable services with consistent pricing. In determining whether services pricing is consistent, the Company considers the population of separate sales that are within a reasonably narrow range of the median within the identified market segment over the trailing 12 month period.

54

For those software license arrangements that include customer-specific acceptance provisions, such provisions are generally presumed to be substantive and the Company does not recognize revenue until the earlier of the receipt of a written customer acceptance, objective demonstration that the delivered product meets the customer-specific acceptance criteria or the expiration of the acceptance period. The Company also defers the recognition of revenue on transactions involving less-established or newly released software products that do not have a history of successful implementation. The Company recognizes revenues on such arrangements upon the earlier of receipt of written acceptance or the first production use of the software by the customer. In the absence of customer-specific acceptance provisions, software license arrangements generally grant customers a right of refund or replacement only if the licensed software does not perform in accordance with its published specifications. If the Company’s product history supports an assessment by management that the likelihood of non-acceptance is remote, the Company recognizes revenue when all other criteria of revenue recognition are met.

For software license arrangements in which the Company acts as a sales agent for another company’s products, revenues are recorded on a net basis. These include arrangements in which the Company does not take title to the products, is not responsible for providing the product or service, earns a fixed commission, or assumes credit risk only to the extent of its commission. For software license arrangements in which the Company acts as a distributor of another company’s product, and in certain circumstances, modifies or enhances the product, revenues are recorded on a gross basis. These include arrangements in which the Company takes title to the products and is responsible for providing the product or service.

For software license arrangements in which the Company utilizes a third-party distributor or sales agent, the Company recognizes revenue on a sell-in basis when business practices and operating history indicate that there is no risk of returns, rebates, or credits and there are no other risks related to the distributor or sales agents ability to honor payment or distribution commitments. For other arrangements in which any of the above factors indicate that there are risks of returns, rebates, or credits or any other risks related to the distributor or sales agents’ ability to honor payment or distribution commitments, the Company recognizes revenue on a sell-through basis.

For software license arrangements in which the Company permits the customer to receive unspecified future software products during the software license term, the Company recognizes revenue ratably over the license term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. For software license arrangements in which the Company grants the customer a right to exchange the original software product for specified future software products with more than minimal differences in features, functionality, and/or price, during the license term, revenue is recognized upon the earlier of delivery of the additional software products or at the time the exchange right lapses. For customers granted a right to exchange the original software product for specified future software products where the Company has determined price, feature, and functionality differences are minimal, the exchange right is accounted for as a like-kind exchange and revenue is recognized upon delivery of the currently licensed product. For software license arrangements in which the customer is charged variable software license fees based on usage of the product, the Company recognizes revenue as usage occurs over the term of the licenses, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Certain of the Company’s software license arrangements include PCS terms that fail to achieve VSOE of fair value due to non-substantive renewal periods, or contain a range of possible non-substantive PCS renewal amounts. As a result of the maturation of certain retail payment engine products, including BASE24, a higher number of software license arrangements in the Americas and EMEA reportable segments fail to achieve VSOE of fair value for PCS due to non-substantive renewal periods, or contain a range of possible non-substantive PCS renewal amounts. For these arrangements, VSOE of fair value of PCS does not exist and revenues for the software license, PCS and services, if applicable, are considered to be one accounting unit and are therefore recognized ratably over the longer of the contractual service term of PCS term once the delivery of both services has commenced. The Company typically classifies revenues associated with these arrangements in accordance with the contractually specified amounts, which approximate fair value assigned to the various elements, including software license fees, maintenance fees and services, if applicable.

This allocation methodology has been applied to the following amounts included in revenues in the consolidated statements of income from arrangements for which VSOE of fair value does not exist for each undelivered element (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Software license fees	$	66,939	$	47,095	$	13,905
Maintenance fees		16,801		10,261		5,273
Services		1,362		4,118		6,513
Total	$	85,102	$	61,474	$	25,691

55

Maintenance Fees. The Company typically enters into multi-year time-based software license arrangements that vary in length but are generally five years. These arrangements include an initial (bundled) PCS term of one year with subsequent renewals for additional years within the initial license period. For arrangements in which the Company looks to substantive renewal rates or separate sales with consistent pricing to evidence VSOE of fair value of PCS and in which the PCS renewal rate and term are substantive, VSOE of fair value of PCS is determined by reference to the stated renewal rate or by reference to the population of separate sales with consistent pricing. For these arrangements, PCS revenues are recognized ratably over the PCS term specified in the contract. In arrangements where VSOE of fair value of PCS cannot be determined (for example, a time-based software license with a duration of one year or less or when the range of possible PCS renewal amounts is not sufficiently narrow or is significantly below the Company’s normal pricing practices), the Company recognizes revenue for the entire arrangement ratably over the longer of the initial PCS term or the Services term (if any).

For those arrangements that meet the criteria to be accounted for under contract accounting, the Company determines whether VSOE of fair value exists for the PCS element. For those arrangements in which VSOE of fair value exists for the PCS element, PCS is accounted for separately and the balance of the arrangement is accounted for under ASC 605-985. For those arrangements in which VSOE of fair value does not exist for the PCS element all revenue is deferred until such time as the services are complete. Once services are complete, revenue is then recognized ratably over the remaining PCS period.

Services. The Company provides various professional services to customers, primarily project management, software implementation and software modification services. Revenues from arrangements to provide professional services are generally recognized as the related services are performed.

For those arrangements in which services revenue is deferred and the Company determines that the direct costs of services are recoverable, such costs are deferred and subsequently expensed in proportion to the related services revenue as it is recognized. For those arrangements that are accounted for under contract accounting, the Company accumulates and defers all direct and indirect costs allocable to the arrangement. For those arrangements that are not accounted for under contract accounting, the Company accumulates and defers all direct and incremental costs attributable to the arrangement.

Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company adopted on a prospective basis for all new or materially modified arrangements entered into on or after that date, the amended accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and the amended guidance related to the scope of existing software revenue recognition guidance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, nor does the Company expect it to have a material impact on its future financial statements.

A multiple-deliverable arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s); and if delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. If these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as a single unit of accounting which would result in revenue being recognized ratably over the contract term or being deferred until the earlier of when such criteria are met or when the last undelivered element is delivered. If these criteria are met for each, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative selling price. The selling price for each element is based upon the following selling price hierarchy: VSOE if available, third party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

The Company enters into hosting-related arrangements that may consist of multiple service deliverables including initial implementation and setup services; on-going support services; and other services. The Company’s hosted products operate in a highly regulated and controlled environment which requires a highly specialized and unique set of initial implementation and setup services prior to the commencement of hosting-related services. Due to the essential and specialized nature of the implementation and setup services, these services do not qualify as separate units of accounting separate from the hosting service as the delivered services do not have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. The on-going support and other services are considered as separate units of accounting as are add-on products that do not impact the availability of functionality currently in use. The total arrangement consideration is allocated to each of the separate units of accounting based on their relative selling price and revenue is recognized over their respective service periods. As the support and other services periods are the same as the hosting service period, the recognition pattern is similar to what was experienced prior to adopting the amended accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements.

Multiple Arrangements. The Company may execute more than one contract or agreement with a single customer. The separate contracts or agreements may be viewed as one multiple-element arrangement or separate agreements for revenue recognition purposes. The Company evaluates whether the agreements were negotiated as part of a single project, whether the products or services are interrelated or interdependent, whether fees in one arrangement are tied to performance in another arrangement, and

56

whether elements in one arrangement are essential to the functionality in another arrangement in order to reach appropriate conclusions regarding whether such arrangements are related or separate. The conclusions reached can impact the timing of revenue recognition related to those arrangements.

Accrued Receivables. Accrued receivables represent amounts earned that are to be billed in the near future. Included in accrued receivables are services and software hosting revenues earned in the current period but billed in the following period as well as software license fee revenues that are determined to be fixed and determinable but billed in future periods.

Deferred Revenue. Deferred revenue includes amounts currently due and payable from customers, and payments received from customers, for software licenses, maintenance and/or services in advance of recording the related revenue.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents includes holdings in checking, savings, money market and overnight sweep accounts, all of which have daily maturities, as well as time deposits with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to credit risk resulting from the possibility that a loss may occur from the failure of another party to perform according to the terms of a contract. The Company regularly monitors credit risk exposures. Potential concentration of credit risk in the Company’s receivables with respect to the banking, other financial services and telecommunications industries, as well as with retailers, processors, and networks is mitigated by the Company’s credit evaluation procedures and geographical dispersion of sales transactions. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. One customer in the Americas reportable segment accounted for 12.6% of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011.

The Company maintains a general allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience, along with additional customer-specific allowances. The Company regularly monitors credit risk exposures in accounts receivable. In estimating the necessary level of our allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers the aging of accounts receivable, the creditworthiness of customers, economic conditions within the customer’s industry, and general economic conditions, among other factors.

The following reflects activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts receivable (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of period	$	5,738		$	2,732		$	1,920
Provision (recovery) charged to general and administrative expense		(101	)		3,116			1,171
Amounts written off, net of recoveries		(516	)		(110	)		(359	)
Other (1)		(278	)		—			—
Balance, end of period	$	4,843		$	5,738		$	2,732

(1) Amount includes amounts related to the ISD acquisition and the impact of foreign exchange movements in the allowance balance.

Provision (recovery) amounts recorded in general and administrative expenses during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 reflect increases (decreases) in the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon collection experience in the geographic regions in which the Company conducts business, net of collection of customer-specific receivables which were previously reserved for as doubtful of collection.

57

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of these assets is generally computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	September 30,
Computer and office equipment	3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of useful life of improvement or remaining term of lease
Vehicles and other	4-5 years

Assets under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of the asset life or the lease term.

Software

Software may be for internal use or available for sale. Costs related to certain software, which is available for sale, are capitalized in accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, when the resulting product reaches technological feasibility. The Company generally determines technological feasibility when it has a detailed program design that takes product function, feature and technical requirements to their most detailed, logical form and is ready for coding. The Company does not typically capitalize costs related to software available for sale as technological feasibility generally coincides with general availability of the software.

Amortization of software costs to be sold or marketed externally, begins when the product is available for licensing to customers and is determined on a product-by-product basis. The annual amortization shall be the greater of the amount computed using (a) the ratio of current gross revenues for a product to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product or (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, including the period being reported on. Due to competitive pressures, it may be possible that the estimates of anticipated future gross revenue or remaining estimated economic life of the software product will be reduced significantly. As a result, the carrying amount of the software product may be reduced accordingly. Amortization of internal-use software is generally computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three years.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, the Company assesses goodwill for impairment at least annually. During this assessment management relies on a number of factors, including operating results, business plans and anticipated future cash flows. The Company assesses potential impairments to other intangible assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered.

In accordance with ASC 350, the Company assesses goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year using October 1 balances or when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recovered. The Company evaluates goodwill at the reporting unit level and has identified its reportable segments, Americas, Europe/Middle East/Africa (“EMEA”), and Asia/Pacific, as its reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is measured using a discounted cash flow model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Use of a discounted cash flow model is common practice in impairment testing in the absence of available transactional market evidence to determine the fair value.

The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include discount rates, growth rates, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as Company-specific risk factors. Operational management, considering industry and Company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates. If the calculated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of the reporting unit may exist. If the recoverability test indicates potential impairment, the Company calculates an implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value. The calculated fair value was in excess of the current carrying value for all reporting units.

58

Other intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 18 months to 10 years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset group may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded if the sum of the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of the impairment charge is measured based upon the fair value of the asset group.

Treasury Stock

The Company accounts for shares of its common stock that are repurchased without intent to retire as treasury stock. Such shares are recorded at cost and reflected separately on the consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. The Company issues shares of treasury stock upon exercise of stock options, issuance of restricted share awards, payment of earned performance shares, and for issuances of common stock pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan. For purposes of determining the cost of the treasury shares re-issued, the Company uses the average cost method.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

In accordance with ASC 718 Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation costs for only those shares expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term. The impact of forfeitures that may occur prior to vesting is also estimated and considered in the amount of expense recognized. Forfeiture estimates are revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods when actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Share based compensation expense is recorded in operating expenses depending on where the respective individual’s compensation is recorded. The Company generally utilizes the Black?Scholes option?pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the date of grant. The assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, as well as the description of the plans the stock-based awards are granted under, are described in further detail in Note 13, “Stock-Based Compensation Plans”.

Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Incentive Plan”) during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company granted long-term incentive program performance share awards (“LTIP Performance Shares”) to key employees of the Company including named executive officers. These LTIP Performance Shares are earned, if at all, based upon the achievement, over a specified period that must not be less than one year and is typically a three-year period (the “Performance Period”), of performance goals related to (i) the compound annual growth over the Performance Period in the sales for the Company, as determined by the Company, and (ii) the cumulative operating income over the Performance Period as determined by the Company. In no event will any of the LTIP Performance Shares become earned if the Company’s sales growth or cumulative operating income is below a predetermined minimum threshold level at the conclusion of the Performance Period. Assuming achievement of the predetermined sales growth and cumulative operating income threshold levels, up to 200% of the LTIP Performance Shares may be earned upon achievement of performance goals equal to or exceeding the maximum target levels for the performance goals over the Performance Period. Management must evaluate, on a quarterly basis, the probability that the threshold performance goals will be achieved, if at all, and the anticipated level of attainment in order to determine the amount of compensation costs to record in the consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted restricted share awards (“RSAs”). The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have requisite service periods of three years and vest in increments of 33% on the anniversary of the grant date. The awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, have requisite service periods of four years and vest in increments of 25% on the anniversary of the grant date. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee. The Company estimates the fair value of the RSAs based upon the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. The RSA grants provide for the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, if any, to the participant during the requisite service period (vesting period) and the participant has voting rights for each share of common stock. The Company recognizes compensation expense for RSAs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The Company’s foreign subsidiaries typically use the local currency of the countries in which they are located as their functional currency. Their assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. Translation gains and losses are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transaction

59

gains and losses, including those related to intercompany accounts, that are not considered to be of a long-term investment nature are included in the determination of net income. Transaction gains and losses, including those related to intercompany accounts, that are considered to be of a long-term investment nature are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Since the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested, the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) have not been tax effected.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company periodically assesses its tax exposures and establishes, or adjusts, estimated unrecognized tax benefits for probable assessments by taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and various foreign and state authorities. Such unrecognized tax benefits represent the estimated provision for income taxes expected to ultimately be paid.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments in ASU 2011-04 change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Some of the amendments clarify FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore, ASU 2011-04 will be effective for the Company’s year beginning January 1, 2012. Adoption of ASU 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Durng the year ended December 31, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. These updates eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and allows two options for presenting the components of net income and other comprehensive income: (1) in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) in two separate but consecutive statements, consisting of a statement of net income followed by a separate statement of other comprehensive income. These updates require retrospective application and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore, they will be effective for the Company’s year beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 will change the manner in which the components of other comprehensive income are presented in the financial statements, but are not expected to have any other material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The amendments under ASU 2011-08 will allow entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for entities to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. Entities will have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of ASU 2011-08 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

60

2. Acquisitions

Fiscal 2012 Acquisition

S1 Corporation

On February 10, 2012, the Company completed the exchange offer for S1 Corporation and all its subsidiaries for approximately $360 million in cash and 5.8 million shares of the Company’s stock resulting in a total purchase price of $565 million, or $10.39 per share (the “Merger”). The combination of the Company and S1 will create a leader in the global enterprise payments industry. The combined company will have enhanced scale, breadth and additional capabilities, as well as a complementary suite of products that will better serve the entire spectrum of financial institutions, processors and retailers.

Under the terms of the transaction, S1 stockholders could elect to receive $10.00 in cash or 0.3148 shares of the Company’s stock for each S1 share they own, subject to proration, such that in the aggregate 33.8% of S1 shares are exchanged for the Company’s shares and 66.2% are exchanged for cash. No S1 shareholders received fractional shares of the Company’s stock. Instead, the total number of shares that each holder of S1 common stock received was rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Company paid cash for any resulting fractional share determined by multiplying the fraction by $34.14. The effective date of the acquisition was February 13, 2012.

Each outstanding option to acquire S1 common stock was canceled and terminated at the effective time of the Merger and converted into the right to receive the merger consideration with respect to the number of shares of S1 common stock that would have been issuable upon a net exercise of such option, assuming the market value of the S1 common stock at the time of such exercise was equal to the value of the merger consideration as of the close of trading on the day immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger. Any outstanding option with a per share exercise price that was greater than or equal to such amount was cancelled and terminated and no payment was made with respect thereto. In addition, each S1 restricted stock unit award outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger was fully vested and cancelled, and each holder of such awards became entitled to receive the Merger Consideration for each share of S1 common stock into which the vested portion of the awards would otherwise have been convertible. Each S1 restricted stock award was vested immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and was entitled to receive the Merger Consideration.

The Merger will be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting with the Company identified as the acquirer. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company will record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective acquisition-date fair values. The Company has not completed the valuation analysis and calculations necessary to finalize the required purchase price allocations. In addition to goodwill, the final purchase price allocation may include allocations to intangible assets such as trademarks and trade names, developed technology and customer-related assets.

The Company used $65.0 million of its cash balance for the acquisition in addition to $295.0 million of senior bank financing arranged through Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. See Note 6, Debt, for terms of the financing arrangement.

Through December 31, 2011, the Company expensed approximately $6.7 million of costs related to the acquisition of S1. These costs, which consist primarily of investment banking fees, legal and accounting fees, are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Fiscal 2011 Acquisition

ISD Corporation

On March 18, 2011, the Company closed the acquisition of ISD Holdings, Inc. and its 100% owned subsidiary ISD Corporation (collectively “ISD”). ISD’s suite of products enables retailers to consolidate, manage, secure and route all electronic transactions from their point-of-sale systems to third-party processors for authorization and settlement.

The aggregate purchase price of ISD was $19.2 million, after working capital adjustments in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, which included cash acquired of $2.4 million. The allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based on the relative fair value of all assets and liabilities.

61

In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded the following amounts based upon its preliminary purchase price allocation during the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands, except weighted-average useful lives):

		September 30,			September 30,
				Weighted-
				Average Useful
	Amount			Lives
Cash	$	2,375
Accounts Receivable		2,030
Other current assets		958
Total current assets acquired		5,363
Noncurrent assets:
Property and equipment		519
Goodwill		11,380
Intellectual property rights		2,338			5 years
Customer relationships		4,059			9 years
Trade name		247			5 years
Total assets acquired		23,906
Current liabilities acquired		(4,681	)
Net assets acquired	$	19,225

Factors contributing to the purchase price that resulted in the goodwill (which is not tax deductible) include the acquisition of management, sales, and technology personnel with the skills to market new and existing products of the Company. Pro forma results are not presented because they are not material.

Fiscal 2009 Acquisition

Euronet Essentis Limited

On November 17, 2009, the Company acquired certain intellectual property, trade names, customer contracts and working capital of Euronet Essentis Limited (“Essentis”), a division of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. Essentis, based in Watford, England, is a provider of card issuing and merchant acquiring solutions around the world.

The aggregate purchase price of Essentis was 3.9 million British pounds sterling (approximately $6.6 million), after working capital adjustments as outlined in the purchase agreement. The allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based on the fair value of certain assets.

Factors contributing to the purchase price which resulted in the goodwill (which is tax deductible) include the acquisition of management, sales, and technology personnel with the skills to market new and existing products of the company. Pro forma results are not presented because they are not material.

62

3. Property and Equipment

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, net property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Computer and office equipment (1)	$	38,295		$	34,788
Furniture and fixtures		11,493			10,803
Leasehold improvements		7,193			6,708
Vehicles and other		106			306
		57,087			52,605
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(36,608	)		(34,066	)
Property and equipment, net	$	20,479		$	18,539

(1) Includes $4.6 million and $4.2 million of computer and office equipment under capital lease for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

4. Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill attributable to each reporting unit with goodwill balances during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Americas			EMEA			Asia/Pacific			Total
Gross Balance prior to December 31, 2009	$	187,241		$	46,846		$	18,195		$	252,282
Total impairment prior to December 31, 2009		(47,432	)		—			—			(47,432	)
Balance, December 31 2009		139,809			46,846			18,195			204,850
Foreign currency translation adjustments		121			(2,596	)		1,560			(915	)
Balance, December 31 2010	$	139,930		$	44,250		$	19,755		$	203,935
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(144	)		(638	)		(389	)		(1,171	)
Additions—acquisition of ISD (1)		11,380			—			—			11,380
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	151,166		$	43,612		$	19,366		$	214,144

(1) Addition relates to goodwill acquired during the acquisition of ISD. See Note 2, Acquisitions.

5. Software and Other Intangible Assets

At December 31, 2011, software net book value totaled $22.6 million, net of $54.7 million of accumulated amortization. Included in this amount is software marketed for external sale of $10.3 million. The remaining software net book value of $12.3 million is comprised of various software that has been acquired or developed for internal use.

At December 31, 2010, software net book value totaled $25.4 million, net of $48.1 million of accumulated amortization. Included in this amount is software marketed for external sale of $13.5 million. The remaining software net book value of $11.9 million is comprised of various software that has been acquired or developed for internal use.

Amortization of acquired software marketed for external sale is computed using the greater of the ratio of current revenues to total current and anticipated revenues expected to be derived from the software or the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of generally three to six years. Software for resale amortization expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $6.3 million, $6.0 million, and $5.7 million, respectively. These software amortization expense amounts are reflected in cost of software license fees in the consolidated statements of income. Amortization of software for internal use recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $8.1 million, $7.4 million, and $5.5 million, respectively. These software amortization expense amounts are reflected in depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of income.

63

The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s other intangible assets that were subject to amortization at each balance sheet date are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Gross							Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated			Net		Carrying		Accumulated			Net
	Amount		Amortization			Balance		Amount		Amortization			Balance
Customer relationships	$	40,298	$	(23,392	)	$	16,906	$	36,393	$	(18,855	)	$	17,538
Purchased contracts		10,750		(10,023	)		727		10,753		(8,504	)		2,249
Trademarks and tradenames		1,291		(585	)		706		1,062		(422	)		640
Covenant not to compete		80		(76	)		4		83		(62	)		21
	$	52,419	$	(34,076	)	$	18,343	$	48,291	$	(27,843	)	$	20,448

Other intangible assets amortization expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $6.4 million, $6.3 million, and $6.1 million, respectively. Based on capitalized intangible assets at December 31, 2011, and assuming no impairment of these intangible assets, estimated amortization expense amounts in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,
			Other
			Intangible
	Software		Assets
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Amortization		Amortization
2012	$	12,252	$	5,367
2013		5,592		5,120
2014		3,338		3,366
2015		1,262		1,463
2016		154		1,196
Thereafter		—		1,831
Total	$	22,598	$	18,343

6. Debt

Credit Facility

On November 10, 2011, the Company entered into the Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of financial institutions, as lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as Administrative Agent, providing for revolving loans, swingline loans, letters of credit and a term loan. The Credit Agreement consists of a five-year $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which includes a sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a sublimit for swingline loans, and a five-year $200 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Credit Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Agreement also allows the Company to request optional incremental term loans and increases in the revolving commitment.

On November 10, 2011, the Company borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $75 million under the Revolving Credit Facility and did not borrow any amount under the Term Credit Facility. In connection with obtaining the credit agreement, the Company incurred debt issue costs of $12.3 million, $11.8 of which were paid as of December 31, 2011 with the remainder accrued in accounts payable.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the rate of interest per annum publicly announced by the Administrative Agent as its Prime Rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) a LIBOR based rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for a one-month interest period adjusted for certain additional costs plus 1% or (b) a LIBOR based rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is, based on the calculation of the applicable consolidated total leverage ratio, between 0.50% to 1.50% with respect to base rate borrowings and between 1.50% and 2.50% with respect to LIBOR based borrowings. The initial borrowing rate on November 10, 2011 was set using the 30-day LIBOR rate, effecting a rate of 2.25%. Interest is due and payable monthly.

64

In addition to paying interest on the outstanding principal under the Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, payable quarterly in arrears, and a ticking fee in respect of the unused portion of the Term Loan Facility, payable on the earlier of the date of the funding of the Term Facility or July 31, 2012. The Company is also required to pay letter of credit fees on the maximum amount available to be drawn under all outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR based borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility on a per annum basis, payable quarterly in arrears, as well as customary fronting fees for the issuance of letters of credit fees and agency fees.

The Company is permitted to voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans under the Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR based loans.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary mandatory prepayment provisions. If certain events, as specified in the Credit Agreement, shall occur, the Company may be required to repay all or a portion of the amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility will mature on the five-year anniversary of the closing date for the Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility will not amortize and the Term Credit Facility will amortize, with principal payable in consecutive quarterly installments. The Company’s obligations and the obligations of the guarantors under the Guaranty and cash management arrangements entered into with lenders under the Credit Facility (or affiliates thereof) are secured by first-priority security interests in substantially all assets of the Company and any guarantor, including 100% of the capital stock of ACI Corporation and each domestic subsidiary of the Company, each domestic subsidiary of any guarantor and 65% of the voting capital stock of each foreign subsidiary of the Company that is directly owned by the Company or a guarantor, in each case subject to certain exclusions set forth in the credit documentation governing the Credit Facility.

The Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Company’s ability and, as applicable, the ability of its subsidiaries to: create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any additional indebtedness; create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any liens; enter into agreements and other arrangements that include negative pledge clauses; pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock or subordinated indebtedness; create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other distributions by subsidiaries; make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; merge, consolidate or enter into any similar combination or sell assets, including equity interests of the subsidiaries; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; directly or indirectly engage in transactions with affiliates; alter in any material respect the character or conduct of the business; enter into amendments of or waivers under subordinated indebtedness, organizational documents and certain other material agreements; hold certain assets and incur certain liabilities; and enter into amendments or modifications of or waivers under the Transaction Agreement, by and among the Company and S1, dated as of October 3, 2011, which provides for the acquisition of S1 by the Company.

The Credit Agreement requires that, at any time that loans or letters of credit are outstanding and as a condition to borrowing, the Company maintain, (i) prior to the closing date of the acquisition of S1 and until the earlier to occur of the one-year anniversary of such closing date, a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio of 3.50:1.00, (ii) if the closing date of the acquisition of S1 occurs prior to the one-year anniversary of the closing date, a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio of 3.25:1.00, and (iii) on and after the one-year anniversary of the closing date, a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio of 3.00:1.00, in each case, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. If an event of default, as specified in the Credit Agreement, shall occur and be continuing, the Company may be required to repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility.

Interim Credit Facility

The Company’s previous revolving credit facility expired and was repaid in full on September 29, 2011. On September 29, 2011, the Company entered into a five year senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as lender, which provided revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100 million. The Facility had a maturity date of September 29, 2016 and obligations under the Facility were secured and jointly and severally guaranteed by certain domestic and foreign subsidiaries of the Company.

65

The Company could select either a base rate loan or a LIBOR based loan. Base rate loans are computed at the highest of (a) the national prime interest rate as announced by Wells Fargo, (b) the sum of the Federal fund rate plus 0.5%, or (c) the LIBOR rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.0%, in each case, plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.25%. LIBOR based loans are computed at the applicable LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.25%. The margins are dependent upon the Company’s total leverage ratio at the end of each quarter. The initial borrowing rate on September 29, 2011 was set using the LIBOR rate option, effecting a rate of 1.74%. Interest was due and payable quarterly.

There was also an unused commitment fee to be paid quarterly of 0.25% to 0.40% based on the Company’s leverage ratio. The initial principal borrowings of $75 million were outstanding through November 10, 2011 at which time the Facility was repaid with borrowings under the new Credit Agreement.

The Facility contained certain affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, asset dispositions, acquisitions, investments, dividends and other restricted payments, liens and transactions with affiliates. The Facility also contains financial covenants relating to maximum permitted leverage ratio and the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. At all times during the period the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.

7. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company had two interest rate swaps that terminated on October 4, 2010. Neither swap qualified for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the loss resulting from the change in the fair value of the interest rate swaps of $0.2 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is reflected as expense in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, for financial assets and financial liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

• Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

• Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

• Level 3 Inputs—Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

Available-for-Sales Securities. Equity securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs. The Company’s equity securities are comprised entirely of S1 Corporation common stock. The Company utilizes quoted prices from an active exchange market to fair value its equity securities.

The equity securities are accounted for as available-for-sale securities and are included in other noncurrent assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company looks at its classifications within the fair value hierarchy at each reporting period. There were no transfers between any levels of the fair value hierarchy during the periods presented in the table below.

66

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
Description	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Equity Securities	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total assets as of December 31, 2010	$	—	$	—	$	—
Equity Securities	$	10,594	$	—	$	—
Total assets as of December 31, 2011	$	10,594	$	—	$	—

Certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include reporting units measured at fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test. Certain non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, as well as intangible assets and other non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

The Company pays interest monthly on its Revolving Credit Facility based upon the LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50%, the margin being dependent upon the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio at the end of the quarter. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s revolving credit facility approximates its carrying value.

9. Common Stock and Treasury Stock

The Company’s board of directors has approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company, from time to time as market and business conditions warrant, to acquire up to $210 million of its common stock. Under the program to date, the Company has purchased 8,082,180 shares for approximately $187.1 million. The Company did not repurchase shares under this program during the year ended December 31, 2011. The maximum remaining dollar value of shares authorized for purchase under the stock repurchase program was approximately $22.9 million as of December 31, 2011. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, in February 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase of $52.1 million to their current stock repurchase authorization, bringing the total authorization to $262.1 million, of which $75 million remains available.

During the year ended September 30, 2006, the Company began to issue shares of treasury stock upon exercise of stock options, payment of earned performance shares, issuance of restricted stock awards and for issuances of common stock pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan. Treasury shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2009 included 150,134 and 23,500 shares issued pursuant to stock option exercises and restricted share award grants, respectively. Treasury shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2010 included 235,986 and 25,950 shares issued pursuant to stock option exercises and restricted share award grants, respectively. Treasury shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2011 included 361,093 and 6,300 shares issued pursuant to stock option exercises and restricted share award grants, respectively.

10. Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share is computed in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of weighted average outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of basic weighted average outstanding common shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options and other outstanding dilutive securities.

67

The following table reconciles the average share amounts used to compute both basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average share outstanding:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		33,457		33,560		34,368
Add: Dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards and other dilutive securities		738		310		186
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		34,195		33,870		34,554

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 3.3 million, 5.4 million and 5.6 million, respectively, options to purchase shares, contingently issuable shares, and common stock warrants were excluded from the diluted net income per share computation as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

11. Other Income/Expense

Other income (expense) is comprised of the following items (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Foreign currency transaction losses	$	(753	)	$	(3,216	)	$	(5,275	)
Loss on interest rate swaps		—			(153	)		(1,640	)
Gain on transfer of assets underunder contractual obligations		—			—			1,049
Other		(49	)		(246	)		(782	)
Total	$	(802	)	$	(3,615	)	$	(6,648	)

12. Segment Information

The Company’s chief operating decision maker, together with other senior management personnel, currently focus their review of consolidated financial information and the allocation of resources based on reporting of operating results, including revenues and operating income, for the geographic regions of the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific and the Corporate segment. The Company’s products are sold and supported through distribution networks covering these three geographic regions, with each distribution network having its own sales force. The Company supplements its distribution networks with independent reseller and/or distributor arrangements. All administrative costs that are not directly attributable or reasonably allocable to a geographic segment are tracked in the Corporate segment. As such, the Company has concluded that its three geographic regions and its Corporate segment are its reportable operating segments.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company changed its segment operating income reporting measure to exclude certain corporate general and administrative expenses. Previously, corporate expenses were allocated to the segments. In addition, amortization expense on acquired intangibles is no longer allocated to the individual segments. All periods presented have been recast to reflect these changes.

The Company allocates segment support expenses such as global product development, business operations, and product management based upon percentage of revenue per segment. Depreciation and amortization costs are allocated as a percentage of the headcount by segment. The Corporate line item consists of the corporate overhead costs that are not allocated to operating segments. Corporate overhead costs relate to human resources, finance, legal, accounting, merger and acquisition activity and amortization of acquisition-related intangibles and other costs that are not considered when management evaluates segment performance.

68

The following is selected segment financial data for the periods indicated (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenues:
Americas	$	245,703		$	221,560		$	222,952
EMEA		164,874			150,525			137,061
Asia/Pacific		54,518			46,339			45,742
	$	465,095		$	418,424		$	405,755
Depreciation and amortization expense:
Americas	$	11,139		$	9,903		$	12,373
EMEA		4,473			3,731			1,954
Asia/Pacific		3,410			3,126			1,300
Corporate		9,355			9,587			8,100
	$	28,377		$	26,347		$	23,727
Stock-based compensation expense:
Americas	$	1,496		$	1,684		$	1,553
EMEA		403			145			291
Asia/Pacific		418			425			429
Corporate		8,937			5,536			5,372
	$	11,254		$	7,790		$	7,645
Operating income (loss):
Americas	$	84,662		$	74,791		$	69,350
EMEA		46,889			43,274			31,083
Asia/Pacific		6,774			(60	)		6,293
Corporate		(72,094	)		(64,357	)		(65,156	)
	$	66,231		$	53,648		$	41,570

		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Long-lived assets:
Americas — United States	$	225,094	$	189,389
Americas — Other		4,051		4,547
EMEA		56,542		59,494
Asia/Pacific		23,625		25,147
	$	309,312	$	278,577

		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Total assets:
Americas — United States	$	408,038	$	335,457
Americas — Other		26,664		21,254
EMEA		166,997		186,209
Asia/Pacific		62,943		58,609
	$	664,642	$	601,529

69

Additionally, the Company offers five primary software product lines that are sold in each of the geographic regions listed above. Following are revenues, by product line (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Retail payments processing	$	289,501	$	255,536	$	255,193
Wholesale banking payments		81,640		86,524		72,608
Payment fraud detection		32,939		22,039		25,521
Card and merchant management		23,130		19,240		15,272
Tools and infrastructure		37,885		35,085		37,161
Total	$	465,095	$	418,424	$	405,755

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 43%, 46%, and 46%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues were derived from licensing the BASE24 product line, which does not include the BASE24-eps product, and providing related services and maintenance.

No country outside of the United States accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, revenues in the United States were approximately $188.0 million, $163.1 million, and $172.7 million, respectively.

13. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the Company’s 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), a total of 1,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance to eligible employees. Participating employees are permitted to designate up to the lesser of $25,000, or 10% of their annual base compensation, for the purchase of common stock under the ESPP. Purchases under the ESPP are made one calendar month after the end of each fiscal quarter. The price for shares of common stock purchased under the ESPP is 85% of the stock’s fair market value on the last business day of the three-month participation period. Shares issued under the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, totaled 40,669, 57,734, and 77,011, respectively.

Additionally, the discount offered pursuant to the Company’s ESPP discussed above is 15%, which exceeds the 5% non-compensatory guideline in ASC 718 and exceeds the Company’s estimated cost of raising capital. Consequently, the entire 15% discount to employees is deemed to be compensatory for purposes of calculating expense using a fair value method. Compensation cost related to the ESPP for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $0.2 million.

On July 24, 2007, the Company’s stockholders approved a proposal to amend the ESPP to extend the term of the ESPP by ten years to April 30, 2018. The term of the amended ESPP commenced May 1, 2008 and continues until April 30, 2018 subject to earlier termination by the Company’s board of directors.

Stock Incentive Plans – Active Plans

The Company has a 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Incentive Plan”), under which shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance to eligible employees or non-employee directors of the Company. The 2005 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, performance awards and other awards. The maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued or transferred in connection with awards granted under the 2005 Incentive Plan is the sum of (i) 5,000,000 shares and (ii) any shares represented by outstanding options that had been granted under designated terminated stock option plans that are subsequently forfeited, expire or are canceled without delivery of the Company’s common stock.

70

On July 24, 2007, the stockholders of the Company approved the First Amendment to the 2005 Incentive Plan which increased the number of shares authorized for issuance under the plan from 3,000,000 to 5,000,000 and contained certain other amendments, including an amendment to provide that the exercise price for any options granted under the 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, may not be less than the market value per share of common stock on the date of grant.

Stock options granted pursuant to the 2005 Incentive Plan are granted at an exercise price not less than the market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Prior to the adoption of the First Amendment to the 2005 Incentive Plan, stock options granted under the 2005 Incentive Plan were granted with an exercise price not less than the market value per share of common stock on the date immediately preceding the date of grant. Under the 2005 Incentive Plan, the term of the outstanding options may not exceed ten years. Vesting of options is determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, the administrator of the 2005 Incentive Plan, and can vary based upon the individual award agreements.

Performance awards granted pursuant to the 2005 Incentive Plan become payable upon the achievement of specified management objectives. Each performance award specifies: (i) the number of performance shares or units granted, (ii) the period of time established to achieve the management objectives, which may not be less than one year from the grant date, (iii) the management objectives and a minimum acceptable level of achievement as well as a formula for determining the number of performance shares or units earned if performance is at or above the minimum level but short of full achievement of the management objectives, and (iv) any other terms deemed appropriate.

Restricted stock awards granted pursuant to the 2005 Incentive Plan have requisite service periods of three and four years and vest in increments of 33% and 25%, respectively, on the anniversary of the grant date. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee.

Upon adoption of the 2005 Incentive Plan in March 2005, the Board terminated the following stock option plans of the Company: (i) the 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended, (ii) the MDL Amended and Restated Employee Share Option Plan, as amended (iii) the 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended (iv) the 1997 Management Stock Option Plan, as amended (v) the 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended; and (vi) the 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended. Termination of these stock option plans did not affect any options outstanding under these plans immediately prior to termination thereof.

Exchange Program

On August 1, 2001, the Company announced a voluntary stock option exchange program (the “Exchange Program”) offering to exchange all outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock granted under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, 1996 Stock Option Plan and 1999 Stock Option Plan held by eligible employees or eligible directors for new options under the same option plans by August 29, 2001. The Exchange Program required any person tendering an option grant for exchange to also tender all subsequent option grants with a lower exercise price received by that person during the six months immediately prior to the date the options accepted for exchange are cancelled. Options to acquire a total of 3,089,100 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $45.00 were eligible to be exchanged under the Exchange Program. The offer expired on August 28, 2001, and the Company cancelled 1,946,550 shares tendered by 578 employees. As a result of the Exchange Program, the Company granted replacement stock options to acquire 1,823,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $10.04. The difference between the number of shares cancelled and the number of shares granted relates to options cancelled by employees who terminated their employment with the Company between the cancellation date and regrant date. With the exception of three employee grants, the exercise price of the replacement options was the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date of the new options, which was March 4, 2002 (a date at least six months and one day after the date of cancellation). Under ASC 718, non-cash, stock based compensation expense was recognized for any option for which the exercise price was below the market price on the applicable measurement date. This expense was amortized over the service periods of the options. For three employees, the cancellation of their awards were within the six months and one day waiting period and were, therefore, treated as variable awards when they were reissued on March 4, 2002. Under the variable method, charges are taken each reporting period to reflect increases in the fair value of the stock over the option exercise price until the stock option is exercised or otherwise cancelled. The new shares had a service period of 18 months beginning on the grant date of the new options, except for options tendered by executive officers under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, which vested 25% annually on each anniversary of the grant date of the new options. The Exchange Program was designed to comply with ASC 718 for fixed plan accounting.

Stock Incentive Plans – Terminated Plans with Options Outstanding

The Company had a 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan that was terminated in March 2005 whereby 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock had been reserved for issuance to eligible non-employee directors of the Company. The term of the outstanding options is ten years. All outstanding options under this plan are fully vested.

71

The Company had a 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended, that expired in February 2009 whereby 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock had been reserved for issuance to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The term of the outstanding options is 10 years. The options generally vest annually over a period of three or four years. All outstanding options under this plan are fully vested.

The Company had a 1996 Stock Option Plan that was terminated in March 2005 whereby 1,008,000 shares of the Company’s common stock had been reserved for issuance to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and non-employee members of the board of directors. The term of the outstanding options is ten years. The options generally vest annually over a period of four years.

The Company had a 1994 Stock Option Plan that was terminated in March 2005 whereby 1,910,976 shares of the Company’s common stock had been reserved for issuance to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The term of the outstanding options is ten years. The stock options vest ratably over a period of four years.

A summary of stock options issued under the various Stock Incentive Plans previously described and changes is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price ($)		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value of In-the-Money Options ($)
Outstanding, December 31, 2008		3,428,297		$	21.69
Granted		505,183			16.17
Exercised		(150,134	)		12.06
Forfeited		(125,606	)		31.98
Expired		(100,867	)		29.82
Outstanding, December 31, 2009		3,556,873			20.72
Granted		338,950			24.48
Exercised		(235,986	)		13.34
Forfeited		(106,625	)		18.11
Expired		(42,674	)		30.31
Outstanding, December 31, 2010		3,510,538			21.55
Granted		367,202			28.95
Exercised		(361,093	)		12.40
Forfeited		(26,591	)		20.53
Outstanding, December 31, 2011		3,490,056		$	23.28		5.37	$	21,943,485
Exercisable, December 31, 2011		2,289,018		$	22.88		4.62	$	16,297,256

At December 31, 2011, we expect that 94.4% of options granted will vest over the vesting period.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $14.00, $12.22, and $8.59, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $6.7 million, $1.9 million, and $0.8 million, respectively.

72

The fair value of options granted in the respective fiscal years was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, a pricing model acceptable under ASC 718, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Expected life (years)		5.9			5.9			6.0
Risk-free interest rate		1.4	%		2.3	%		3.0	%
Expected volatility		50.6	%		50.8	%		53.2	%
Expected dividend yield		—			—			—

Expected volatilities are based on the Company’s historical common stock volatility derived from historical stock price data for historic periods commensurate with the options’ expected life. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company used the simplified method for determining the expected life as permitted under ASC 718. The simplified method was used as the historical data did not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. This is due to the extended period during which individuals were unable to exercise options while the Company was not current with its filings with the SEC. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on United States Treasury zero coupon issues with a term equal to the expected life at the date of grant of the options. The expected dividend yield is zero as the Company has historically paid no dividends and does not anticipate dividends to be paid in the future.

During the year ended September 30, 2007, pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted long-term incentive program performance share awards (“LTIP Performance Shares”). These LTIP Performance Shares would have been earned based upon the achievement, over a three-year performance period, of performance goals related to (i) the compound annual growth over the performance period in the Company’s 60-month backlog as determined and defined by the Company, (ii) the compound annual growth over the performance period in the diluted earnings per share as reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and (iii) the compound annual growth over the performance period in the total revenues as reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In no event would any of the LTIP Performance Shares become earned if the Company’s earnings per share was below a predetermined minimum threshold level at the conclusion of the performance period. Assuming achievement of the predetermined minimum earnings per share threshold level, up to 150% of the LTIP Performance Shares could have been earned upon achievement of performance goals equal to or exceeding the maximum target levels for compound annual growth over the performance period in the Company’s 60-month backlog, diluted earnings per share and total revenues. Management evaluated, on a quarterly basis, the probability that the target performance goals would be achieved, if at all, and the anticipated level of attainment in order to determine the amount of compensation costs to record in the consolidated financial statements.

Through September 30, 2008, the Company had accrued compensation costs assuming an attainment level of 100% for the awards granted during the year ended September 30, 2007. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, the Company changed the expected attainment to 0% based upon revised forecasted diluted earnings per share, which the Company did not expect to achieve the predetermined earnings per share minimum threshold level required for the LTIP Performance Shares granted in 2007 to be earned. As the performance goals were considered improbable of achievement, the Company reversed compensation costs related to the awards granted in fiscal 2007 during the three months ended December 31, 2008. These awards expired on December 31, 2009 without vesting.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted LTIP Performance Shares. These LTIP Performance Shares are earned, if at all, based upon the achievement, over a specified period that must not be less than one year and is typically a three-year performance period, of performance goals related to (i) the compound annual growth over the performance period in the sales for the Company as determined by the Company, and (ii) the cumulative operating income over the performance period as determined by the Company. In no event will any of the LTIP Performance Shares become earned if the Company’s sales growth or cumulative operating income is below a predetermined minimum threshold level at the conclusion of the performance period. Assuming achievement of the predetermined sales growth and cumulative operating income threshold levels, up to 200% of the LTIP Performance Shares may be earned upon achievement of performance goals equal to or exceeding the maximum target levels for the performance goals over the performance period. Management must evaluate, on a quarterly basis, the probability that the threshold performance goals will be achieved, if at all, and the anticipated level of attainment in order to determine the amount of compensation costs to record in the consolidated financial statements.

During the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company revised the expected attainment for the awards granted in fiscal 2009 from 150% to 200% and the revised the awards granted in fiscal 2010 from 100% to 175% due to changes in forecasted sales and operating income. This change resulted in additional compensation expense of approximately $2.2 million. The expected attainment level for the awards granted in fiscal 2011 is 100%.

73

A summary of the nonvested LTIP Performance Shares is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Number of			Weighted-
	Shares at			Average
	Expected			Grant Date
Nonvested LTIP Performance Shares	Attainment			Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2008		—		$	—
Granted		216,150			16.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2009		216,150			16.52
Granted		207,180			26.29
Forfeited or expired		(25,620	)		16.52
Change in expected attainment for 2009 grants		101,325			16.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		499,035			20.57
Granted		237,751			28.94
Forfeited or expired		(36,682	)		18.92
Change in expected attainment for 2009 and 2010 grants		231,468			22.71
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		931,571		$	23.33

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted restricted share awards (“RSAs”). The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have requisite service periods of three years and vest in increments of 33% on the anniversary of the grant dates. The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2009, have a requisite service period of four years and vest in increments of 25% on the anniversary of the grant dates. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee. The Company estimates the fair value of the RSAs based upon the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. The RSA grants provide for the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, if any, to the participant during the requisite service period (vesting period) and the participant has voting rights for each share of common stock. The Company recognizes compensation expense for RSAs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

A summary of nonvested RSAs are as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Restricted			Grant Date
Nonvested Restricted Share Awards	Share Awards			Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2008		462,400		$	17.97
Granted		23,500			16.65
Vested		(115,602	)		17.97
Forfeited or expired		(55,750	)		17.54
Nonvested at December 31, 2009		314,548			17.94
Granted		25,950			22.19
Vested		(95,014	)		17.81
Forfeited or expired		(53,186	)		18.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		192,298			18.42
Granted		6,300			28.95
Vested		(86,325	)		18.31
Forfeited or expired		(12,250	)		17.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		100,023		$	19.29

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company had 86,325, 95,014 and 115,602 RSA shares vest, respectively. The Company withheld 25,495, 30,304, and 38,167 of those respective shares to pay the employees’ portion of the minimum payroll withholding taxes.

As of December 31, 2011, there were unrecognized compensation costs of $7.5 million related to nonvested stock options that the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years. As of December 31, 2011, there were unrecognized compensation costs of $1.0 million related to nonvested RSAs that the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years. As of December 31, 2011, there were unrecognized compensation costs of $13.3 million related to nonvested LTIPs that the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

74

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expenses recognized under ASC 718 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 related to stock options, LTIP Performance Shares, RSAs, and the ESPP of $11.3 million, $7.8 million, and $7.6 million, respectively, with corresponding tax benefits of $4.1 million, $2.9 million, and $3.0 million, respectively. Tax benefits in excess of the option’s grant date fair value are classified as financing cash flows. Estimated forfeiture rates, stratified by employee classification, have been included as part of the Company’s calculations of compensation costs. The Company recognizes compensation costs for stock option awards which vest with the passage of time with only service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Cash received from option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $4.5 million, $3.1 million, and $1.8 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $2.5 million, $0.7 million, and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

14. Employee Benefit Plans

ACI 401(k) Plan

The ACI 401(k) Plan is a defined contribution plan covering all domestic employees of the Company. Participants may contribute up to 100% of their pretax annual compensation up to a maximum of $17,000 (for employees who are under the age of 50 on December 31, 2011) or a maximum of $22,500 (for employees aged 50 or older on December 31, 2011). The Company matches participant contributions 100% on every dollar deferred to a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation contributed to the plan, not to exceed $4,000 per employee annually. Company contributions charged to expense during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $2.8 million and was $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2009.

ACI Worldwide EMEA Group Personal Pension Scheme

The ACI Worldwide EMEA Group Personal Pension Scheme is a defined contribution plan covering substantially all ACI Worldwide (EMEA) Limited (“ACI-EMEA”) employees. For those ACI-EMEA employees who elect to participate in the plan, the Company contributes a minimum of 8.5% of eligible compensation to the plan for employees employed at December 1, 2000 (up to a maximum of 15.5% for employees aged over 55 years on December 1, 2000) or 6.0% of eligible compensation for employees employed subsequent to December 1, 2000. ACI-EMEA contributions charged to expense during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1.3 million and was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.

15. Income Taxes

For financial reporting purposes, income before income taxes includes the following components (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
United States	$	47,099	$	44,400	$	22,020
Foreign		17,214		4,302		11,088
Total	$	64,313	$	48,702	$	33,108

75

The expense (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Federal
Current	$	4,150	$	1,812		$	9,964
Deferred		6,456		12,352			(3,259	)
Total		10,606		14,164			6,705
State
Current		1,649		1,685			1,415
Deferred		621		(725	)		(2,356	)
Total		2,270		960			(941	)
Foreign
Current		5,149		6,366			6,465
Deferred		436		17			1,253
Total		5,585		6,383			7,718
Total	$	18,461	$	21,507		$	13,482

Differences between the income tax expense (benefit) computed at the statutory federal income tax rate and per the consolidated statements of income are summarized as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Tax expense at federal rate of 35%	$	22,510		$	17,045		$	11,588
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		1,475			695			(293	)
Change in valuation allowance		251			(1,587	)		(723	)
Foreign tax rate differential		(1,572	)		1,304			3,499
Tax reserve increase (decrease)		(1,882	)		328			(840	)
Effect of intellectual property transfer		(2,100	)		2,200			2,200
Tax effect of foreign operations		373			919			(742	)
Other		(594	)		603			(1,207	)
Income tax provision	$	18,461		$	21,507		$	13,482

Prior year amounts reflected in the above table have been expanded into additional categories for enhanced disclosure.

The countries having the greatest impact on the tax rate adjustment line shown in the above table as “Foreign tax rate differential” for the year ended December 31, 2011 are Canada, Ireland and United Kingdom. The countries having the greatest impact on the tax rate adjustment line shown in the above table as “Foreign tax rate differential” for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are Ireland and United Kingdom.

76

The deferred tax assets and liabilities result from differences in the timing of the recognition of certain income and expense items for tax and financial accounting purposes. The sources of these differences at each balance sheet date are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Current net deferred tax assets:
Allowance for uncollectible accounts	$	1,184		$	1,414
Deferred revenue		9,170			4,622
Alliance deferred costs		8,287			(203	)
Deferred acquisition costs		2,480			—
Compensation		6,364			6,268
Other		999			1,250
Total current deferred tax assets		28,484			13,351
Less: valuation allowance		(2,540	)		(1,034	)
Net current deferred tax assets	$	25,944		$	12,317
Noncurrent net deferred tax assets:
Noncurrent deferred tax assets
Foreign tax credits	$	2,260		$	6,706
General business credits		125			1,246
Stock based compensation		12,785			9,921
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards		3,217			4,612
Capital loss carryforwards		3,221			3,259
Deferred revenue		3,913			8,394
Alliance deferred costs		87			9,962
U.S. net operating loss carryforwards		1,783			—
Other		209			276
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets		27,600			44,376
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation and amortization		(8,539	)		(9,415	)
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities		(8,539	)		(9,415	)
Less: valuation allowance		(5,595	)		(6,818	)
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets	$	13,466		$	28,143

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers projected future taxable income, carryback opportunities and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the Company believes it is more likely than not that it will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the valuation allowances recorded. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company increased its valuation allowance by $0.3 million.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had domestic tax net operating losses (“NOLs”) of $6.0 million which will begin to expire in 2025. The Company had foreign tax NOLs of $12.8 million, of which $11.3 million may be utilized over an indefinite life, with the remainder expiring over the next 12 years. The Company has provided a $2.7 million valuation allowance against the tax benefit associated with the foreign NOLs.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had domestic capital loss carryforwards of $8.9 million for which a full valuation allowance has been provided. The Company had foreign capital loss carryforwards for tax purposes of $0.5 million for which a full valuation allowance has been provided. The domestic losses expire in 2014 and the foreign capital losses are available indefinitely to offset future capital gains.

The Company had U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2011 of $0.5 million, for which a full valuation allowance has been provided. The U.S. foreign tax credits will begin to expire in 2014. The Company also had domestic general business credit carryforwards at December 31, 2011 of $0.1 million relating to the pre-acquisition periods of acquired companies, which will begin to expire in 2020.

77

At December 31, 2011, the Company had tax credits associated with various foreign subsidiaries of $1.4 million. The Company has provided a $1.0 million valuation allowance related to these tax credits.

The unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $4.0 million and $8.4 million, respectively, all of which is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Of these amounts, $3.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively, represent the net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate in respective years.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year	$	8,414		$	10,916		$	11,535
Increases for tax positions of prior years		—			398			5,469
Decreases for tax positions of prior years		(310	)		—			(4,327	)
Increases for tax positions established for the current period		750			421			19
Decreases for settlements with taxing authorities		(36	)		(3,000	)		(299	)
Reductions resulting from lapse of applicable statute of limitation		(4,678	)		(308	)		(1,602	)
Adjustment resulting from foreign currency translation		(128	)		(13	)		121
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of year	$	4,012		$	8,414		$	10,916

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state and local jurisdictions, and many foreign jurisdictions. The U.S., United Kingdom and Canada are the main taxing jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The years open for audit vary depending on the tax jurisdiction. In the U.S., the Company’s tax returns for years following 2007 are open for audit. In the United Kingdom, the Company’s tax returns for the years following 2009 are open for audit, while in Canada, the Company’s tax returns for years following fiscal year 2004 are open for audit.

The Company’s Canadian income tax returns covering fiscal years 2006 and 2007 are under audit by the Canada Revenue Agency. The Company’s Indian income tax returns covering fiscal years 2002 through 2006, plus 2010 are under audit by the Indian tax authority. Other foreign subsidiaries could face challenges from various foreign tax authorities. It is not certain that the local authorities will accept the Company’s tax positions. The Company believes its tax positions comply with applicable tax law and intends to vigorously defend its positions. However, differing positions on certain issues could be upheld by tax authorities, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease within the next 12 months by approximately $3.0 million due to the settlement of various audits and the expiration of statutes of limitations. The Company accrues interest related to uncertain tax positions in interest expense or interest income and recognizes penalties related to uncertain tax positions in other income or other expense. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, $1.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively is accrued for the payment of interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities. The aggregate amount of interest and penalties recorded in the statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is $(0.5) million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million, respectively.

The undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries of approximately $71.5 million are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes has been provided for such undistributed earnings. The determination of the additional U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes that have not been provided is not practicable.

16. Commitments and Contingencies

In accordance with ASC 460, Guarantees, the Company recognizes the fair value for guarantee and indemnification arrangements it issues or modifies, if these arrangements are within the scope of the interpretation. In addition, the Company must continue to monitor the conditions that are subject to the guarantees and indemnifications as required under the previously existing generally accepted accounting principles, in order to identify if a loss has occurred. If the Company determines it is probable that a loss has occurred, then any such estimable loss would be recognized under those guarantees and indemnifications. Under its customer agreements, the Company may agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless its customers from and against certain losses, damages and costs arising from claims alleging that the use of its software

78

infringes the intellectual property of a third-party. Historically, the Company has not been required to pay material amounts in connection with claims asserted under these provisions and accordingly, the Company has not recorded a liability relating to such provisions.

Under its customer agreements, the Company also may represent and warrant to customers that its software will operate substantially in conformance with its documentation and that the services the Company performs will be performed in a workmanlike manner, by personnel reasonably qualified by experience and expertise to perform their assigned tasks. Historically, only minimal costs have been incurred relating to the satisfaction of warranty claims. In addition, from time to time, the Company may guarantee the performance of a contract on behalf of one or more of its subsidiaries, or a subsidiary may guarantee the performance of a contract on behalf of another subsidiary.

Other guarantees include promises to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company’s executive officers, directors and certain other key officers. The Company’s certificate of incorporation provides that it will indemnify, and advance expenses to, its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. The indemnification covers any expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by a person, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer, in connection with the investigation, defense and settlement of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim. The Company’s certificate of incorporation authorizes the use of indemnification agreements and the Company enters into such agreements with its directors and certain officers from time to time. These indemnification agreements typically provide for a broader scope of the Company’s obligation to indemnify the directors and officers than set forth in the certificate of incorporation. The Company’s contractual indemnification obligations under these agreements are in addition to the respective directors’ and officers’ rights under the certificate of incorporation or under Delaware law.

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space and equipment under operating leases that run through October 2028. The leases that the Company has entered into do not impose restrictions as to the Company’s ability to pay dividends or borrow funds, or otherwise restrict the Company’s ability to conduct business. On a limited basis, certain of the lease arrangements include escalation clauses which provide for rent adjustments due to inflation changes with the expense recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease payments subject to inflation adjustments do not represent a significant portion of the Company’s future minimum lease payments. A number of the leases provide renewal options, but in all cases such renewal options are at the election of the Company. Certain of the lease agreements provide the Company with the option to purchase the leased equipment at its fair market value at the conclusion of the lease term.

Total operating lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $20.0 million, $17.8 million, and $17.2 million, respectively.

Capital Leases

The Company leases certain property under capital lease agreements that expire during various years through 2014. The long term portion of capital leases is included in long term liabilities. Amortization expense of assets under capital lease is included in depreciation expense.

Aggregate minimum operating lease payments under these agreements in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
	Operating
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Leases
2012		9,007
2013		8,557
2014		7,118
2015		6,428
2016		5,526
Thereafter		31,873
Total minimum lease payments	$	68,509

79

Aggregate minimum capital lease payments under these agreements in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Capital Leases
2012		1,138
2013		784
2014		176
2015		21
2016		—
Thereafter		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	2,119
Amount representing interest		(161	)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	1,958

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is not currently a party to any legal proceedings, the adverse outcome of which, individually or in the aggregate, the Company believes would be likely to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

17. International Business Machines Corporation Alliance

On December 16, 2007, the Company entered into a Master Alliance Agreement (“Alliance”) with IBM relating to joint marketing and optimization of the Company’s electronic payments application software and IBM’s middleware and hardware platforms, tools and services. On March 17, 2008, the Company and IBM entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Alliance (“Amendment No.1” and included hereafter in all references to the “Alliance”), which changed the timing of certain payments to be made by IBM. Under the terms of the Alliance, each party will retain ownership of its respective intellectual property and will independently determine product offering pricing to customers. In connection with the formation of the Alliance, the Company granted warrants to IBM to purchase up to 1,427,035 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $27.50 per share and up to 1,427,035 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $33.00 per share. The warrants are exercisable for five years. At the date of issuance, the Company utilized a valuation model prepared by a third-party to assist management in estimating the fair value of the common stock warrants.

Under the terms of the Alliance, on December 16, 2007, IBM paid the Company an initial non-refundable payment of $33.3 million in consideration for the estimated fair value of the warrants described above. The fair value of the warrants granted, as subsequently determined by an independent third-party appraiser, is approximately $24.0 million and is recorded as common stock warrants in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The remaining balance of $9.3 million is related to prepaid incentives and other obligations and was recorded in the Alliance agreement liability at December 31, 2007.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company received an additional payment from IBM of $37.3 million in accordance with the terms of Amendment No. 1. This payment has been recorded in the Alliance agreement liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. This amount represents a prepayment of funding for technical enablement milestones and incentive payments to be earned under the Alliance and related agreements and, accordingly, a portion of this payment is subject to refund by the Company to IBM under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $20.7 million is refundable subject to achievement of future milestones. No additional payments were received in 2011 or 2010 relating to Amendment No. 1.

The costs incurred by the Company related to internally developed software associated with the technical enablement milestones were capitalized in accordance with ASC 985-20, Software – Cost of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, when the resulting product reached technological feasibility. Prior to reaching technological feasibility, the costs were expensed as incurred. Reimbursements from IBM for expenditures determined to be direct and incremental to satisfying the technical enablement milestones were used to offset the amounts expensed or capitalized as described above but not in excess of non-refundable cash received. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred $1.9 million, $9.9 million and $11.0 million of costs related to fulfillment of the technical enablement milestones, respectively. The reimbursement of these costs was recorded as a reduction of the Alliance agreement liability and a reduction in capitalizable costs under ASC 985-20 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and a reduction of operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

80

Changes in the Alliance agreement liability were as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
	Alliance
	Agreement
	Liability
Balance, December 31, 2009	$	32,487
Costs related to fulfillment of technical enablement milestones		(9,903	)
Balance, December 31, 2010		22,584
Costs related to fulfillment of technical enablement milestones		(1,917	)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	20,667

As the Alliance agreement will terminate during the year ended 2012, the entire $20.7 million Alliance agreement liability is classified as short-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.

Of the $22.6 million Alliance agreement liability, $1.9 million is short-term and $20.7 million is long-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010.

Revenue will be recognized as sales incentives are earned subject to meeting certain minimum sales targets through December 16, 2013.

On December 16, 2011, the parties determined that the agreement would not be extended beyond its initial five-year term. As a result, the term of the agreement will expire on December 16, 2012.

18. International Business Machines Corporation Information Technology Outsourcing Agreement

On March 17, 2008, the Company entered into a Master Services Agreement (“Outsourcing Agreement”) with IBM to outsource the Company’s internal information technology (“IT”) environment to IBM. Under the terms of the Outsourcing Agreement, IBM provides the Company with global IT infrastructure services including the following services, which services were provided by the Company: cross functional delivery management services, asset management services, help desk services, end user services, server system management services, storage management services, data network services, enterprise security management services and disaster recovery/business continuity plans (collectively, the “IT Services”). The Company retains responsibility for its security policy management and on-demand business operations.

The initial term of the Outsourcing Agreement is seven years, commencing on March 17, 2008. The Company has the right to extend the Outsourcing Agreement for one additional one-year term unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms of the Outsourcing Agreement. Under the Outsourcing Agreement, the Company retains the right to terminate the agreement both for cause and for its convenience. However, upon any termination of the Outsourcing Agreement by the Company for any reason (other than for material breach by IBM), the Company will be required to pay a termination charge to IBM, which charge may be material.

The Company pays IBM for the IT Services through a combination of fixed and variable charges, with the variable charges fluctuating based on the Company’s actual need for such services as well as the applicable service levels and statements of work. Based on the currently projected usage of these IT Services, the Company expects to pay $116 million to IBM in service fees and project costs over the initial seven-year term.

In addition, IBM provided the Company with certain transition services required to transition the Company’s IT operations embodied in the IT Services in accordance with a mutually agreed upon transition plan (the “Transition Services”). Transition Services were completed approximately 21 months after the effective date of the Outsourcing Agreement and the Company paid approximately $6.7 million for the Transition Services. These Transition Services were recognized as incurred based on the capital or expense nature of the cost. The Company expensed approximately $0.1 million for Transition Services during the year ended December 31, 2009, that were included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. Of the $6.7 million recognized, approximately $5.1 million has been paid, approximately $1.4 million is included in other current liabilities and $0.2 million is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. The Company incurred an additional $0.2 million of datacenter moving costs related to the Transition Services during the year ended December 31, 2009, that are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. No transition costs were incurred by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 nor does the Company anticipate any material future transition costs related to the Outsourcing Agreement.

81

The Outsourcing Agreement has performance standards and minimum services levels that IBM must meet or exceed. If IBM fails to meet a given performance standard, the Company would, in certain circumstances, receive a credit against the charges otherwise due.

Additionally, the Company has the right to periodically perform benchmark studies to determine whether IBM’s price and performance are consistent with the then current market. The Company has the right to conduct such benchmark studies, at its cost, beginning in the second year of the Outsourcing Agreement.

82

19. Quarterly Financial Data

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Quarter Ended
	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2011			2011			2011			2011
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Revenues:
Software license fees	$	60,762		$	39,249		$	46,085		$	43,724
Maintenance fees		39,164			36,928			37,195			35,070
Services		21,956			23,770			18,673			15,371
Software hosting fees		13,155			12,202			11,413			10,378
Total revenues		135,037			112,149			113,366			104,543
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees (1)		4,077			3,763			4,136			3,442
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees (1)		27,445			29,996			31,818			29,607
Research and development		20,781			22,481			23,784			23,130
Selling and marketing		20,023			19,814			21,791			19,294
General and administrative		20,191			19,068			15,804			16,362
Depreciation and amortization		5,477			5,759			5,611			5,210
Total expenses		97,994			100,881			102,944			97,045
Operating income		37,043			11,268			10,422			7,498
Other income (expense):
Interest income		676			205			196			238
Interest expense		(1,008	)		(406	)		(374	)		(643	)
Other, net		(714	)		(46	)		260			(302	)
Total other income (expense)		(1,046	)		(247	)		82			(707	)
Income before income taxes		35,997			11,021			10,504			6,791
Income tax expense		12,106			482			704			5,169
Net income	$	23,891		$	10,539		$	9,800		$	1,622
Earnings per share
Basic (2)	$	0.71		$	0.31		$	0.29		$	0.05
Diluted	$	0.70		$	0.31		$	0.29		$	0.05

(1) The cost of software license fees excludes for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

(2) The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31,2011 due to rounding.

83

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Quarter Ended
	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2010			2010			2010			2010
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Revenues:
Software license fees	$	66,039		$	37,804		$	31,399		$	29,317
Maintenance fees		35,414			32,480			34,207			33,422
Services		26,745			15,439			17,187			14,618
Software hosting fees		13,043			11,294			9,630			10,386
Total revenues		141,241			97,017			92,423			87,743
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees (1)		3,322			3,088			3,107			3,074
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees (1)		30,981			28,956			29,303			27,892
Research and development		18,717			18,165			18,798			18,396
Selling and marketing		19,786			17,933			15,989			16,845
General and administrative		20,558			16,341			15,735			17,462
Depreciation and amortization		5,078			5,146			5,125			4,979
Total expenses		98,442			89,629			88,057			88,648
Operating income (loss)		42,799			7,388			4,366			(905	)
Other income (expense):
Interest income		230			185			126			124
Interest expense		(514	)		(418	)		(541	)		(523	)
Other, net		(163	)		(1,556	)		(1,682	)		(214	)
Total other income (expense)		(447	)		(1,789	)		(2,097	)		(613	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		42,352			5,599			2,269			(1,518	)
Income tax expense		15,254			3,263			2,419			571
Net income (loss)	$	27,098		$	2,336		$	(150	)	$	(2,089	)
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic (2)	$	0.82		$	0.07		$	(0.00	)	$	(0.06	)
Diluted (2)	$	0.80		$	0.07		$	(0.00	)	$	(0.06	)

(1) The cost of software license fees excludes charges for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

(2) The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to rounding.

84

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	ACI WORLDWIDE, INC. (Registrant)
Date: February 22, 2012	By:	/s/ PHILIP G. HEASLEY
		Philip G. Heasley
		President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name	Title	Date
/s/ PHILIP G. HEASLEY	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director	February 22, 2012
Philip G. Heasley	(principal executive officer)
/s/ SCOTT W. BEHRENS	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and	February 22, 2012
Scott W. Behrens	Chief Accounting Officer     (principal financial officer)
/s/ HARLAN F. SEYMOUR	Chairman of the Board	February 22, 2012
Harlan F. Seymour	and Director
/s/ ALFRED R. BERKELEY	Director	February 22, 2012
Alfred R. Berkeley
/s/ JAN H. SUWINSKI	Director	February 22, 2012
Jan H. Suwinski
/s/ JOHN D. CURTIS	Director	February 22, 2012
John D. Curtis
/s/ JOHN M. SHAY JR.	Director	February 22, 2012
John M. Shay Jr.
/s/ JAMES C. MCGRODDY	Director	February 22, 2012
James C. McGroddy
/s/ JOHN E. STOKELY	Director	February 22, 2012
John E. Stokely

85

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.			Description
2.01	(1	)	Transaction Agreement by and among ACI Worldwide, Inc., Antelope AcquisitionCo., LLC and S1 Corporation
3.01	(2	)	Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company
3.02	(3	)	Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company
4.01	(4	)	Form of Common Stock Certificate
10.01	(5	) *	Stock and Warrant Holders Agreement, dated as of December 30, 1993
10.02	(6	) *	ACI Holding, Inc. 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.03	(7	) *	Transaction Systems Architects, Inc. 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.04	(8	) *	ACI Worldwide, Inc. 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.05	(9	) *	ACI Worldwide, Inc. 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended
10.06	(10	) *	Transaction Systems Architects, Inc. 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.07	(11	) *	Transaction Systems Architects, Inc. 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended
10.08	(12	) *	ACI Worldwide, Inc. 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended
10.09	(13	) *	Form of Severance Compensation Agreement (Change-in-Control) between the Company and certain officers, including executive officers
10.10	(14	) *	Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and certain officers, including executive officers
10.11	(15	)	Asset Purchase Agreement by and between S2 Systems, Inc. and the Company dated June 29, 2005
10.12	(16	) *	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s 1994 Stock Option Plan
10.13	(17	) *	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s 1996 Stock Option Plan
10.14	(18	) *	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s 1999 Stock Option Plan
10.15	(19	) *	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s 2000 Non-Employee Director Plan
10.16	(20	) *	Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s 2002 Non-Employee Director Plan
10.17	(21	) *	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement – Non-Employee Director for the Company’s 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended
10.18	(22	) *	Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement – Employee for the Company’s 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended
10.19	(23	) *	Form of LTIP Performance Shares Agreement for the Company’s 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended
10.20	(24	) *	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Philip G. Heasley, dated January 7, 2009
10.21	(25	) *	Stock Option Agreement by and between the Company and Philip G. Heasley, dated March 9, 2005
10.22	(26	)	Share Purchase Agreement dated as of May 11, 2006 by and between Transaction Systems Architects, Inc.; PREIPO Bating- und Beteiligungsgesellschaft mbH; RP Vermögensverwaltung GmbH; Mr. Christian Jaron; Mr. Johann Praschinger; and eps Electronic Payment Systems AG
10.23	(27	)	Agreement and Plan of Merger dated August 28, 2006 by and among Transaction Systems Architects, Inc., Parakeet MergerSub Corp., and P&H Solutions, Inc.
10.24	(28	) *	Executive Management Incentive Compensation Plan
10.25	(29	) *	Form of Change-in-Control Employment Agreement between the Company and certain officers, including executive officers
10.26	(30	) *	Form of Restricted Share Award Agreement for the Company’s 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended
10.27	(31	) ***	Master Alliance Agreement between ACI Worldwide, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation
10.28	(32	)	Warrant Agreement between ACI Worldwide, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation
10.29	(33	)	Warrant Agreement between ACI Worldwide, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation
10.30	(34	) ***	Master Services Agreement by and between ACI Worldwide, Inc. and International Business Machines Corporation
10.34	(35	) *	Amended and Restated Deferred Compensation Plan
10.35	(36	)	Credit Agreement, dated November 10, 2011, by and among ACI Worldwide, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and the lenders that are party thereto

86

Exhibit No.			Description
21.01			Subsidiaries of the Registrant (filed herewith)
23.01			Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith) - Deloitte & Touche LLP
31.01			Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 13a-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
31.02			Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to S.E.C. Rule 13a-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (filed herewith)
32.01	*	*	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith)
32.02			Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (furnished herewith)
101.INS			XBRL Instance Document
101.SCH			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema
101.CAL			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase
101.LAB			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase
101.PRE			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase
101.DEF			XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

(1) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed October 3, 2011.

(2) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed July 30, 2007.

(3) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.02 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed December 18, 2008.

(4) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.01 to the registrant’s Registration Statement No. 33-88292 on Form S-1.

(5) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the registrant’s Registration Statement No. 33-88292 on Form S-1.

(6) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006.

(7) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006.

(8) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006.

(9) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the registrant’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement No. 333-113550 on Form S-8 filed June 11, 2008.

(10) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006.

(11) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2006.

(12) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2007.

(13) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(14) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(15) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on July 1, 2005.

(16) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.

(17) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.

(18) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2007.

(19) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.22 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.

(20) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.23 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2004.

(21) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(22) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

87

(23) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed December 16, 2009.

(24) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on January 7, 2009.

(25) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on March 10, 2005.

(26) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2006.

(27) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed on September 1, 2006.

(28) Incorporated herein by reference to Annex A to the registrant’s Proxy Statement for its 2008 Annual Meeting (File No. 000-25346) filed on April 21, 2008.

(29) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed January 7, 2009.

(30) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 to the registrant’s annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(31) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009.

(32) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2007.

(33) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2007.

(34) Incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the registrant’s quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2009.

(35) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the registrant’s Registration Statement No. 333-169293 on Form S-8 filed September 9, 2010

(36) Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the registrant’s current report on Form 8-K filed November 14, 2011.

* Denotes exhibit that constitutes a management contract, or compensatory plan or arrangement.

** This certification is not deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or otherwise subject to the liability of that section. Such certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except to the extent that the Company specifically incorporates it by reference.

*** Material has been omitted from this exhibit pursuant to a request for confidential treatment pursuant to Rule 24b-2 promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and such material has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

**** Furnished, not filed.

88

EX-21.01

Exhibit 21.01

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

ACI Worldwide de Argentina S.A.	Argentina
ACI Worldwide (Pacific) Pty. Ltd.	Australia
ACI Worldwide (Brasil) Ltda.	Brazil
ACI Worldwide (Canada), Inc.	Canada
ACI Worldwide (Shanghai) Co. Ltd.	China
ACI Worldwide France S.A.S	France
Applied Communications Holding GmbH	Germany
ACI Worldwide (eps) AG	Germany
ACI Worldwide (Hellas) EPE	Greece
Applied Communications (Hong Kong) Limited	Hong Kong
ACI Worldwide Solutions Private Limited	India
Applied Communications GPC Limited	Ireland
Applied Communications (Ireland) Limited	Ireland
ACI Worldwide (Italia) S.R.L.	Italy
ACI Worldwide (Japan) K.K.	Japan
ACI Worldwide Korea Yuhan Hoesa	Korea
ACI Worldwide (Malaysia) Sdn. Bhd.	Malaysia
ACI Worldwide (Mexico) S.A. de C.V.	Mexico
ACI Worldwide Corp.	Nebraska
ACI Worldwide B.V.	Netherlands
ACI Worldwide (Norway) A.S.	Norway
ACI Worldwide Philippine Islands, Inc.	Philippines
ACI Worldwide (Eastern Europe Development) S.R.L.	Romania
ACI Worldwide (Asia) Pte. Ltd.	Singapore
ACI Worldwide (South Africa) (Pty.) Ltd.	South Africa
ACI Worldwide Cornastone (Proprietary) Ltd.	South Africa
ACI Worldwide Iberica S.L. Unipersonal	Spain
Applied Communications Worldwide (Nordic) AB	Sweden
ACI Worldwide Schweiz GmbH	Switzerland
ACI Worldwide (Thailand) Limited	Thailand
ACI Worldwide (UK Development) Limited	United Kingdom
Applied Communications Inc. U.K. Holding Limited	United Kingdom
Applied Communications Inc. (CIS) Limited	United Kingdom
ACI Worldwide (EMEA) Limited	United Kingdom

EX-23.01

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-157952 on Form S-3 and Registration Statement Nos. 333-123263, 333-113550, 333-88024, 333-88020, 333-59630, 333-59632, 333-33728, 333-73027, 333-93900, 333-2594, 333-146794, and 333-169293 on Form S-8 of our reports dated February 22, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements of ACI Worldwide, Inc. and subsidiaries (“ACI Worldwide, Inc.”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and for the three years in the period ended December 31, 2011, and the effectiveness of ACI Worldwide, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of ACI Worldwide, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2011.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Omaha, Nebraska

February 22, 2012

EX-31.01

Exhibit 31.01

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER

I, Philip G. Heasley, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ACI Worldwide, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 22, 2012	/s/ PHILIP G. HEASLEY
	Philip G. Heasley
	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

EX-31.02

Exhibit 31.02

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER

I, Scott W. Behrens, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of ACI Worldwide, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonable likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: February 22, 2012	/s/ SCOTT W. BEHRENS
	Scott W. Behrens
	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer

EX-32.01

Exhibit 32.01

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of ACI Worldwide, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Philip G. Heasley, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 22, 2012	/s/ PHILIP G. HEASLEY
	Philip G. Heasley
	President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

EX-32.02

Exhibit 32.02

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with the annual report of ACI Worldwide, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Scott W. Behrens Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Sections 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Date: February 22, 2012	/s/ SCOTT W. BEHRENS
	Scott W. Behrens
	Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer

XML

International Business Machines Corporation Alliance (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Changes in Alliance Agreement Liability

Changes in the Alliance agreement liability were as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
	Alliance
	Agreement
	Liability
Balance, December 31, 2009	$	32,487
Costs related to fulfillment of technical enablement milestones		(9,903	)
Balance, December 31, 2010		22,584
Costs related to fulfillment of technical enablement milestones		(1,917	)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	20,667

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Oct. 04, 2010 Terminated Contract
Derivative [Line Items]
Gain (loss) from change in fair value of interest rate swaps	$ 0.2	$ 1.6
Number of interest rate swaps contract terminated			2

XML

Net Property and Equipment (Parenthetical) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Computer and office equipment under capital lease	$ 4,600	$ 4,200

XML

Employee Benefit Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Line Items]
Employees maximum 401(k) contribution, percentage	100.00%
Defined contribution plan, contribution	$ 2,800,000	$ 2,800,000	$ 2,900,000
Employer 401(k) matching contribution to employee, maximum percentage	4.00%
Employer 401(k) matching contribution to employee, maximum amount	4,000
Defined contribution plan, employer matching percentage on every deferred dollar	100.00%
Employees Under Age 50
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Line Items]
Employees maximum 401(k) contribution, amount	17,000
Employees aged 50 or older
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Line Items]
Employees maximum 401(k) contribution, amount	22,500
EMEA
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined contribution plan, contribution	$ 1,300,000	$ 1,300,000	$ 1,400,000
EMEA | Employed at December 1, 2000
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined contribution plan, employer contribution percentage of eligible compensation minimum	8.50%
EMEA | Employees aged over 55 years
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined contribution plan, employer contribution percentage of eligible compensation maximum	15.50%
EMEA | Employed subsequent to December 1, 2000
Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits Disclosure [Line Items]
Defined contribution plan, employer contribution percentage of eligible compensation	6.00%

XML

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis (Detail) (Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1), Fair Value, Measurements, Recurring, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Assets measured at fair value	$ 10,594
Equity Securities
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Assets measured at fair value	$ 10,594

XML

Commitments and Contingencies - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Schedule of Operating Leases [Line Items]
Total operating lease expense	$ 20.0	$ 17.8	$ 17.2

XML

Purchase Price Allocation of ISD Corporation Acquisition (Detail) (ISD Corporation, USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 Year
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Cash	$ 2,375
Accounts Receivable	2,030
Other current assets	958
Total current assets acquired	5,363
Property and equipment	519
Goodwill	11,380
Total assets acquired	23,906
Current liabilities acquired	(4,681)
Net assets acquired	19,225
Intellectual property rights
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Amortizable intangible assets	2,338
Acquired intangible assets, weighted-average useful lives (in years)	5
Customer relationships
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Amortizable intangible assets	4,059
Acquired intangible assets, weighted-average useful lives (in years)	9
Trade Name
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Amortizable intangible assets	$ 247
Acquired intangible assets, weighted-average useful lives (in years)	5

XML

Earnings Per Share (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Reconciliation of Average Share Amounts used to Compute Both Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share

The following table reconciles the average share amounts used to compute both basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average share outstanding:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		33,457		33,560		34,368
Add: Dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards and other dilutive securities		738		310		186
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		34,195		33,870		34,554

XML

Aggregate Minimum Operating Lease Payments (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011
Operating Leases
2012	$ 9,007
2013	8,557
2014	7,118
2015	6,428
2016	5,526
Thereafter	31,873
Total minimum lease payments	$ 68,509

XML

Summary of Differences between Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Computed at Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate and per Consolidated Statements of Income (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Reconciliation of Provision of Income Taxes [Line Items]
Tax expense at federal rate of 35%									$ 22,510	$ 17,045	$ 11,588
State income taxes, net of federal benefit									1,475	695	(293)
Change in valuation allowance									251	(1,587)	(723)
Foreign tax rate differential									(1,572)	1,304	3,499
Tax reserve increase (decrease)									(1,882)	328	(840)
Effect of intellectual property transfer									(2,100)	2,200	2,200
Tax effect of foreign operations									373	919	(742)
Other									(594)	603	(1,207)
Income tax provision	$ 12,106	$ 482	$ 704	$ 5,169	$ 15,254	$ 3,263	$ 2,419	$ 571	$ 18,461	$ 21,507	$ 13,482

XML

Common Stock and Treasury Stock - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Millions, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended			58 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 22, 2012 Stock repurchase	Dec. 31, 2011 Restricted share awards (RSAs)	Dec. 31, 2010 Restricted share awards (RSAs)	Dec. 31, 2009 Restricted share awards (RSAs)
Stockholders Equity Note [Line Items]
Maximum stock authorized to purchase under stock repurchase program	$ 210.0				$ 262.1
Repurchase of common stock, shares				8,082,180
Repurchase of common stock, value				187.1
Maximum remaining dollar value of shares authorized for purchase under the stock repurchase program	22.9				75.0
Increase in maximum stock authorized to purchase under stock repurchase program					$ 52.1
Number shares issued pursuant to stock option exercises	361,093	235,986	150,134
Number shares issued pursuant to restricted share award grants						6,300	25,950	23,500

XML

Income Taxes - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2008
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Decrease in deferred tax assets valuation allowance	$ (300,000)
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits due to the expiration of statutes of limitations and the settlement of various audits	3,000,000
Accrued interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities		1,500,000	2,200,000
Aggregate amount of interest and penalties recorded in the statement of operations	(500,000)	400,000	300,000
Undistributed earning of foreign subsidiaries	71,500,000
Unrecognized tax benefit	4,012,000	8,414,000	10,916,000	11,535,000
Net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate	3,700,000	5,700,000
Domestic Country | Begin to expire in 2025
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets operating loss carry forwards	6,000,000
Foreign Entities
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets operating loss carry forwards	12,800,000
Valuation allowance against the tax benefit associated with NOLs	2,700,000
Capital loss carryforwards	500,000
Foreign tax credits carryforwards	500,000
Foreign Entities | Net Operating Loss Carryforwards with Indefinite Carryforward Period
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Deferred tax assets operating loss carry forwards	11,300,000
Domestic Country
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Capital loss carryforwards	8,900,000
General business tax credit carryforwards	100,000
Foreign Subsidiaries
Income Taxes [Line Items]
Foreign tax credits carryforwards	1,400,000
Valuation allowance against tax credit	$ 1,000,000

XML

International Business Machines Corporation Alliance - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	May 17, 2008	Dec. 16, 2007	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2008	Dec. 31, 2007
Alliance Agreement [Line Items]
Description of alliance agreement amendment	On March 17, 2008, the Company and IBM entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Alliance (“Amendment No. 1” and included hereafter in all references to the “Alliance”), which changed the timing of certain payments to be made by IBM.
Common stock warrants, exercise date	5 years
Common stock warrants			$ 24,003,000	$ 24,003,000
Consideration received for the estimated fair value of common stock warrants		33,300,000				37,300,000
Alliance agreement liability			20,667,000	22,584,000	32,487,000		9,300,000
Refundable subject to achievement of future milestones			20,700,000	20,700,000
Alliance agreement liability, current			20,667,000	1,917,000
Alliance agreement liability, noncurrent				20,667,000
Costs related to fulfillment of technical enablement milestones			$ 1,917,000	$ 9,903,000	$ 11,000,000
Stated initial term of the Alliance			5 years
Warrant 1
Alliance Agreement [Line Items]
Common stock warrants, exercise price	27.50
Warrant 1 | Maximum
Alliance Agreement [Line Items]
Issuance of warrants to IBM to purchase common stock	1,427,035
Warrant 2
Alliance Agreement [Line Items]
Common stock warrants, exercise price	33.00
Warrant 2 | Maximum
Alliance Agreement [Line Items]
Issuance of warrants to IBM to purchase common stock	1,427,035

XML

Reconciliation of Beginning and Ending Amount of Unrecognized Tax Benefits (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Reconciliation of Unrecognized Tax Benefits [Line Items]
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year	$ 8,414	$ 10,916	$ 11,535
Increases for tax positions of prior years		398	5,469
Decreases for tax positions of prior years	(310)		(4,327)
Increases for tax positions established for the current period	750	421	19
Decreases for settlements with taxing authorities	(36)	(3,000)	(299)
Reductions resulting from lapse of applicable statute of limitation	(4,678)	(308)	(1,602)
Adjustment resulting from foreign currency translation	(128)	(13)	121
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of year	$ 4,012	$ 8,414	$ 10,916

XML

Components of Income before Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Schedule of Components of Income Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit) [Line Items]
United States									$ 47,099	$ 44,400	$ 22,020
Foreign									17,214	4,302	11,088
Income before income taxes	$ 35,997	$ 11,021	$ 10,504	$ 6,791	$ 42,352	$ 5,599	$ 2,269	$ (1,518)	$ 64,313	$ 48,702	$ 33,108

XML

Quarterly Financial Data

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Data

19. Quarterly Financial Data

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Quarter Ended
	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2011			2011			2011			2011
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Revenues:
Software license fees	$	60,762		$	39,249		$	46,085		$	43,724
Maintenance fees		39,164			36,928			37,195			35,070
Services		21,956			23,770			18,673			15,371
Software hosting fees		13,155			12,202			11,413			10,378
Total revenues		135,037			112,149			113,366			104,543
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees (1)		4,077			3,763			4,136			3,442
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees (1)		27,445			29,996			31,818			29,607
Research and development		20,781			22,481			23,784			23,130
Selling and marketing		20,023			19,814			21,791			19,294
General and administrative		20,191			19,068			15,804			16,362
Depreciation and amortization		5,477			5,759			5,611			5,210
Total expenses		97,994			100,881			102,944			97,045
Operating income		37,043			11,268			10,422			7,498
Other income (expense):
Interest income		676			205			196			238
Interest expense		(1,008	)		(406	)		(374	)		(643	)
Other, net		(714	)		(46	)		260			(302	)
Total other income (expense)		(1,046	)		(247	)		82			(707	)
Income before income taxes		35,997			11,021			10,504			6,791
Income tax expense		12,106			482			704			5,169
Net income	$	23,891		$	10,539		$	9,800		$	1,622
Earnings per share
Basic (2)	$	0.71		$	0.31		$	0.29		$	0.05
Diluted	$	0.70		$	0.31		$	0.29		$	0.05

(1) The cost of software license fees excludes for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

(2) The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31,2011 due to rounding.

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Quarter Ended
	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2010			2010			2010			2010
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Revenues:
Software license fees	$	66,039		$	37,804		$	31,399		$	29,317
Maintenance fees		35,414			32,480			34,207			33,422
Services		26,745			15,439			17,187			14,618
Software hosting fees		13,043			11,294			9,630			10,386
Total revenues		141,241			97,017			92,423			87,743
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees (1)		3,322			3,088			3,107			3,074
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees (1)		30,981			28,956			29,303			27,892
Research and development		18,717			18,165			18,798			18,396
Selling and marketing		19,786			17,933			15,989			16,845
General and administrative		20,558			16,341			15,735			17,462
Depreciation and amortization		5,078			5,146			5,125			4,979
Total expenses		98,442			89,629			88,057			88,648
Operating income (loss)		42,799			7,388			4,366			(905	)
Other income (expense):
Interest income		230			185			126			124
Interest expense		(514	)		(418	)		(541	)		(523	)
Other, net		(163	)		(1,556	)		(1,682	)		(214	)
Total other income (expense)		(447	)		(1,789	)		(2,097	)		(613	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		42,352			5,599			2,269			(1,518	)
Income tax expense		15,254			3,263			2,419			571
Net income (loss)	$	27,098		$	2,336		$	(150	)	$	(2,089	)
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic (2)	$	0.82		$	0.07		$	(0.00	)	$	(0.06	)
Diluted (2)	$	0.80		$	0.07		$	(0.00	)	$	(0.06	)

(1) The cost of software license fees excludes charges for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

(2) The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to rounding.

XML

Software and Other Intangible Assets - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 Month Year	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Software, net	$ 22,598,000	$ 25,366,000
Software, accumulated amortization	54,700,000	48,100,000
Software estimated useful life, minimum	18
Software estimated useful life, maximum	10
Other intangible assets amortization expense	6,400,000	6,300,000	6,100,000
Software Marketed for External Sale
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Software, net	10,300,000	13,500,000
Software, amortization expense	6,300,000	6,000,000	5,700,000
Software estimated useful life, minimum	3
Software estimated useful life, maximum	6
Software Acquired or Developed for Internal Use
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Software, net	12,300,000	11,900,000
Software, amortization expense	$ 8,100,000	$ 7,400,000	$ 5,500,000

XML

Revenues in Consolidated Statements of Income from Arrangements for which VSOE of Fair Value Does Not Exist (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Revenue Recognition, Milestone Method [Line Items]
Software license fees	$ 60,762	$ 39,249	$ 46,085	$ 43,724	$ 66,039	$ 37,804	$ 31,399	$ 29,317	$ 189,820	$ 164,559	$ 154,517
Maintenance fees	39,164	36,928	37,195	35,070	35,414	32,480	34,207	33,422	148,357	135,523	130,922
Services	21,956	23,770	18,673	15,371	26,745	15,439	17,187	14,618	79,770	73,989	80,146
Total revenues	135,037	112,149	113,366	104,543	141,241	97,017	92,423	87,743	465,095	418,424	405,755
Vendor Specific Objective Evidence of Fair Value
Revenue Recognition, Milestone Method [Line Items]
Software license fees									66,939	47,095	13,905
Maintenance fees									16,801	10,261	5,273
Services									1,362	4,118	6,513
Total revenues									$ 85,102	$ 61,474	$ 25,691

XML

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities Result from Differences in Timing of Recognition of Certain Income and Expense Items for Tax and Financial Accounting Purposes (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Schedule of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities [Line Items]
Total current deferred tax assets	$ 28,484	$ 13,351
Less: valuation allowance	(2,540)	(1,034)
Net current deferred tax assets	25,944	12,317
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets	27,600	44,376
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation and amortization	(8,539)	(9,415)
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities	(8,539)	(9,415)
Less: valuation allowance	(5,595)	(6,818)
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets	13,466	28,143
Current Assets
Schedule of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities [Line Items]
Allowance for uncollectible accounts	1,184	1,414
Deferred revenue	9,170	4,622
Alliance deferred costs	8,287	(203)
Deferred acquisition costs	2,480
Compensation	6,364	6,268
Other	999	1,250
Noncurrent Assets
Schedule of Deferred Income Tax Assets and Liabilities [Line Items]
Foreign tax credits	2,260	6,706
General business credits	125	1,246
Stock based compensation	12,785	9,921
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards	3,217	4,612
Capital loss carryforwards	3,221	3,259
Deferred revenue	3,913	8,394
Alliance deferred costs	87	9,962
U.S. net operating loss carryforwards	1,783
Other	$ 209	$ 276

XML

Income Taxes (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Components of Income before Income Taxes

For financial reporting purposes, income before income taxes includes the following components (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
United States	$	47,099	$	44,400	$	22,020
Foreign		17,214		4,302		11,088
Total	$	64,313	$	48,702	$	33,108

Expense (Benefit) for Income Taxes

The expense (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Federal
Current	$	4,150	$	1,812		$	9,964
Deferred		6,456		12,352			(3,259	)
Total		10,606		14,164			6,705
State
Current		1,649		1,685			1,415
Deferred		621		(725	)		(2,356	)
Total		2,270		960			(941	)
Foreign
Current		5,149		6,366			6,465
Deferred		436		17			1,253
Total		5,585		6,383			7,718
Total	$	18,461	$	21,507		$	13,482

Summary of Differences Between Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Computed at Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate and per Consolidated Statements of Income

Differences between the income tax expense (benefit) computed at the statutory federal income tax rate and per the consolidated statements of income are summarized as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Tax expense at federal rate of 35%	$	22,510		$	17,045		$	11,588
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		1,475			695			(293	)
Change in valuation allowance		251			(1,587	)		(723	)
Foreign tax rate differential		(1,572	)		1,304			3,499
Tax reserve increase (decrease)		(1,882	)		328			(840	)
Effect of intellectual property transfer		(2,100	)		2,200			2,200
Tax effect of foreign operations		373			919			(742	)
Other		(594	)		603			(1,207	)
Income tax provision	$	18,461		$	21,507		$	13,482

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities Result from Differences in Timing of Recognition of Certain Income and Expense Items for Tax and Financial Accounting Purposes

The deferred tax assets and liabilities result from differences in the timing of the recognition of certain income and expense items for tax and financial accounting purposes. The sources of these differences at each balance sheet date are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Current net deferred tax assets:
Allowance for uncollectible accounts	$	1,184		$	1,414
Deferred revenue		9,170			4,622
Alliance deferred costs		8,287			(203	)
Deferred acquisition costs		2,480			—
Compensation		6,364			6,268
Other		999			1,250
Total current deferred tax assets		28,484			13,351
Less: valuation allowance		(2,540	)		(1,034	)
Net current deferred tax assets	$	25,944		$	12,317
Noncurrent net deferred tax assets:
Noncurrent deferred tax assets
Foreign tax credits	$	2,260		$	6,706
General business credits		125			1,246
Stock based compensation		12,785			9,921
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards		3,217			4,612
Capital loss carryforwards		3,221			3,259
Deferred revenue		3,913			8,394
Alliance deferred costs		87			9,962
U.S. net operating loss carryforwards		1,783			—
Other		209			276
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets		27,600			44,376
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation and amortization		(8,539	)		(9,415	)
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities		(8,539	)		(9,415	)
Less: valuation allowance		(5,595	)		(6,818	)
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets	$	13,466		$	28,143

Reconciliation of Beginning and Ending Amount of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year	$	8,414		$	10,916		$	11,535
Increases for tax positions of prior years		—			398			5,469
Decreases for tax positions of prior years		(310	)		—			(4,327	)
Increases for tax positions established for the current period		750			421			19
Decreases for settlements with taxing authorities		(36	)		(3,000	)		(299	)
Reductions resulting from lapse of applicable statute of limitation		(4,678	)		(308	)		(1,602	)
Adjustment resulting from foreign currency translation		(128	)		(13	)		121
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of year	$	4,012		$	8,414		$	10,916

XML

Estimated Amortization Expense for Future Fiscal Years (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011
Software Amortization
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
2012	$ 12,252
2013	5,592
2014	3,338
2015	1,262
2016	154
Total	22,598
Other Intangible Assets Amortization
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
2012	5,367
2013	5,120
2014	3,366
2015	1,463
2016	1,196
Thereafter	1,831
Total	$ 18,343

XML

Weighted-Average Assumptions used to Estimate Fair Value of Options Granted using Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 Year	Dec. 31, 2010 Year	Dec. 31, 2009 Year
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Expected life (years)	5.9	5.9	6.0
Risk-free interest rate	1.40%	2.30%	3.00%
Expected volatility	50.60%	50.80%	53.20%
Expected dividend yield

XML

Selected Segment Financial Data (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 135,037	$ 112,149	$ 113,366	$ 104,543	$ 141,241	$ 97,017	$ 92,423	$ 87,743	$ 465,095	$ 418,424	$ 405,755
Depreciation and amortization expense									28,377	26,347	23,727
Stock-based compensation expense									11,254	7,790	7,645
Operating income (loss)	37,043	11,268	10,422	7,498	42,799	7,388	4,366	(905)	66,231	53,648	41,570
Americas
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues									245,703	221,560	222,952
Depreciation and amortization expense									11,139	9,903	12,373
Stock-based compensation expense									1,496	1,684	1,553
Operating income (loss)									84,662	74,791	69,350
EMEA
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues									164,874	150,525	137,061
Depreciation and amortization expense									4,473	3,731	1,954
Stock-based compensation expense									403	145	291
Operating income (loss)									46,889	43,274	31,083
Asia /Pacific
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues									54,518	46,339	45,742
Depreciation and amortization expense									3,410	3,126	1,300
Stock-based compensation expense									418	425	429
Operating income (loss)									6,774	(60)	6,293
Corporate
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Depreciation and amortization expense									9,355	9,587	8,100
Stock-based compensation expense									8,937	5,536	5,372
Operating income (loss)									$ (72,094)	$ (64,357)	$ (65,156)

XML

Net Property and Equipment (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 57,087		$ 52,605
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization	(36,608)		(34,066)
Property and equipment, net	20,479		18,539
Computer and office equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	38,295	[1]	34,788	[1]
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	11,493		10,803
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	7,193		6,708
Vehicles and other
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, Plant and Equipment, Gross	$ 106		$ 306

[1] Includes $4.6 million and $4.2 million of computer and office equipment under capital lease for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Property and Equipment

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Property and Equipment

3. Property and Equipment

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, net property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Computer and office equipment (1)	$	38,295		$	34,788
Furniture and fixtures		11,493			10,803
Leasehold improvements		7,193			6,708
Vehicles and other		106			306
		57,087			52,605
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(36,608	)		(34,066	)
Property and equipment, net	$	20,479		$	18,539

(1) Includes $4.6 million and $4.2 million of computer and office equipment under capital lease for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Selected Segment Financial Data, Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	$ 309,312	$ 278,577
Assets	664,642	601,529
Americas - United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	225,094	189,389
Assets	408,038	335,457
Americas - Other
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	4,051	4,547
Assets	26,664	21,254
EMEA
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	56,542	59,494
Assets	166,997	186,209
Asia /Pacific
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Long-lived assets	23,625	25,147
Assets	$ 62,943	$ 58,609

XML

Activity in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance, beginning of period	$ 5,738		$ 2,732	$ 1,920
Provision (recovery) charged to general and administrative expense	(101)		3,116	1,171
Amounts written off, net of recoveries	(516)		(110)	(359)
Other	(278)	[1]
Balance, end of period	$ 4,843		$ 5,738	$ 2,732

[1] Amount includes amounts related to the ISD acquisition and the impact of foreign exchange movements in the allowance balance.

XML

Property and Equipment (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Net Property and Equipment

As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, net property and equipment consisted of the following (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Computer and office equipment (1)	$	38,295		$	34,788
Furniture and fixtures		11,493			10,803
Leasehold improvements		7,193			6,708
Vehicles and other		106			306
		57,087			52,605
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization		(36,608	)		(34,066	)
Property and equipment, net	$	20,479		$	18,539

(1) Includes $4.6 million and $4.2 million of computer and office equipment under capital lease for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

XML

Acquisitions (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Purchase Price Allocation

In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded the following amounts based upon its preliminary purchase price allocation during the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands, except weighted-average useful lives):

		September 30,			September 30,
				Weighted-
				Average Useful
	Amount			Lives
Cash	$	2,375
Accounts Receivable		2,030
Other current assets		958
Total current assets acquired		5,363
Noncurrent assets:
Property and equipment		519
Goodwill		11,380
Intellectual property rights		2,338			5 years
Customer relationships		4,059			9 years
Trade name		247			5 years
Total assets acquired		23,906
Current liabilities acquired		(4,681	)
Net assets acquired	$	19,225

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - Additional Information (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility, interest rate description	LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50%
Minimum
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility, interest rate margin above base rate	1.50%
Maximum
Fair Value, Balance Sheet Grouping, Financial Statement Captions [Line Items]
Revolving credit facility, interest rate margin above base rate	2.50%

XML

Property and Equipment Estimated Useful Lives using Straight-Line Method (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 Year
Computer and office equipment
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, minimum useful lives	3
Property, plant and equipment, maximum useful lives	5
Furniture and fixtures
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, useful lives	7
Leasehold improvements
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, useful lives	Lesser of useful life of improvement or remaining term of lease
Vehicles and other
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment, minimum useful lives	4
Property, plant and equipment, maximum useful lives	5

XML

Goodwill (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill attributable to each reporting unit with goodwill balances during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Americas			EMEA			Asia/Pacific			Total
Gross Balance prior to December 31, 2009	$	187,241		$	46,846		$	18,195		$	252,282
Total impairment prior to December 31, 2009		(47,432	)		—			—			(47,432	)
Balance, December 31 2009		139,809			46,846			18,195			204,850
Foreign currency translation adjustments		121			(2,596	)		1,560			(915	)
Balance, December 31 2010	$	139,930		$	44,250		$	19,755		$	203,935
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(144	)		(638	)		(389	)		(1,171	)
Additions—acquisition of ISD (1)		11,380			—			—			11,380
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	151,166		$	43,612		$	19,366		$	214,144

(1) Addition relates to goodwill acquired during the acquisition of ISD. See Note 2, Acquisitions.

XML

Software and Other Intangible Assets (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Carrying Amount and Accumulated Amortization of Other Intangible Assets

The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s other intangible assets that were subject to amortization at each balance sheet date are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Gross							Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated			Net		Carrying		Accumulated			Net
	Amount		Amortization			Balance		Amount		Amortization			Balance
Customer relationships	$	40,298	$	(23,392	)	$	16,906	$	36,393	$	(18,855	)	$	17,538
Purchased contracts		10,750		(10,023	)		727		10,753		(8,504	)		2,249
Trademarks and tradenames		1,291		(585	)		706		1,062		(422	)		640
Covenant not to compete		80		(76	)		4		83		(62	)		21
	$	52,419	$	(34,076	)	$	18,343	$	48,291	$	(27,843	)	$	20,448

Estimated Amortization Expense for Future Fiscal Years

 Based on capitalized intangible assets at December 31, 2011, and assuming no impairment of these intangible assets, estimated amortization expense amounts in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,
			Other
			Intangible
	Software		Assets
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Amortization		Amortization
2012	$	12,252	$	5,367
2013		5,592		5,120
2014		3,338		3,366
2015		1,262		1,463
2016		154		1,196
Thereafter		—		1,831
Total	$	22,598	$	18,343

XML

Acquisitions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Acquisitions

2. Acquisitions

Fiscal 2012 Acquisition

S1 Corporation

On February 10, 2012, the Company completed the exchange offer for S1 Corporation and all its subsidiaries for approximately $360 million in cash and 5.8 million shares of the Company’s stock resulting in a total purchase price of $565 million, or $10.39 per share (the “Merger”). The combination of the Company and S1 will create a leader in the global enterprise payments industry. The combined company will have enhanced scale, breadth and additional capabilities, as well as a complementary suite of products that will better serve the entire spectrum of financial institutions, processors and retailers.

Under the terms of the transaction, S1 stockholders could elect to receive $10.00 in cash or 0.3148 shares of the Company’s stock for each S1 share they own, subject to proration, such that in the aggregate 33.8% of S1 shares are exchanged for the Company’s shares and 66.2% are exchanged for cash. No S1 shareholders received fractional shares of the Company’s stock. Instead, the total number of shares that each holder of S1 common stock received was rounded down to the nearest whole number, and the Company paid cash for any resulting fractional share determined by multiplying the fraction by $34.14. The effective date of the acquisition was February 13, 2012.

Each outstanding option to acquire S1 common stock was canceled and terminated at the effective time of the Merger and converted into the right to receive the merger consideration with respect to the number of shares of S1 common stock that would have been issuable upon a net exercise of such option, assuming the market value of the S1 common stock at the time of such exercise was equal to the value of the merger consideration as of the close of trading on the day immediately prior to the effective date of the Merger. Any outstanding option with a per share exercise price that was greater than or equal to such amount was cancelled and terminated and no payment was made with respect thereto. In addition, each S1 restricted stock unit award outstanding immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger was fully vested and cancelled, and each holder of such awards became entitled to receive the Merger Consideration for each share of S1 common stock into which the vested portion of the awards would otherwise have been convertible. Each S1 restricted stock award was vested immediately prior to the effective time of the Merger and was entitled to receive the Merger Consideration.

The Merger will be accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting with the Company identified as the acquirer. Under the acquisition method of accounting, the Company will record all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective acquisition-date fair values. The Company has not completed the valuation analysis and calculations necessary to finalize the required purchase price allocations. In addition to goodwill, the final purchase price allocation may include allocations to intangible assets such as trademarks and trade names, developed technology and customer-related assets.

The Company used $65.0 million of its cash balance for the acquisition in addition to $295.0 million of senior bank financing arranged through Wells Fargo Securities, LLC. See Note 6, Debt, for terms of the financing arrangement.

Through December 31, 2011, the Company expensed approximately $6.7 million of costs related to the acquisition of S1. These costs, which consist primarily of investment banking fees, legal and accounting fees, are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

Fiscal 2011 Acquisition

ISD Corporation

On March 18, 2011, the Company closed the acquisition of ISD Holdings, Inc. and its 100% owned subsidiary ISD Corporation (collectively “ISD”). ISD’s suite of products enables retailers to consolidate, manage, secure and route all electronic transactions from their point-of-sale systems to third-party processors for authorization and settlement.

The aggregate purchase price of ISD was $19.2 million, after working capital adjustments in accordance with the terms of the purchase agreement, which included cash acquired of $2.4 million. The allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based on the relative fair value of all assets and liabilities.

In connection with the acquisition, the Company recorded the following amounts based upon its preliminary purchase price allocation during the year ended December 31, 2011 (in thousands, except weighted-average useful lives):

		September 30,			September 30,
				Weighted-
				Average Useful
	Amount			Lives
Cash	$	2,375
Accounts Receivable		2,030
Other current assets		958
Total current assets acquired		5,363
Noncurrent assets:
Property and equipment		519
Goodwill		11,380
Intellectual property rights		2,338			5 years
Customer relationships		4,059			9 years
Trade name		247			5 years
Total assets acquired		23,906
Current liabilities acquired		(4,681	)
Net assets acquired	$	19,225

Factors contributing to the purchase price that resulted in the goodwill (which is not tax deductible) include the acquisition of management, sales, and technology personnel with the skills to market new and existing products of the Company. Pro forma results are not presented because they are not material.

Fiscal 2009 Acquisition

Euronet Essentis Limited

On November 17, 2009, the Company acquired certain intellectual property, trade names, customer contracts and working capital of Euronet Essentis Limited (“Essentis”), a division of Euronet Worldwide, Inc. Essentis, based in Watford, England, is a provider of card issuing and merchant acquiring solutions around the world.

The aggregate purchase price of Essentis was 3.9 million British pounds sterling (approximately $6.6 million), after working capital adjustments as outlined in the purchase agreement. The allocation of the purchase price to specific assets and liabilities was based on the fair value of certain assets.

Factors contributing to the purchase price which resulted in the goodwill (which is tax deductible) include the acquisition of management, sales, and technology personnel with the skills to market new and existing products of the company. Pro forma results are not presented because they are not material.

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Financial Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on Recurring Basis

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
Description	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Equity Securities	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total assets as of December 31, 2010	$	—	$	—	$	—
Equity Securities	$	10,594	$	—	$	—
Total assets as of December 31, 2011	$	10,594	$	—	$	—

XML

International Business Machines Corporation Information Technology Outsourcing Agreement - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Mar. 17, 2008 Outsourcing Agreement	Dec. 31, 2011 Transition Services
Information Technology Outsourcing Agreement [Line Items]
Initial term of outsourcing agreement with IBM				7 years
Expected IT services fees and project costs				$ 116,000,000
Transition services completion period				21 months
Transition services cost, recognized	6,700,000
Transition services expense	100,000
Payment for transition services cost	5,100,000
Datacenter moving costs	200,000
Other noncurrent liabilities		12,534,000	23,430,000		200,000
Accrued and other current liabilities		$ 23,481,000	$ 24,293,000		$ 1,400,000

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Data

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Quarter Ended
	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2011			2011			2011			2011
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Revenues:
Software license fees	$	60,762		$	39,249		$	46,085		$	43,724
Maintenance fees		39,164			36,928			37,195			35,070
Services		21,956			23,770			18,673			15,371
Software hosting fees		13,155			12,202			11,413			10,378
Total revenues		135,037			112,149			113,366			104,543
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees (1)		4,077			3,763			4,136			3,442
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees (1)		27,445			29,996			31,818			29,607
Research and development		20,781			22,481			23,784			23,130
Selling and marketing		20,023			19,814			21,791			19,294
General and administrative		20,191			19,068			15,804			16,362
Depreciation and amortization		5,477			5,759			5,611			5,210
Total expenses		97,994			100,881			102,944			97,045
Operating income		37,043			11,268			10,422			7,498
Other income (expense):
Interest income		676			205			196			238
Interest expense		(1,008	)		(406	)		(374	)		(643	)
Other, net		(714	)		(46	)		260			(302	)
Total other income (expense)		(1,046	)		(247	)		82			(707	)
Income before income taxes		35,997			11,021			10,504			6,791
Income tax expense		12,106			482			704			5,169
Net income	$	23,891		$	10,539		$	9,800		$	1,622
Earnings per share
Basic (2)	$	0.71		$	0.31		$	0.29		$	0.05
Diluted	$	0.70		$	0.31		$	0.29		$	0.05

(1) The cost of software license fees excludes for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

(2) The sum of the earnings per share by qurter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31,2011 due to rounding.

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Quarter Ended
	December 31,			September 30,			June 30,			March 31,
	2010			2010			2010			2010
	(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)			(unaudited)
Revenues:
Software license fees	$	66,039		$	37,804		$	31,399		$	29,317
Maintenance fees		35,414			32,480			34,207			33,422
Services		26,745			15,439			17,187			14,618
Software hosting fees		13,043			11,294			9,630			10,386
Total revenues		141,241			97,017			92,423			87,743
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees (1)		3,322			3,088			3,107			3,074
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees (1)		30,981			28,956			29,303			27,892
Research and development		18,717			18,165			18,798			18,396
Selling and marketing		19,786			17,933			15,989			16,845
General and administrative		20,558			16,341			15,735			17,462
Depreciation and amortization		5,078			5,146			5,125			4,979
Total expenses		98,442			89,629			88,057			88,648
Operating income (loss)		42,799			7,388			4,366			(905	)
Other income (expense):
Interest income		230			185			126			124
Interest expense		(514	)		(418	)		(541	)		(523	)
Other, net		(163	)		(1,556	)		(1,682	)		(214	)
Total other income (expense)		(447	)		(1,789	)		(2,097	)		(613	)
Income (loss) before income taxes		42,352			5,599			2,269			(1,518	)
Income tax expense		15,254			3,263			2,419			571
Net income (loss)	$	27,098		$	2,336		$	(150	)	$	(2,089	)
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic (2)	$	0.82		$	0.07		$	(0.00	)	$	(0.06	)
Diluted (2)	$	0.80		$	0.07		$	(0.00	)	$	(0.06	)

(1) The cost of software license fees excludes charges for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

(2) The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to rounding.

XML

Debt - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended									1 Months Ended					1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Nov. 10, 2011	Dec. 31, 2011 Minimum	Dec. 31, 2011 Maximum	Dec. 31, 2011 Parent Company and Domestic Subsidiaries	Dec. 31, 2011 Foreign Subsidiaries	Dec. 31, 2011 Prior to closing date of acquisition of S1 and until the earlier to occur of the one-year anniversary of such closing date	Dec. 31, 2011 If closing date of acquisition of S1 occurs prior to the one-year anniversary of closing date	Dec. 31, 2011 On and after one-year anniversary of closing date	Nov. 10, 2011 Revolving Credit Facility	Nov. 10, 2011 Term Credit Facility	Sep. 29, 2011 Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility	Nov. 10, 2011 Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility Minimum	Sep. 29, 2011 Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility Minimum	Nov. 10, 2011 Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility Maximum	Sep. 29, 2011 Senior Secured Revolving Credit Facility Maximum
Debt Instrument [Line Items]
Credit facilities, maximum borrowing capacity										$ 250,000,000	$ 200,000,000	$ 100,000,000
Credit facilities, maturity										5 years	5 years	5 years
Senior secured revolving credit facility, maturity date												Sep. 29, 2016
Note payable under credit facility	75,000,000	75,000,000
Debt issuance costs		12,300,000
Payment of debt issuance costs	$ 11,789,000
Credit facility, interest rate description	Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the rate of interest per annum publicly announced by the Administrative Agent as its Prime Rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) a LIBOR based rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for a one-month interest period adjusted for certain additional costs plus 1% or (b) a LIBOR based rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is, based on the calculation of the applicable consolidated total leverage ratio, between 0.50% to 1.50% with respect to base rate borrowings and between 1.50% and 2.50% with respect to LIBOR based borrowings. The initial borrowing rate on November 10, 2011 was set using the 30-day LIBOR rate, effecting a rate of 2.25%. Interest is due and payable monthly.											The Company could select either a base rate loan or a LIBOR based loan. Base rate loans are computed at the highest of (a) the national prime interest rate as announced by Wells Fargo, (b) the sum of the Federal fund rate plus 0.5%, or (c) the LIBOR rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.0%, in each case, plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.25%. LIBOR based loans are computed at the applicable LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.25%. The margins are dependent upon the Company’s total leverage ratio at the end of each quarter. The initial borrowing rate on September 29, 2011 was set using the LIBOR rate option, effecting a rate of 1.74%. Interest was due and payable quarterly
Credit facility, interest rate margin above federal fund rate	0.50%											0.50%
Credit facility, interest rate margin above one-month LIBOR rate	1.00%											1.00%
Credit facility, interest rate margin above base rate			0.50%	1.50%										0.50%		1.25%
Credit facility, interest rate margin above base rate			1.50%	2.50%										1.50%		2.25%
Credit facility, borrowing rate		2.25%										1.74%
Percentage of capital stock pledged as collateral					100.00%	65.00%
Maximum consolidated total leverage ratio							3.50	3.25	3.00
Senior secured revolving credit facility, unused quarterly commitment fee													0.25%		0.40%

XML

Expense (Benefit) for Income Taxes (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Federal
Current									$ 4,150	$ 1,812	$ 9,964
Deferred									6,456	12,352	(3,259)
Total									10,606	14,164	6,705
State
Current									1,649	1,685	1,415
Deferred									621	(725)	(2,356)
Total									2,270	960	(941)
Foreign
Current									5,149	6,366	6,465
Deferred									436	17	1,253
Total									5,585	6,383	7,718
Income tax provision	$ 12,106	$ 482	$ 704	$ 5,169	$ 15,254	$ 3,263	$ 2,419	$ 571	$ 18,461	$ 21,507	$ 13,482

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 197,098	$ 171,310
Billed receivables, net of allowances of $4,843 and $5,738, respectively	93,355	77,773
Accrued receivables	6,693	9,578
Deferred income taxes, net	25,944	12,317
Prepaid expenses	9,454	13,369
Other current assets	9,320	10,462
Total current assets	341,864	294,809
Property and equipment, net	20,479	18,539
Software, net	22,598	25,366
Goodwill	214,144	203,935
Other intangible assets, net	18,343	20,448
Deferred income taxes, net	13,466	28,143
Other noncurrent assets	33,748	10,289
TOTAL ASSETS	664,642	601,529
Current liabilities
Accounts payable	11,532	15,263
Accrued employee compensation	27,955	26,174
Deferred revenue	132,995	121,936
Income taxes payable	10,427	6,181
Alliance agreement liability	20,667	1,917
Note payable under credit facility		75,000
Accrued and other current liabilities	23,481	24,293
Total current liabilities	227,057	270,764
Deferred revenue	32,721	31,045
Note payable under credit facility	75,000
Alliance agreement noncurrent liability		20,667
Other noncurrent liabilities	12,534	23,430
Total liabilities	347,312	345,906
Commitments and contingencies (Note 16)
Stockholders' equity
Preferred stock; $0.01 par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010
Common stock; $0.005 par value; 70,000,000 shares authorized; 40,821,516 shares issued at December 31, 2011 and 2010	204	204
Common stock warrants	24,003	24,003
Treasury stock, at cost, 7,178,427 and 7,548,752 shares outstanding at December 31, 2011 and 2010	(163,411)	(171,676)
Additional paid-in capital	322,654	312,947
Retained earnings	151,141	105,289
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(17,261)	(15,144)
Total stockholders' equity	317,330	255,623
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY	$ 664,642	$ 601,529

XML

Acquisitions - Additional Information (Detail)		12 Months Ended		1 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 New Senior Secured Credit Facilities USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 S1 Corporation USD ($)	Feb. 10, 2012 S1 Corporation Acquisition USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2011 ISD Corporation USD ($)	Mar. 18, 2011 ISD Corporation	Dec. 31, 2009 Euronet Essentis Limited USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2009 Euronet Essentis Limited GBP (£)
Schedule of Business Acquisitions, Purchase Price Allocation [Line Items]
Acquisition cash paid				$ 360,000,000
Acquisition transaction paid in shares				5,800,000
Aggregate purchase price				565,000,000
Purchase price, per share				$ 10.39
Acquisition transaction, cash exchanged per S1 share				$ 10.00
Acquisition transaction, Company's stock exchanged per S1 share				0.3148
Proration of exchange percentage, S1 share for the Company's shares				33.80%
Proration of exchange percentage, S1 share for cash				66.20%
Share price used to calculate cash payment for fractional shares				$ 34.14
Effective date of acquisition				2012-02-13
Acquisition transaction paid in cash	65,000,000
Proceeds from senior bank financing arranged for business acquisition		295,000,000
Costs related to acquisition			6,700,000
Percentage Of ownership interests						100.00%
Net assets acquired					19,225,000		6,574,000	3,900,000
Cash					$ 2,375,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income	$ 45,852	$ 27,195	$ 19,626
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash flows from operating activities
Depreciation	7,541	6,651	6,338
Amortization	20,836	19,696	17,389
Deferred income taxes	7,513	11,644	(4,363)
Stock-based compensation expense	11,254	7,790	7,645
Excess tax benefit of stock options exercised	(1,879)	(140)	114
Other	752	909	943
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of impact of acquisitions:
Billed and accrued receivables, net	(21,348)	14,330	(10,365)
Other current assets	4,076	(818)	68
Other noncurrent assets	(3,166)	(2,259)	1,387
Accounts payable	(4,963)	(2,318)	(1,680)
Accrued employee compensation	1,733	1,483	3,492
Accrued liabilities	803	(7,766)	(8,412)
Current income taxes	6,301	(4,224)	6,029
Deferred revenue	14,809	14,715	8,412
Other current and noncurrent liabilities	(6,652)	(5,580)	(2,406)
Net cash flows from operating activities	83,462	81,308	44,217
Cash flows from investing activities:
Purchases of property and equipment	(10,668)	(4,957)	(2,942)
Purchases of software and distribution rights	(8,309)	(8,209)	(7,529)
Alliance technical enablement expenditures	(1,856)	(6,183)	(6,899)
Purchase of available-for-sale securities	(10,000)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired	(16,850)		(7,047)
Proceeds from transfer of assets under contractual arrangements			1,050
Net cash flows from investing activities	(47,683)	(19,349)	(23,367)
Cash flows from financing activities:
Proceeds from issuance of common stock	1,273	1,132	1,243
Proceeds from exercises of stock options	4,478	3,147	1,811
Excess tax benefit of stock options exercised	1,879	140	88
Repurchases of common stock		(18,624)	(15,000)
Repurchase of restricted stock for tax withholdings	(742)	(562)	(622)
Repayment of revolving credit facility	(75,000)
Proceeds from interim revolving credit facility	75,000
Repayment of interim revolving credit facility	(75,000)
Proceeds from credit agreement	75,000
Payments on debt and capital leases	(3,820)	(1,576)	(1,576)
Distribution to noncontrolling interest		(1,232)
Payment for debt issuance costs	(11,789)
Net cash flows from financing activities	(8,721)	(17,575)	(14,056)
Effect of exchange rate fluctuations on cash	(1,270)	1,009	6,157
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	25,788	45,393	12,951
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	171,310	125,917	112,966
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	197,098	171,310	125,917
Supplemental cash flow information
Income taxes paid, net	19,014	24,928	15,202
Interest paid	$ 1,783	$ 1,663	$ 3,564

XML

Earnings Per Share - Additional Information (Detail) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Earnings Per Share, Basic, by Common Class, Including Two Class Method [Line Items]
Options to purchase shares, contingently issuable shares, and common stock warrants excluded from diluted net income per share computation	3.3	5.4	5.6

XML

Segment Information (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Selected Segment Financial Data

The following is selected segment financial data for the periods indicated (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenues:
Americas	$	245,703		$	221,560		$	222,952
EMEA		164,874			150,525			137,061
Asia/Pacific		54,518			46,339			45,742
	$	465,095		$	418,424		$	405,755
Depreciation and amortization expense:
Americas	$	11,139		$	9,903		$	12,373
EMEA		4,473			3,731			1,954
Asia/Pacific		3,410			3,126			1,300
Corporate		9,355			9,587			8,100
	$	28,377		$	26,347		$	23,727
Stock-based compensation expense:
Americas	$	1,496		$	1,684		$	1,553
EMEA		403			145			291
Asia/Pacific		418			425			429
Corporate		8,937			5,536			5,372
	$	11,254		$	7,790		$	7,645
Operating income (loss):
Americas	$	84,662		$	74,791		$	69,350
EMEA		46,889			43,274			31,083
Asia/Pacific		6,774			(60	)		6,293
Corporate		(72,094	)		(64,357	)		(65,156	)
	$	66,231		$	53,648		$	41,570

Selected Segment Financial Data, Assets

		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Long-lived assets:
Americas — United States	$	225,094	$	189,389
Americas — Other		4,051		4,547
EMEA		56,542		59,494
Asia/Pacific		23,625		25,147
	$	309,312	$	278,577

		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Total assets:
Americas — United States	$	408,038	$	335,457
Americas — Other		26,664		21,254
EMEA		166,997		186,209
Asia/Pacific		62,943		58,609
	$	664,642	$	601,529

Revenues, by Product Line

Following are revenues, by product line (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Retail payments processing	$	289,501	$	255,536	$	255,193
Wholesale banking payments		81,640		86,524		72,608
Payment fraud detection		32,939		22,039		25,521
Card and merchant management		23,130		19,240		15,272
Tools and infrastructure		37,885		35,085		37,161
Total	$	465,095	$	418,424	$	405,755

XML

Stock-Based Compensation Plans - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended				1 Months Ended		1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended					1 Months Ended		12 Months Ended	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended									3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jul. 31, 2007	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Jul. 24, 2007	Aug. 31, 2001 Share Exchange Person	Aug. 01, 2001 Share Exchange	Aug. 31, 2001 Share Exchange Minimum	Aug. 31, 2001 Share Exchange Maximum	Dec. 31, 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 1999	Dec. 31, 2010 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 1999	Dec. 31, 2009 Employee Stock Purchase Plan 1999	Jul. 24, 2007 2005 Stock Incentive Plan	Dec. 31, 2011 Restricted share awards (RSAs)	Dec. 31, 2010 Restricted share awards (RSAs)	Dec. 31, 2009 Restricted share awards (RSAs)	Dec. 31, 2011 Restricted share awards (RSAs) Minimum	Dec. 31, 2011 Restricted share awards (RSAs) Maximum	Aug. 31, 2001 Replacement stock options Share Exchange	Aug. 01, 2001 Replacement stock options Share Exchange	Dec. 31, 2011 1994 Stock Option Plan Year	Aug. 31, 2001 1994 Stock Option Plan Share Exchange	Dec. 31, 2011 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan Year	Dec. 31, 2011 1999 Stock Option Plan Year	Dec. 31, 2011 1996 Stock Option Plan Year	Dec. 31, 2011 LTIP Performance Shares	Dec. 31, 2008 LTIP Performance Shares	Dec. 31, 2011 LTIP Performance Shares Year	Dec. 31, 2010 LTIP Performance Shares	Dec. 31, 2009 LTIP Performance Shares	Sep. 30, 2008 LTIP Performance Shares	Sep. 30, 2007 LTIP Performance Shares	Dec. 31, 2011 LTIP Performance Shares Minimum	Dec. 31, 2010 LTIP Performance Shares Minimum	Dec. 31, 2009 LTIP Performance Shares Minimum	Sep. 30, 2007 LTIP Performance Shares Maximum	Dec. 31, 2011 LTIP Performance Shares 2009 Grant	Dec. 31, 2010 LTIP Performance Shares 2009 Grant	Dec. 31, 2011 LTIP Performance Shares 2010 Grant	Dec. 31, 2010 LTIP Performance Shares 2010 Grant	Dec. 31, 2011 LTIP Performance Shares 2011 Grant	Dec. 31, 2011 Stock Options Year	Dec. 31, 2011 Restricted Stock Year
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Stock option plan expiration date																					2005-03-31		2005-03-31	2009-02-28	2005-03-31
Employee stock purchase plan, amended plan start date					May 01, 2008
Shares of common stock reserved for issuance										1,500,000			5,000,000								1,910,976		250,000	4,000,000	1,008,000
Employee stock purchase plan, amended plan end date					Apr. 30, 2018
Term of outstanding options																					10		10	10	10
Employee participating annual base compensation designated for purchase of common stock, amount										$ 25,000
Shares of common stock reserved for issuance prior to amendment													3,000,000
Stock option vesting period, minimum																								P3Y
Employee participating annual base compensation designated for purchase of common stock, Percentage										10.00%
Stock option vesting period																					4 years				4 years
Stock option vesting period, maximum																								P4Y
Price of common stock purchased under the ESPP, Percentage										85.00%
Employee Stock Purchase Plan Term	10 years												10 years
Shares issued under the ESPP		40,669	57,734	77,011
Incentive plan, weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted		$ 14.00	$ 12.22	$ 8.59
Incentive plan, total intrinsic value of stock options exercised		6,700,000	1,900,000	800,000
Proceeds from exercises of stock options		4,478,000	3,147,000	1,811,000
Actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises		2,500,000	700,000	300,000
Discount offered pursuant to ESPP, Percentage										15.00%
Stock-based compensation expense		11,254,000	7,790,000	7,645,000						200,000	200,000	200,000
Stock-based compensation expenses tax benefits		4,100,000	2,900,000	3,000,000
Total shares of common stock to be exchanged under the exchange program							3,089,100													1,823,000
Restricted Share Awards, vesting increments on the anniversary dates of grants														33.00%	33.00%	25.00%	25.00%	33.00%				25.00%
Exercise prices of options to acquire shares of common stock																			$ 10.04
Awards granted requisite service period														3 years	3 years	4 years	3 years	4 years	18 months
Exercise prices of options to acquire shares of common stock								$ 2.50	$ 45.00
Stock option exchange offer expiration date							Aug. 28, 2001
Number of shares cancelled under option		26,591	106,625	125,606		1,946,550
Number of employees whose shares were cancelled under option						578
Incentive plan, percentage of options expected to vest over the vesting period		94.40%
LTIP Performance Shares, Performance period																												3 years	3 years	3 years		3 years	1 year	1 year	1 year
Expected attainment level for the awards granted, percentage																											0.00%				100.00%					150.00%	200.00%	150.00%	175.00%	100.00%	100.00%
Maximum attainment percentage that may be achieved for LTIP Performance Shares																										200.00%		200.00%	200.00%	200.00%
Additional compensation expense due to revision of expected attainment level for the awards granted																										2,200,000
Restricted shares awards, shares vested														86,325	95,014	115,602
Restricted shares withheld to pay employees' portion of minimum payroll withholding taxes														25,495	30,304	38,167
Unrecognized compensation costs																										$ 13,300,000		$ 13,300,000														$ 7,500,000	$ 1,000,000
Unrecognized compensation costs, weighted-average recognition periods																												2.3														2.2	1.4

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments and Contingencies

16. Commitments and Contingencies

In accordance with ASC 460, Guarantees, the Company recognizes the fair value for guarantee and indemnification arrangements it issues or modifies, if these arrangements are within the scope of the interpretation. In addition, the Company must continue to monitor the conditions that are subject to the guarantees and indemnifications as required under the previously existing generally accepted accounting principles, in order to identify if a loss has occurred. If the Company determines it is probable that a loss has occurred, then any such estimable loss would be recognized under those guarantees and indemnifications. Under its customer agreements, the Company may agree to indemnify, defend and hold harmless its customers from and against certain losses, damages and costs arising from claims alleging that the use of its software infringes the intellectual property of a third-party. Historically, the Company has not been required to pay material amounts in connection with claims asserted under these provisions and accordingly, the Company has not recorded a liability relating to such provisions.

Under its customer agreements, the Company also may represent and warrant to customers that its software will operate substantially in conformance with its documentation and that the services the Company performs will be performed in a workmanlike manner, by personnel reasonably qualified by experience and expertise to perform their assigned tasks. Historically, only minimal costs have been incurred relating to the satisfaction of warranty claims. In addition, from time to time, the Company may guarantee the performance of a contract on behalf of one or more of its subsidiaries, or a subsidiary may guarantee the performance of a contract on behalf of another subsidiary.

Other guarantees include promises to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company’s executive officers, directors and certain other key officers. The Company’s certificate of incorporation provides that it will indemnify, and advance expenses to, its directors and officers to the maximum extent permitted by Delaware law. The indemnification covers any expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by a person, by reason of the fact that such person is or was or has agreed to be a director or officer, in connection with the investigation, defense and settlement of any threatened, pending or completed action, suit, proceeding or claim. The Company’s certificate of incorporation authorizes the use of indemnification agreements and the Company enters into such agreements with its directors and certain officers from time to time. These indemnification agreements typically provide for a broader scope of the Company’s obligation to indemnify the directors and officers than set forth in the certificate of incorporation. The Company’s contractual indemnification obligations under these agreements are in addition to the respective directors’ and officers’ rights under the certificate of incorporation or under Delaware law.

Operating Leases

The Company leases office space and equipment under operating leases that run through October 2028. The leases that the Company has entered into do not impose restrictions as to the Company’s ability to pay dividends or borrow funds, or otherwise restrict the Company’s ability to conduct business. On a limited basis, certain of the lease arrangements include escalation clauses which provide for rent adjustments due to inflation changes with the expense recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. Lease payments subject to inflation adjustments do not represent a significant portion of the Company’s future minimum lease payments. A number of the leases provide renewal options, but in all cases such renewal options are at the election of the Company. Certain of the lease agreements provide the Company with the option to purchase the leased equipment at its fair market value at the conclusion of the lease term.

Total operating lease expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $20.0 million, $17.8 million, and $17.2 million, respectively.

Capital Leases

The Company leases certain property under capital lease agreements that expire during various years through 2014. The long term portion of capital leases is included in long term liabilities. Amortization expense of assets under capital lease is included in depreciation expense.

Aggregate minimum operating lease payments under these agreements in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
	Operating
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Leases
2012		9,007
2013		8,557
2014		7,118
2015		6,428
2016		5,526
Thereafter		31,873
Total minimum lease payments	$	68,509

Aggregate minimum capital lease payments under these agreements in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Capital Leases
2012		1,138
2013		784
2014		176
2015		21
2016		—
Thereafter		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	2,119
Amount representing interest		(161	)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	1,958

Legal Proceedings

From time to time, the Company is involved in various litigation matters arising in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is not currently a party to any legal proceedings, the adverse outcome of which, individually or in the aggregate, the Company believes would be likely to have a material effect on the Company’s financial statements.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation Plans (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Summary of Stock Options Issued under Various Stock Incentive Plans

A summary of stock options issued under the various Stock Incentive Plans previously described and changes is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price ($)		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value of In-the-Money Options ($)
Outstanding, December 31, 2008		3,428,297		$	21.69
Granted		505,183			16.17
Exercised		(150,134	)		12.06
Forfeited		(125,606	)		31.98
Expired		(100,867	)		29.82
Outstanding, December 31, 2009		3,556,873			20.72
Granted		338,950			24.48
Exercised		(235,986	)		13.34
Forfeited		(106,625	)		18.11
Expired		(42,674	)		30.31
Outstanding, December 31, 2010		3,510,538			21.55
Granted		367,202			28.95
Exercised		(361,093	)		12.40
Forfeited		(26,591	)		20.53
Outstanding, December 31, 2011		3,490,056		$	23.28		5.37	$	21,943,485
Exercisable, December 31, 2011		2,289,018		$	22.88		4.62	$	16,297,256

Weighted-Average Assumptions used to Estimate Fair Value of Options Granted using Black-Scholes Option-Pricing Model

The fair value of options granted in the respective fiscal years was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, a pricing model acceptable under ASC 718, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Expected life (years)		5.9			5.9			6.0
Risk-free interest rate		1.4	%		2.3	%		3.0	%
Expected volatility		50.6	%		50.8	%		53.2	%
Expected dividend yield		—			—			—

Summary of Nonvested LTIP Performance Shares

A summary of the nonvested LTIP Performance Shares is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Number of			Weighted-
	Shares at			Average
	Expected			Grant Date
Nonvested LTIP Performance Shares	Attainment			Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2008		—		$	—
Granted		216,150			16.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2009		216,150			16.52
Granted		207,180			26.29
Forfeited or expired		(25,620	)		16.52
Change in expected attainment for 2009 grants		101,325			16.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		499,035			20.57
Granted		237,751			28.94
Forfeited or expired		(36,682	)		18.92
Change in expected attainment for 2009 and 2010 grants		231,468			22.71
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		931,571		$	23.33

Summary of Nonvested RSAs

A summary of nonvested RSAs are as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Restricted			Grant Date
Nonvested Restricted Share Awards	Share Awards			Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2008		462,400		$	17.97
Granted		23,500			16.65
Vested		(115,602	)		17.97
Forfeited or expired		(55,750	)		17.54
Nonvested at December 31, 2009		314,548			17.94
Granted		25,950			22.19
Vested		(95,014	)		17.81
Forfeited or expired		(53,186	)		18.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		192,298			18.42
Granted		6,300			28.95
Vested		(86,325	)		18.31
Forfeited or expired		(12,250	)		17.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		100,023		$	19.29

XML

International Business Machines Corporation Information Technology Outsourcing Agreement

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

International Business Machines Corporation Information Technology Outsourcing Agreement

18. International Business Machines Corporation Information Technology Outsourcing Agreement

On March 17, 2008, the Company entered into a Master Services Agreement (“Outsourcing Agreement”) with IBM to outsource the Company’s internal information technology (“IT”) environment to IBM. Under the terms of the Outsourcing Agreement, IBM provides the Company with global IT infrastructure services including the following services, which services were provided by the Company: cross functional delivery management services, asset management services, help desk services, end user services, server system management services, storage management services, data network services, enterprise security management services and disaster recovery/business continuity plans (collectively, the “IT Services”). The Company retains responsibility for its security policy management and on-demand business operations.

The initial term of the Outsourcing Agreement is seven years, commencing on March 17, 2008. The Company has the right to extend the Outsourcing Agreement for one additional one-year term unless otherwise terminated in accordance with the terms of the Outsourcing Agreement. Under the Outsourcing Agreement, the Company retains the right to terminate the agreement both for cause and for its convenience. However, upon any termination of the Outsourcing Agreement by the Company for any reason (other than for material breach by IBM), the Company will be required to pay a termination charge to IBM, which charge may be material.

The Company pays IBM for the IT Services through a combination of fixed and variable charges, with the variable charges fluctuating based on the Company’s actual need for such services as well as the applicable service levels and statements of work. Based on the currently projected usage of these IT Services, the Company expects to pay $116 million to IBM in service fees and project costs over the initial seven-year term.

In addition, IBM provided the Company with certain transition services required to transition the Company’s IT operations embodied in the IT Services in accordance with a mutually agreed upon transition plan (the “Transition Services”). Transition Services were completed approximately 21 months after the effective date of the Outsourcing Agreement and the Company paid approximately $6.7 million for the Transition Services. These Transition Services were recognized as incurred based on the capital or expense nature of the cost. The Company expensed approximately $0.1 million for Transition Services during the year ended December 31, 2009, that were included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. Of the $6.7 million recognized, approximately $5.1 million has been paid, approximately $1.4 million is included in other current liabilities and $0.2 million is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2011. The Company incurred an additional $0.2 million of datacenter moving costs related to the Transition Services during the year ended December 31, 2009, that are included in general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income. No transition costs were incurred by the Company during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 nor does the Company anticipate any material future transition costs related to the Outsourcing Agreement.

The Outsourcing Agreement has performance standards and minimum services levels that IBM must meet or exceed. If IBM fails to meet a given performance standard, the Company would, in certain circumstances, receive a credit against the charges otherwise due.

Additionally, the Company has the right to periodically perform benchmark studies to determine whether IBM’s price and performance are consistent with the then current market. The Company has the right to conduct such benchmark studies, at its cost, beginning in the second year of the Outsourcing Agreement.

XML

Summary of Nonvested LTIP Performance Shares (Detail) (LTIP Performance Shares, USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
LTIP Performance Shares
Nonvested LTIP Performance Shares
Beginning Balance	499,035	216,150
Granted	237,751	207,180	216,150
Forfeited or expired	(36,682)	(25,620)
Change in expected attainment	231,468	101,325
Ending Balance	931,571	499,035	216,150
Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value
Beginning Balance	$ 20.57	$ 16.52
Granted	$ 28.94	$ 26.29	$ 16.52
Forfeited or expired	$ 18.92	$ 16.52
Change in expected attainment	$ 22.71	$ 16.52
Ending Balance	$ 23.33	$ 20.57	$ 16.52

XML

Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

1. Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Business

ACI Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “ACI” or the “Company”), develop, market, install, and support a broad line of software products and services primarily focused on facilitating electronic payments. In addition to its own products, the Company distributes, or acts as a sales agent for software developed by third parties. These products and services are used principally by financial institutions, retailers, and electronic-payment processors, both in domestic and international markets.

The Company derives a substantial portion of its total revenues from licensing its BASE24 family of software products and providing services and maintenance related to those products. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 43%, 46%, and 46%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues were derived from licensing the BASE24 product line, which does not include the BASE24-eps product, and providing related services and maintenance. A substantial majority of the Company’s licenses are time-based (“term”) licenses.

Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Recently acquired subsidiaries that are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of the date of acquisition include: ISD Corporation (“ISD”) and Euronet Essentis Limited (“Euronet” or “Essentis”) acquired during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, respectively. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

On September 21, 2010, the Company dissolved its partnership in Madrid, Spain with Sistema 4B, S.A. (“Sistema”). As a result, the Company paid Sistema 1.0 million Euros (approximately $1.2 million) during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Capital Stock

The Company’s outstanding capital stock consists of a single class of common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote upon each matter subject to a stockholders vote and to dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors.

Use of Estimates and Risk and Uncertainties

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect its future financial statements and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, risks related to the global financial crisis and the continuing decline in the global economy, restrictions and other financial covenants in our credit facility, volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets and adverse changes in the global economy, consolidations and failures in the financial services industry, the cyclical nature of our revenue and earnings and the accuracy of forecasts due to the concentration of revenue generating activity during the final weeks of each quarter, impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets, exposure to unknown tax liabilities, volatility in our stock price, risks from operating internationally, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates, increased competition, our offshore software development activities, the performance of our strategic product BASE24-eps, our strategy to migrate customers to our next generation products, ratable or deferred recognition of certain revenue associated with customer migrations and the maturity of certain of our products, demand for our products, failure to obtain renewals of customer contracts or to obtain such renewals on favorable terms, delay or cancellation of customer projects or inaccurate project completion estimates, business interruptions or failure of our information technology and communication systems, our alliance with International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), the complexity of our products and services and the risk that they may contain hidden defects or be subjected to security breaches or viruses, compliance of our products with applicable legislation, governmental regulations and industry standards, our compliance with privacy regulations, the protection of our intellectual property in intellectual property litigation, future acquisitions, strategic partnerships and investments and litigation, and the risk that expected synergies, operational efficiencies and cost savings from the S1 acquisition may not be fully realized or realized within the expected timeframe.

Revenue Recognition, Accrued Receivables and Deferred Revenue

Software License Fees. The Company recognizes software license fee revenue in accordance with ASC 605-985, Revenue Recognition: Software. For software license arrangements for which services rendered are primarily related to installation of core software and are not considered essential to the functionality of the software, the Company recognizes revenue upon delivery, provided (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (ii) collection of the fee is considered probable and (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable. In most arrangements, vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value does not exist for the license element; therefore, the Company uses the residual method under ASC 605-985 to determine the amount of revenue to be allocated to the license element. Under ASC 605-985, the fair value of all undelivered elements, such as post contract customer support (maintenance or “PCS”) or other products or services, is deferred and subsequently recognized as the products are delivered or the services are performed, with the residual difference between the total arrangement fee and revenues allocated to undelivered elements being allocated to the delivered element.

When a software license arrangement includes services to provide significant modification or customization of software, those services are considered essential to the functionality of the software and are not separable from the software. These arrangements are accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition: Long Term Construction Type Contracts generally referred to as contract accounting. Under contract accounting, the Company generally uses the percentage-of-completion method. For those contracts subject to percentage-of-completion contract accounting, estimates of total revenue and profitability under the contract consider amounts due under extended payment terms. The Company recognizes revenue under these arrangements based on the lesser of payments that become due or the revenue calculated under the percentage-of-completion method. Under the percentage-of-completion method, the Company records revenue for the software license fee and services over the development and implementation period, with the percentage of completion generally measured by the percentage of labor hours incurred to-date to estimated total labor hours for each contract. In the event project profitability is assured and estimable within a range, percentage-of-completion revenue recognition is computed using the lowest level of profitability in the range. If the range of profitability is not estimable but some level of profit is assured, revenues are recognized to the extent direct and indirect costs are incurred until such time that project profitability can be estimated. In the event some level of profitability cannot be assured, completed-contract accounting is applied. If it is determined that a loss will result from the performance of a contract, the entire amount of the loss is recognized in the period in which it is determined that a loss will result.

For software license arrangements in which a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or when payment terms are significantly beyond the Company’s standard business practice, the software license fee is deemed not to be fixed or determinable. For software license arrangements in which the fee is not considered fixed or determinable, the software license fee is recognized as revenue as payments become due and payable, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. For software license arrangements in which the Company has concluded that collection of the fees is not probable, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. In making the determination of collectability, the Company considers the creditworthiness of the customer, economic conditions in the customer’s industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions.

ASC 605-985 requires the seller of software that includes PCS to establish VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element of the contract in order to account separately for the PCS revenue. The Company establishes VSOE of the fair value of PCS by reference to stated renewals, expressed in dollar terms, or separate sales with consistent pricing of PCS expressed in percentage terms. In determining whether a stated renewal is not substantive, the Company considers factors such as whether the period of the initial PCS term is relatively long when compared to the term of the software license or whether the PCS renewal rate is significantly below the Company’s normal pricing practices. In determining whether PCS pricing is consistent, the Company considers the population of separate sales that are within a reasonably narrow range of the median within the identified market segment over the trailing 12 month period.

ASC 605-985 also requires the seller of software that includes services to establish VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element of the contract in order to account separately for the services revenue. The Company establishes VSOE of the fair value of services by reference to separate sales of comparable services with consistent pricing. In determining whether services pricing is consistent, the Company considers the population of separate sales that are within a reasonably narrow range of the median within the identified market segment over the trailing 12 month period.

For those software license arrangements that include customer-specific acceptance provisions, such provisions are generally presumed to be substantive and the Company does not recognize revenue until the earlier of the receipt of a written customer acceptance, objective demonstration that the delivered product meets the customer-specific acceptance criteria or the expiration of the acceptance period. The Company also defers the recognition of revenue on transactions involving less-established or newly released software products that do not have a history of successful implementation. The Company recognizes revenues on such arrangements upon the earlier of receipt of written acceptance or the first production use of the software by the customer. In the absence of customer-specific acceptance provisions, software license arrangements generally grant customers a right of refund or replacement only if the licensed software does not perform in accordance with its published specifications. If the Company’s product history supports an assessment by management that the likelihood of non-acceptance is remote, the Company recognizes revenue when all other criteria of revenue recognition are met.

For software license arrangements in which the Company acts as a sales agent for another company’s products, revenues are recorded on a net basis. These include arrangements in which the Company does not take title to the products, is not responsible for providing the product or service, earns a fixed commission, or assumes credit risk only to the extent of its commission. For software license arrangements in which the Company acts as a distributor of another company’s product, and in certain circumstances, modifies or enhances the product, revenues are recorded on a gross basis. These include arrangements in which the Company takes title to the products and is responsible for providing the product or service.

For software license arrangements in which the Company utilizes a third-party distributor or sales agent, the Company recognizes revenue on a sell-in basis when business practices and operating history indicate that there is no risk of returns, rebates, or credits and there are no other risks related to the distributor or sales agents ability to honor payment or distribution commitments. For other arrangements in which any of the above factors indicate that there are risks of returns, rebates, or credits or any other risks related to the distributor or sales agents’ ability to honor payment or distribution commitments, the Company recognizes revenue on a sell-through basis.

For software license arrangements in which the Company permits the customer to receive unspecified future software products during the software license term, the Company recognizes revenue ratably over the license term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. For software license arrangements in which the Company grants the customer a right to exchange the original software product for specified future software products with more than minimal differences in features, functionality, and/or price, during the license term, revenue is recognized upon the earlier of delivery of the additional software products or at the time the exchange right lapses. For customers granted a right to exchange the original software product for specified future software products where the Company has determined price, feature, and functionality differences are minimal, the exchange right is accounted for as a like-kind exchange and revenue is recognized upon delivery of the currently licensed product. For software license arrangements in which the customer is charged variable software license fees based on usage of the product, the Company recognizes revenue as usage occurs over the term of the licenses, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Certain of the Company’s software license arrangements include PCS terms that fail to achieve VSOE of fair value due to non-substantive renewal periods, or contain a range of possible non-substantive PCS renewal amounts. As a result of the maturation of certain retail payment engine products, including BASE24, a higher number of software license arrangements in the Americas and EMEA reportable segments fail to achieve VSOE of fair value for PCS due to non-substantive renewal periods, or contain a range of possible non-substantive PCS renewal amounts. For these arrangements, VSOE of fair value of PCS does not exist and revenues for the software license, PCS and services, if applicable, are considered to be one accounting unit and are therefore recognized ratably over the longer of the contractual service term of PCS term once the delivery of both services has commenced. The Company typically classifies revenues associated with these arrangements in accordance with the contractually specified amounts, which approximate fair value assigned to the various elements, including software license fees, maintenance fees and services, if applicable.

This allocation methodology has been applied to the following amounts included in revenues in the consolidated statements of income from arrangements for which VSOE of fair value does not exist for each undelivered element (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Software license fees	$	66,939	$	47,095	$	13,905
Maintenance fees		16,801		10,261		5,273
Services		1,362		4,118		6,513
Total	$	85,102	$	61,474	$	25,691

Maintenance Fees. The Company typically enters into multi-year time-based software license arrangements that vary in length but are generally five years. These arrangements include an initial (bundled) PCS term of one year with subsequent renewals for additional years within the initial license period. For arrangements in which the Company looks to substantive renewal rates or separate sales with consistent pricing to evidence VSOE of fair value of PCS and in which the PCS renewal rate and term are substantive, VSOE of fair value of PCS is determined by reference to the stated renewal rate or by reference to the population of separate sales with consistent pricing. For these arrangements, PCS revenues are recognized ratably over the PCS term specified in the contract. In arrangements where VSOE of fair value of PCS cannot be determined (for example, a time-based software license with a duration of one year or less or when the range of possible PCS renewal amounts is not sufficiently narrow or is significantly below the Company’s normal pricing practices), the Company recognizes revenue for the entire arrangement ratably over the longer of the initial PCS term or the Services term (if any).

For those arrangements that meet the criteria to be accounted for under contract accounting, the Company determines whether VSOE of fair value exists for the PCS element. For those arrangements in which VSOE of fair value exists for the PCS element, PCS is accounted for separately and the balance of the arrangement is accounted for under ASC 605-985. For those arrangements in which VSOE of fair value does not exist for the PCS element all revenue is deferred until such time as the services are complete. Once services are complete, revenue is then recognized ratably over the remaining PCS period.

Services. The Company provides various professional services to customers, primarily project management, software implementation and software modification services. Revenues from arrangements to provide professional services are generally recognized as the related services are performed.

For those arrangements in which services revenue is deferred and the Company determines that the direct costs of services are recoverable, such costs are deferred and subsequently expensed in proportion to the related services revenue as it is recognized. For those arrangements that are accounted for under contract accounting, the Company accumulates and defers all direct and indirect costs allocable to the arrangement. For those arrangements that are not accounted for under contract accounting, the Company accumulates and defers all direct and incremental costs attributable to the arrangement.

Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company adopted on a prospective basis for all new or materially modified arrangements entered into on or after that date, the amended accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and the amended guidance related to the scope of existing software revenue recognition guidance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, nor does the Company expect it to have a material impact on its future financial statements.

A multiple-deliverable arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s); and if delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. If these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as a single unit of accounting which would result in revenue being recognized ratably over the contract term or being deferred until the earlier of when such criteria are met or when the last undelivered element is delivered. If these criteria are met for each, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative selling price. The selling price for each element is based upon the following selling price hierarchy: VSOE if available, third party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

The Company enters into hosting-related arrangements that may consist of multiple service deliverables including initial implementation and setup services; on-going support services; and other services. The Company’s hosted products operate in a highly regulated and controlled environment which requires a highly specialized and unique set of initial implementation and setup services prior to the commencement of hosting-related services. Due to the essential and specialized nature of the implementation and setup services, these services do not qualify as separate units of accounting separate from the hosting service as the delivered services do not have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. The on-going support and other services are considered as separate units of accounting as are add-on products that do not impact the availability of functionality currently in use. The total arrangement consideration is allocated to each of the separate units of accounting based on their relative selling price and revenue is recognized over their respective service periods. As the support and other services periods are the same as the hosting service period, the recognition pattern is similar to what was experienced prior to adopting the amended accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements.

Multiple Arrangements. The Company may execute more than one contract or agreement with a single customer. The separate contracts or agreements may be viewed as one multiple-element arrangement or separate agreements for revenue recognition purposes. The Company evaluates whether the agreements were negotiated as part of a single project, whether the products or services are interrelated or interdependent, whether fees in one arrangement are tied to performance in another arrangement, and whether elements in one arrangement are essential to the functionality in another arrangement in order to reach appropriate conclusions regarding whether such arrangements are related or separate. The conclusions reached can impact the timing of revenue recognition related to those arrangements.

Accrued Receivables. Accrued receivables represent amounts earned that are to be billed in the near future. Included in accrued receivables are services and software hosting revenues earned in the current period but billed in the following period as well as software license fee revenues that are determined to be fixed and determinable but billed in future periods.

Deferred Revenue. Deferred revenue includes amounts currently due and payable from customers, and payments received from customers, for software licenses, maintenance and/or services in advance of recording the related revenue.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents includes holdings in checking, savings, money market and overnight sweep accounts, all of which have daily maturities, as well as time deposits with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to credit risk resulting from the possibility that a loss may occur from the failure of another party to perform according to the terms of a contract. The Company regularly monitors credit risk exposures. Potential concentration of credit risk in the Company’s receivables with respect to the banking, other financial services and telecommunications industries, as well as with retailers, processors, and networks is mitigated by the Company’s credit evaluation procedures and geographical dispersion of sales transactions. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. One customer in the Americas reportable segment accounted for 12.6% of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011.

The Company maintains a general allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience, along with additional customer-specific allowances. The Company regularly monitors credit risk exposures in accounts receivable. In estimating the necessary level of our allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers the aging of accounts receivable, the creditworthiness of customers, economic conditions within the customer’s industry, and general economic conditions, among other factors.

The following reflects activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts receivable (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of period	$	5,738		$	2,732		$	1,920
Provision (recovery) charged to general and administrative expense		(101	)		3,116			1,171
Amounts written off, net of recoveries		(516	)		(110	)		(359	)
Other (1)		(278	)		—			—
Balance, end of period	$	4,843		$	5,738		$	2,732

(1) Amount includes amounts related to the ISD acquisition and the impact of foreign exchange movements in the allowance balance.

Provision (recovery) amounts recorded in general and administrative expenses during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 reflect increases (decreases) in the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon collection experience in the geographic regions in which the Company conducts business, net of collection of customer-specific receivables which were previously reserved for as doubtful of collection.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of these assets is generally computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	September 30,
Computer and office equipment	3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of useful life of improvement or remaining term of lease
Vehicles and other	4-5 years

Assets under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of the asset life or the lease term.

Software

Software may be for internal use or available for sale. Costs related to certain software, which is available for sale, are capitalized in accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, when the resulting product reaches technological feasibility. The Company generally determines technological feasibility when it has a detailed program design that takes product function, feature and technical requirements to their most detailed, logical form and is ready for coding. The Company does not typically capitalize costs related to software available for sale as technological feasibility generally coincides with general availability of the software.

Amortization of software costs to be sold or marketed externally, begins when the product is available for licensing to customers and is determined on a product-by-product basis. The annual amortization shall be the greater of the amount computed using (a) the ratio of current gross revenues for a product to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product or (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, including the period being reported on. Due to competitive pressures, it may be possible that the estimates of anticipated future gross revenue or remaining estimated economic life of the software product will be reduced significantly. As a result, the carrying amount of the software product may be reduced accordingly. Amortization of internal-use software is generally computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three years.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, the Company assesses goodwill for impairment at least annually. During this assessment management relies on a number of factors, including operating results, business plans and anticipated future cash flows. The Company assesses potential impairments to other intangible assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered.

In accordance with ASC 350, the Company assesses goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year using October 1 balances or when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recovered. The Company evaluates goodwill at the reporting unit level and has identified its reportable segments, Americas, Europe/Middle East/Africa (“EMEA”), and Asia/Pacific, as its reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is measured using a discounted cash flow model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Use of a discounted cash flow model is common practice in impairment testing in the absence of available transactional market evidence to determine the fair value.

The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include discount rates, growth rates, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as Company-specific risk factors. Operational management, considering industry and Company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates. If the calculated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of the reporting unit may exist. If the recoverability test indicates potential impairment, the Company calculates an implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value. The calculated fair value was in excess of the current carrying value for all reporting units.

Other intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 18 months to 10 years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset group may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded if the sum of the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of the impairment charge is measured based upon the fair value of the asset group.

Treasury Stock

The Company accounts for shares of its common stock that are repurchased without intent to retire as treasury stock. Such shares are recorded at cost and reflected separately on the consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. The Company issues shares of treasury stock upon exercise of stock options, issuance of restricted share awards, payment of earned performance shares, and for issuances of common stock pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan. For purposes of determining the cost of the treasury shares re-issued, the Company uses the average cost method.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

In accordance with ASC 718 Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation costs for only those shares expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term. The impact of forfeitures that may occur prior to vesting is also estimated and considered in the amount of expense recognized. Forfeiture estimates are revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods when actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Share based compensation expense is recorded in operating expenses depending on where the respective individual’s compensation is recorded. The Company generally utilizes the Black?Scholes option?pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the date of grant. The assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, as well as the description of the plans the stock-based awards are granted under, are described in further detail in Note 13, “Stock-Based Compensation Plans”.

Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Incentive Plan”) during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company granted long-term incentive program performance share awards (“LTIP Performance Shares”) to key employees of the Company including named executive officers. These LTIP Performance Shares are earned, if at all, based upon the achievement, over a specified period that must not be less than one year and is typically a three-year period (the “Performance Period”), of performance goals related to (i) the compound annual growth over the Performance Period in the sales for the Company, as determined by the Company, and (ii) the cumulative operating income over the Performance Period as determined by the Company. In no event will any of the LTIP Performance Shares become earned if the Company’s sales growth or cumulative operating income is below a predetermined minimum threshold level at the conclusion of the Performance Period. Assuming achievement of the predetermined sales growth and cumulative operating income threshold levels, up to 200% of the LTIP Performance Shares may be earned upon achievement of performance goals equal to or exceeding the maximum target levels for the performance goals over the Performance Period. Management must evaluate, on a quarterly basis, the probability that the threshold performance goals will be achieved, if at all, and the anticipated level of attainment in order to determine the amount of compensation costs to record in the consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted restricted share awards (“RSAs”). The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have requisite service periods of three years and vest in increments of 33% on the anniversary of the grant date. The awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, have requisite service periods of four years and vest in increments of 25% on the anniversary of the grant date. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee. The Company estimates the fair value of the RSAs based upon the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. The RSA grants provide for the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, if any, to the participant during the requisite service period (vesting period) and the participant has voting rights for each share of common stock. The Company recognizes compensation expense for RSAs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The Company’s foreign subsidiaries typically use the local currency of the countries in which they are located as their functional currency. Their assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. Translation gains and losses are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transaction gains and losses, including those related to intercompany accounts, that are not considered to be of a long-term investment nature are included in the determination of net income. Transaction gains and losses, including those related to intercompany accounts, that are considered to be of a long-term investment nature are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Since the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested, the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) have not been tax effected.

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company periodically assesses its tax exposures and establishes, or adjusts, estimated unrecognized tax benefits for probable assessments by taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and various foreign and state authorities. Such unrecognized tax benefits represent the estimated provision for income taxes expected to ultimately be paid.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments in ASU 2011-04 change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Some of the amendments clarify FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore, ASU 2011-04 will be effective for the Company’s year beginning January 1, 2012. Adoption of ASU 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Durng the year ended December 31, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. These updates eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and allows two options for presenting the components of net income and other comprehensive income: (1) in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) in two separate but consecutive statements, consisting of a statement of net income followed by a separate statement of other comprehensive income. These updates require retrospective application and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore, they will be effective for the Company’s year beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 will change the manner in which the components of other comprehensive income are presented in the financial statements, but are not expected to have any other material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The amendments under ASU 2011-08 will allow entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for entities to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. Entities will have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of ASU 2011-08 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Billed receivables, allowances	$ 4,843	$ 5,738
Preferred stock, par value	$ 0.01	$ 0.01
Preferred stock, shares authorized	5,000,000	5,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	0	0
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	0	0
Common stock, par value	$ 0.005	$ 0.005
Common stock, shares authorized	70,000,000	70,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	40,821,516	40,821,516
Treasury stock, shares	7,178,427	7,548,752

XML

Other Income/Expense

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Other Income/Expense

11. Other Income/Expense

Other income (expense) is comprised of the following items (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Foreign currency transaction losses	$	(753	)	$	(3,216	)	$	(5,275	)
Loss on interest rate swaps		—			(153	)		(1,640	)
Gain on transfer of assets underunder contractual obligations		—			—			1,049
Other		(49	)		(246	)		(782	)
Total	$	(802	)	$	(3,615	)	$	(6,648	)

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 17, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Document Information [Line Items]
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Trading Symbol	ACIW
Entity Registrant Name	ACI WORLDWIDE, INC.
Entity Central Index Key	0000935036
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Filer Category	Large Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		39,175,561
Entity Public Float			$ 1,120,818,938

XML

Segment Information

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Segment Information

12. Segment Information

The Company’s chief operating decision maker, together with other senior management personnel, currently focus their review of consolidated financial information and the allocation of resources based on reporting of operating results, including revenues and operating income, for the geographic regions of the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific and the Corporate segment. The Company’s products are sold and supported through distribution networks covering these three geographic regions, with each distribution network having its own sales force. The Company supplements its distribution networks with independent reseller and/or distributor arrangements. All administrative costs that are not directly attributable or reasonably allocable to a geographic segment are tracked in the Corporate segment. As such, the Company has concluded that its three geographic regions and its Corporate segment are its reportable operating segments.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company changed its segment operating income reporting measure to exclude certain corporate general and administrative expenses. Previously, corporate expenses were allocated to the segments. In addition, amortization expense on acquired intangibles is no longer allocated to the individual segments. All periods presented have been recast to reflect these changes.

The Company allocates segment support expenses such as global product development, business operations, and product management based upon percentage of revenue per segment. Depreciation and amortization costs are allocated as a percentage of the headcount by segment. The Corporate line item consists of the corporate overhead costs that are not allocated to operating segments. Corporate overhead costs relate to human resources, finance, legal, accounting, merger and acquisition activity and amortization of acquisition-related intangibles and other costs that are not considered when management evaluates segment performance.

The following is selected segment financial data for the periods indicated (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Revenues:
Americas	$	245,703		$	221,560		$	222,952
EMEA		164,874			150,525			137,061
Asia/Pacific		54,518			46,339			45,742
	$	465,095		$	418,424		$	405,755
Depreciation and amortization expense:
Americas	$	11,139		$	9,903		$	12,373
EMEA		4,473			3,731			1,954
Asia/Pacific		3,410			3,126			1,300
Corporate		9,355			9,587			8,100
	$	28,377		$	26,347		$	23,727
Stock-based compensation expense:
Americas	$	1,496		$	1,684		$	1,553
EMEA		403			145			291
Asia/Pacific		418			425			429
Corporate		8,937			5,536			5,372
	$	11,254		$	7,790		$	7,645
Operating income (loss):
Americas	$	84,662		$	74,791		$	69,350
EMEA		46,889			43,274			31,083
Asia/Pacific		6,774			(60	)		6,293
Corporate		(72,094	)		(64,357	)		(65,156	)
	$	66,231		$	53,648		$	41,570

		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Long-lived assets:
Americas — United States	$	225,094	$	189,389
Americas — Other		4,051		4,547
EMEA		56,542		59,494
Asia/Pacific		23,625		25,147
	$	309,312	$	278,577

		September 30,		September 30,
	December 31,
	2011		2010
Total assets:
Americas — United States	$	408,038	$	335,457
Americas — Other		26,664		21,254
EMEA		166,997		186,209
Asia/Pacific		62,943		58,609
	$	664,642	$	601,529

Additionally, the Company offers five primary software product lines that are sold in each of the geographic regions listed above. Following are revenues, by product line (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Retail payments processing	$	289,501	$	255,536	$	255,193
Wholesale banking payments		81,640		86,524		72,608
Payment fraud detection		32,939		22,039		25,521
Card and merchant management		23,130		19,240		15,272
Tools and infrastructure		37,885		35,085		37,161
Total	$	465,095	$	418,424	$	405,755

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 43%, 46%, and 46%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues were derived from licensing the BASE24 product line, which does not include the BASE24-eps product, and providing related services and maintenance.

No country outside of the United States accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, revenues in the United States were approximately $188.0 million, $163.1 million, and $172.7 million, respectively.

XML

Aggregate Minimum Capital Lease Payments (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011
Capital Leases
2012	$ 1,138
2013	784
2014	176
2015	21
2016
Thereafter
Total minimum lease payments	2,119
Amount representing interest	(161)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$ 1,958

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011		Sep. 30, 2011		Jun. 30, 2011		Mar. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010		Sep. 30, 2010		Jun. 30, 2010		Mar. 31, 2010		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010		Dec. 31, 2009
Revenues:
Software license fees	$ 60,762		$ 39,249		$ 46,085		$ 43,724		$ 66,039		$ 37,804		$ 31,399		$ 29,317		$ 189,820		$ 164,559		$ 154,517
Maintenance fees	39,164		36,928		37,195		35,070		35,414		32,480		34,207		33,422		148,357		135,523		130,922
Services	21,956		23,770		18,673		15,371		26,745		15,439		17,187		14,618		79,770		73,989		80,146
Software hosting fees	13,155		12,202		11,413		10,378		13,043		11,294		9,630		10,386		47,148		44,353		40,170
Total revenues	135,037		112,149		113,366		104,543		141,241		97,017		92,423		87,743		465,095		418,424		405,755
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees	4,077	[1]	3,763	[1]	4,136	[1]	3,442	[1]	3,322	[2]	3,088	[2]	3,107	[2]	3,074	[2]	15,418	[2]	12,591	[2]	14,754	[2]
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees	27,445	[1]	29,996	[1]	31,818	[1]	29,607	[1]	30,981	[2]	28,956	[2]	29,303	[2]	27,892	[2]	118,866	[2]	117,132	[2]	112,893	[2]
Research and development	20,781		22,481		23,784		23,130		18,717		18,165		18,798		18,396		90,176		74,076		77,506
Selling and marketing	20,023		19,814		21,791		19,294		19,786		17,933		15,989		16,845		80,922		70,553		61,799
General and administrative	20,191		19,068		15,804		16,362		20,558		16,341		15,735		17,462		71,425		70,096		79,244
Depreciation and amortization	5,477		5,759		5,611		5,210		5,078		5,146		5,125		4,979		22,057		20,328		17,989
Total expenses	97,994		100,881		102,944		97,045		98,442		89,629		88,057		88,648		398,864		364,776		364,185
Operating income	37,043		11,268		10,422		7,498		42,799		7,388		4,366		(905)		66,231		53,648		41,570
Other income (expense):
Interest income	676		205		196		238		230		185		126		124		1,315		665		1,042
Interest expense	(1,008)		(406)		(374)		(643)		(514)		(418)		(541)		(523)		(2,431)		(1,996)		(2,856)
Other, net	(714)		(46)		260		(302)		(163)		(1,556)		(1,682)		(214)		(802)		(3,615)		(6,648)
Total other income (expense)	(1,046)		(247)		82		(707)		(447)		(1,789)		(2,097)		(613)		(1,918)		(4,946)		(8,462)
Income before income taxes	35,997		11,021		10,504		6,791		42,352		5,599		2,269		(1,518)		64,313		48,702		33,108
Income tax expense	12,106		482		704		5,169		15,254		3,263		2,419		571		18,461		21,507		13,482
Net income	$ 23,891		$ 10,539		$ 9,800		$ 1,622		$ 27,098		$ 2,336		$ (150)		$ (2,089)		$ 45,852		$ 27,195		$ 19,626
Earnings per share information Weighted average shares outstanding
Basic																	33,457		33,560		34,368
Diluted																	34,195		33,870		34,554
Earnings per share
Basic	$ 0.71	[3]	$ 0.31	[3]	$ 0.29	[3]	$ 0.05	[3]	$ 0.82	[4]	$ 0.07	[4]	$ 0.00	[4]	$ (0.06)	[4]	$ 1.37		$ 0.81		$ 0.57
Diluted	$ 0.70		$ 0.31		$ 0.29		$ 0.05		$ 0.80	[4]	$ 0.07	[4]	$ 0.00	[4]	$ (0.06)	[4]	$ 1.34		$ 0.80		$ 0.57

[1] The cost of software license fees excludes for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

[2] The cost of software license fees excludes charges for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

[3] The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31,2011 due to rounding.

[4] The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to rounding.

XML

Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Debt

6. Debt

Credit Facility

On November 10, 2011, the Company entered into the Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of financial institutions, as lenders, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as Administrative Agent, providing for revolving loans, swingline loans, letters of credit and a term loan. The Credit Agreement consists of a five-year $250 million senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), which includes a sublimit for the issuance of standby letters of credit and a sublimit for swingline loans, and a five-year $200 million senior secured term loan facility (the “Term Credit Facility” and, together with the Revolving Credit Facility, the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Agreement also allows the Company to request optional incremental term loans and increases in the revolving commitment.

On November 10, 2011, the Company borrowed an aggregate principal amount of $75 million under the Revolving Credit Facility and did not borrow any amount under the Term Credit Facility. In connection with obtaining the credit agreement, the Company incurred debt issue costs of $12.3 million, $11.8 of which were paid as of December 31, 2011 with the remainder accrued in accounts payable.

Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at the Company’s option, either (a) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (1) the rate of interest per annum publicly announced by the Administrative Agent as its Prime Rate, (2) the federal funds effective rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (3) a LIBOR based rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for a one-month interest period adjusted for certain additional costs plus 1% or (b) a LIBOR based rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, in each case plus an applicable margin. The applicable margin for borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility is, based on the calculation of the applicable consolidated total leverage ratio, between 0.50% to 1.50% with respect to base rate borrowings and between 1.50% and 2.50% with respect to LIBOR based borrowings. The initial borrowing rate on November 10, 2011 was set using the 30-day LIBOR rate, effecting a rate of 2.25%. Interest is due and payable monthly.

In addition to paying interest on the outstanding principal under the Credit Facility, the Company is required to pay a commitment fee in respect of the unutilized commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, payable quarterly in arrears, and a ticking fee in respect of the unused portion of the Term Loan Facility, payable on the earlier of the date of the funding of the Term Facility or July 31, 2012. The Company is also required to pay letter of credit fees on the maximum amount available to be drawn under all outstanding letters of credit in an amount equal to the applicable margin on LIBOR based borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility on a per annum basis, payable quarterly in arrears, as well as customary fronting fees for the issuance of letters of credit fees and agency fees.

The Company is permitted to voluntarily reduce the unutilized portion of the commitment amount and repay outstanding loans under the Credit Facility at any time without premium or penalty, other than customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR based loans.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary mandatory prepayment provisions. If certain events, as specified in the Credit Agreement, shall occur, the Company may be required to repay all or a portion of the amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility.

The Credit Facility will mature on the five-year anniversary of the closing date for the Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility will not amortize and the Term Credit Facility will amortize, with principal payable in consecutive quarterly installments. The Company’s obligations and the obligations of the guarantors under the Guaranty and cash management arrangements entered into with lenders under the Credit Facility (or affiliates thereof) are secured by first-priority security interests in substantially all assets of the Company and any guarantor, including 100% of the capital stock of ACI Corporation and each domestic subsidiary of the Company, each domestic subsidiary of any guarantor and 65% of the voting capital stock of each foreign subsidiary of the Company that is directly owned by the Company or a guarantor, in each case subject to certain exclusions set forth in the credit documentation governing the Credit Facility.

The Credit Agreement contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the Company’s ability and, as applicable, the ability of its subsidiaries to: create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any additional indebtedness; create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any liens; enter into agreements and other arrangements that include negative pledge clauses; pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock or subordinated indebtedness; create restrictions on the payment of dividends or other distributions by subsidiaries; make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions; merge, consolidate or enter into any similar combination or sell assets, including equity interests of the subsidiaries; enter into sale and leaseback transactions; directly or indirectly engage in transactions with affiliates; alter in any material respect the character or conduct of the business; enter into amendments of or waivers under subordinated indebtedness, organizational documents and certain other material agreements; hold certain assets and incur certain liabilities; and enter into amendments or modifications of or waivers under the Transaction Agreement, by and among the Company and S1, dated as of October 3, 2011, which provides for the acquisition of S1 by the Company.

The Credit Agreement requires that, at any time that loans or letters of credit are outstanding and as a condition to borrowing, the Company maintain, (i) prior to the closing date of the acquisition of S1 and until the earlier to occur of the one-year anniversary of such closing date, a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio of 3.50:1.00, (ii) if the closing date of the acquisition of S1 occurs prior to the one-year anniversary of the closing date, a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio of 3.25:1.00, and (iii) on and after the one-year anniversary of the closing date, a maximum consolidated total leverage ratio of 3.00:1.00, in each case, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter.

The Credit Agreement also contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. If an event of default, as specified in the Credit Agreement, shall occur and be continuing, the Company may be required to repay all amounts outstanding under the Credit Facility.

Interim Credit Facility

The Company’s previous revolving credit facility expired and was repaid in full on September 29, 2011. On September 29, 2011, the Company entered into a five year senior secured revolving credit facility (the “Facility”) with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (“Wells Fargo”), as lender, which provided revolving loans, swingline loans and letters of credit in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $100 million. The Facility had a maturity date of September 29, 2016 and obligations under the Facility were secured and jointly and severally guaranteed by certain domestic and foreign subsidiaries of the Company.

The Company could select either a base rate loan or a LIBOR based loan. Base rate loans are computed at the highest of (a) the national prime interest rate as announced by Wells Fargo, (b) the sum of the Federal fund rate plus 0.5%, or (c) the LIBOR rate for an interest period of one month plus 1.0%, in each case, plus a margin ranging from 0.50% to 1.25%. LIBOR based loans are computed at the applicable LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.25%. The margins are dependent upon the Company’s total leverage ratio at the end of each quarter. The initial borrowing rate on September 29, 2011 was set using the LIBOR rate option, effecting a rate of 1.74%. Interest was due and payable quarterly.

There was also an unused commitment fee to be paid quarterly of 0.25% to 0.40% based on the Company’s leverage ratio. The initial principal borrowings of $75 million were outstanding through November 10, 2011 at which time the Facility was repaid with borrowings under the new Credit Agreement.

The Facility contained certain affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations on the incurrence of indebtedness, asset dispositions, acquisitions, investments, dividends and other restricted payments, liens and transactions with affiliates. The Facility also contains financial covenants relating to maximum permitted leverage ratio and the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio. At all times during the period the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.

XML

Software and Other Intangible Assets

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Software and Other Intangible Assets

5. Software and Other Intangible Assets

At December 31, 2011, software net book value totaled $22.6 million, net of $54.7 million of accumulated amortization. Included in this amount is software marketed for external sale of $10.3 million. The remaining software net book value of $12.3 million is comprised of various software that has been acquired or developed for internal use.

At December 31, 2010, software net book value totaled $25.4 million, net of $48.1 million of accumulated amortization. Included in this amount is software marketed for external sale of $13.5 million. The remaining software net book value of $11.9 million is comprised of various software that has been acquired or developed for internal use.

Amortization of acquired software marketed for external sale is computed using the greater of the ratio of current revenues to total current and anticipated revenues expected to be derived from the software or the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of generally three to six years. Software for resale amortization expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $6.3 million, $6.0 million, and $5.7 million, respectively. These software amortization expense amounts are reflected in cost of software license fees in the consolidated statements of income. Amortization of software for internal use recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $8.1 million, $7.4 million, and $5.5 million, respectively. These software amortization expense amounts are reflected in depreciation and amortization in the consolidated statements of income.

The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of the Company’s other intangible assets that were subject to amortization at each balance sheet date are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31, 2011							December 31, 2010
	Gross							Gross
	Carrying		Accumulated			Net		Carrying		Accumulated			Net
	Amount		Amortization			Balance		Amount		Amortization			Balance
Customer relationships	$	40,298	$	(23,392	)	$	16,906	$	36,393	$	(18,855	)	$	17,538
Purchased contracts		10,750		(10,023	)		727		10,753		(8,504	)		2,249
Trademarks and tradenames		1,291		(585	)		706		1,062		(422	)		640
Covenant not to compete		80		(76	)		4		83		(62	)		21
	$	52,419	$	(34,076	)	$	18,343	$	48,291	$	(27,843	)	$	20,448

Other intangible assets amortization expense recorded during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 totaled $6.4 million, $6.3 million, and $6.1 million, respectively. Based on capitalized intangible assets at December 31, 2011, and assuming no impairment of these intangible assets, estimated amortization expense amounts in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,
			Other
			Intangible
	Software		Assets
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Amortization		Amortization
2012	$	12,252	$	5,367
2013		5,592		5,120
2014		3,338		3,366
2015		1,262		1,463
2016		154		1,196
Thereafter		—		1,831
Total	$	22,598	$	18,343

XML

International Business Machines Corporation Alliance

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

International Business Machines Corporation Alliance

17. International Business Machines Corporation Alliance

On December 16, 2007, the Company entered into a Master Alliance Agreement (“Alliance”) with IBM relating to joint marketing and optimization of the Company’s electronic payments application software and IBM’s middleware and hardware platforms, tools and services. On March 17, 2008, the Company and IBM entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Alliance (“Amendment No.1” and included hereafter in all references to the “Alliance”), which changed the timing of certain payments to be made by IBM. Under the terms of the Alliance, each party will retain ownership of its respective intellectual property and will independently determine product offering pricing to customers. In connection with the formation of the Alliance, the Company granted warrants to IBM to purchase up to 1,427,035 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $27.50 per share and up to 1,427,035 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $33.00 per share. The warrants are exercisable for five years. At the date of issuance, the Company utilized a valuation model prepared by a third-party to assist management in estimating the fair value of the common stock warrants.

Under the terms of the Alliance, on December 16, 2007, IBM paid the Company an initial non-refundable payment of $33.3 million in consideration for the estimated fair value of the warrants described above. The fair value of the warrants granted, as subsequently determined by an independent third-party appraiser, is approximately $24.0 million and is recorded as common stock warrants in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. The remaining balance of $9.3 million is related to prepaid incentives and other obligations and was recorded in the Alliance agreement liability at December 31, 2007.

During the year ended December 31, 2008, the Company received an additional payment from IBM of $37.3 million in accordance with the terms of Amendment No. 1. This payment has been recorded in the Alliance agreement liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010. This amount represents a prepayment of funding for technical enablement milestones and incentive payments to be earned under the Alliance and related agreements and, accordingly, a portion of this payment is subject to refund by the Company to IBM under certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, $20.7 million is refundable subject to achievement of future milestones. No additional payments were received in 2011 or 2010 relating to Amendment No. 1.

The costs incurred by the Company related to internally developed software associated with the technical enablement milestones were capitalized in accordance with ASC 985-20, Software – Cost of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, when the resulting product reached technological feasibility. Prior to reaching technological feasibility, the costs were expensed as incurred. Reimbursements from IBM for expenditures determined to be direct and incremental to satisfying the technical enablement milestones were used to offset the amounts expensed or capitalized as described above but not in excess of non-refundable cash received. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company incurred $1.9 million, $9.9 million and $11.0 million of costs related to fulfillment of the technical enablement milestones, respectively. The reimbursement of these costs was recorded as a reduction of the Alliance agreement liability and a reduction in capitalizable costs under ASC 985-20 in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and a reduction of operating expenses in the accompanying consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Changes in the Alliance agreement liability were as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
	Alliance
	Agreement
	Liability
Balance, December 31, 2009	$	32,487
Costs related to fulfillment of technical enablement milestones		(9,903	)
Balance, December 31, 2010		22,584
Costs related to fulfillment of technical enablement milestones		(1,917	)
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	20,667

As the Alliance agreement will terminate during the year ended 2012, the entire $20.7 million Alliance agreement liability is classified as short-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2011.

Of the $22.6 million Alliance agreement liability, $1.9 million is short-term and $20.7 million is long-term in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2010.

Revenue will be recognized as sales incentives are earned subject to meeting certain minimum sales targets through December 16, 2013.

On December 16, 2011, the parties determined that the agreement would not be extended beyond its initial five-year term. As a result, the term of the agreement will expire on December 16, 2012.

XML

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

13. Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

Under the Company’s 1999 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”), a total of 1,500,000 shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance to eligible employees. Participating employees are permitted to designate up to the lesser of $25,000, or 10% of their annual base compensation, for the purchase of common stock under the ESPP. Purchases under the ESPP are made one calendar month after the end of each fiscal quarter. The price for shares of common stock purchased under the ESPP is 85% of the stock’s fair market value on the last business day of the three-month participation period. Shares issued under the ESPP during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, totaled 40,669, 57,734, and 77,011, respectively.

Additionally, the discount offered pursuant to the Company’s ESPP discussed above is 15%, which exceeds the 5% non-compensatory guideline in ASC 718 and exceeds the Company’s estimated cost of raising capital. Consequently, the entire 15% discount to employees is deemed to be compensatory for purposes of calculating expense using a fair value method. Compensation cost related to the ESPP for each of the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 was approximately $0.2 million.

On July 24, 2007, the Company’s stockholders approved a proposal to amend the ESPP to extend the term of the ESPP by ten years to April 30, 2018. The term of the amended ESPP commenced May 1, 2008 and continues until April 30, 2018 subject to earlier termination by the Company’s board of directors.

Stock Incentive Plans – Active Plans

The Company has a 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Incentive Plan”), under which shares of the Company’s common stock have been reserved for issuance to eligible employees or non-employee directors of the Company. The 2005 Incentive Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, performance awards and other awards. The maximum number of shares of the Company’s common stock that may be issued or transferred in connection with awards granted under the 2005 Incentive Plan is the sum of (i) 5,000,000 shares and (ii) any shares represented by outstanding options that had been granted under designated terminated stock option plans that are subsequently forfeited, expire or are canceled without delivery of the Company’s common stock.

On July 24, 2007, the stockholders of the Company approved the First Amendment to the 2005 Incentive Plan which increased the number of shares authorized for issuance under the plan from 3,000,000 to 5,000,000 and contained certain other amendments, including an amendment to provide that the exercise price for any options granted under the 2005 Incentive Plan, as amended, may not be less than the market value per share of common stock on the date of grant.

Stock options granted pursuant to the 2005 Incentive Plan are granted at an exercise price not less than the market value per share of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Prior to the adoption of the First Amendment to the 2005 Incentive Plan, stock options granted under the 2005 Incentive Plan were granted with an exercise price not less than the market value per share of common stock on the date immediately preceding the date of grant. Under the 2005 Incentive Plan, the term of the outstanding options may not exceed ten years. Vesting of options is determined by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors, the administrator of the 2005 Incentive Plan, and can vary based upon the individual award agreements.

Performance awards granted pursuant to the 2005 Incentive Plan become payable upon the achievement of specified management objectives. Each performance award specifies: (i) the number of performance shares or units granted, (ii) the period of time established to achieve the management objectives, which may not be less than one year from the grant date, (iii) the management objectives and a minimum acceptable level of achievement as well as a formula for determining the number of performance shares or units earned if performance is at or above the minimum level but short of full achievement of the management objectives, and (iv) any other terms deemed appropriate.

Restricted stock awards granted pursuant to the 2005 Incentive Plan have requisite service periods of three and four years and vest in increments of 33% and 25%, respectively, on the anniversary of the grant date. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee.

Upon adoption of the 2005 Incentive Plan in March 2005, the Board terminated the following stock option plans of the Company: (i) the 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended, (ii) the MDL Amended and Restated Employee Share Option Plan, as amended (iii) the 2000 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan, as amended (iv) the 1997 Management Stock Option Plan, as amended (v) the 1996 Stock Option Plan, as amended; and (vi) the 1994 Stock Option Plan, as amended. Termination of these stock option plans did not affect any options outstanding under these plans immediately prior to termination thereof.

Exchange Program

On August 1, 2001, the Company announced a voluntary stock option exchange program (the “Exchange Program”) offering to exchange all outstanding options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock granted under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, 1996 Stock Option Plan and 1999 Stock Option Plan held by eligible employees or eligible directors for new options under the same option plans by August 29, 2001. The Exchange Program required any person tendering an option grant for exchange to also tender all subsequent option grants with a lower exercise price received by that person during the six months immediately prior to the date the options accepted for exchange are cancelled. Options to acquire a total of 3,089,100 shares of common stock with exercise prices ranging from $2.50 to $45.00 were eligible to be exchanged under the Exchange Program. The offer expired on August 28, 2001, and the Company cancelled 1,946,550 shares tendered by 578 employees. As a result of the Exchange Program, the Company granted replacement stock options to acquire 1,823,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $10.04. The difference between the number of shares cancelled and the number of shares granted relates to options cancelled by employees who terminated their employment with the Company between the cancellation date and regrant date. With the exception of three employee grants, the exercise price of the replacement options was the fair market value of the common stock on the grant date of the new options, which was March 4, 2002 (a date at least six months and one day after the date of cancellation). Under ASC 718, non-cash, stock based compensation expense was recognized for any option for which the exercise price was below the market price on the applicable measurement date. This expense was amortized over the service periods of the options. For three employees, the cancellation of their awards were within the six months and one day waiting period and were, therefore, treated as variable awards when they were reissued on March 4, 2002. Under the variable method, charges are taken each reporting period to reflect increases in the fair value of the stock over the option exercise price until the stock option is exercised or otherwise cancelled. The new shares had a service period of 18 months beginning on the grant date of the new options, except for options tendered by executive officers under the 1994 Stock Option Plan, which vested 25% annually on each anniversary of the grant date of the new options. The Exchange Program was designed to comply with ASC 718 for fixed plan accounting.

Stock Incentive Plans – Terminated Plans with Options Outstanding

The Company had a 2002 Non-Employee Director Stock Option Plan that was terminated in March 2005 whereby 250,000 shares of the Company’s common stock had been reserved for issuance to eligible non-employee directors of the Company. The term of the outstanding options is ten years. All outstanding options under this plan are fully vested.

The Company had a 1999 Stock Option Plan, as amended, that expired in February 2009 whereby 4,000,000 shares of the Company’s common stock had been reserved for issuance to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The term of the outstanding options is 10 years. The options generally vest annually over a period of three or four years. All outstanding options under this plan are fully vested.

The Company had a 1996 Stock Option Plan that was terminated in March 2005 whereby 1,008,000 shares of the Company’s common stock had been reserved for issuance to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries and non-employee members of the board of directors. The term of the outstanding options is ten years. The options generally vest annually over a period of four years.

The Company had a 1994 Stock Option Plan that was terminated in March 2005 whereby 1,910,976 shares of the Company’s common stock had been reserved for issuance to eligible employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The term of the outstanding options is ten years. The stock options vest ratably over a period of four years.

A summary of stock options issued under the various Stock Incentive Plans previously described and changes is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Number of Shares			Weighted- Average Exercise Price ($)		Weighted- Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)		Aggregate Intrinsic Value of In-the-Money Options ($)
Outstanding, December 31, 2008		3,428,297		$	21.69
Granted		505,183			16.17
Exercised		(150,134	)		12.06
Forfeited		(125,606	)		31.98
Expired		(100,867	)		29.82
Outstanding, December 31, 2009		3,556,873			20.72
Granted		338,950			24.48
Exercised		(235,986	)		13.34
Forfeited		(106,625	)		18.11
Expired		(42,674	)		30.31
Outstanding, December 31, 2010		3,510,538			21.55
Granted		367,202			28.95
Exercised		(361,093	)		12.40
Forfeited		(26,591	)		20.53
Outstanding, December 31, 2011		3,490,056		$	23.28		5.37	$	21,943,485
Exercisable, December 31, 2011		2,289,018		$	22.88		4.62	$	16,297,256

At December 31, 2011, we expect that 94.4% of options granted will vest over the vesting period.

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $14.00, $12.22, and $8.59, respectively. The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $6.7 million, $1.9 million, and $0.8 million, respectively.

The fair value of options granted in the respective fiscal years was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, a pricing model acceptable under ASC 718, with the following weighted-average assumptions:

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Expected life (years)		5.9			5.9			6.0
Risk-free interest rate		1.4	%		2.3	%		3.0	%
Expected volatility		50.6	%		50.8	%		53.2	%
Expected dividend yield		—			—			—

Expected volatilities are based on the Company’s historical common stock volatility derived from historical stock price data for historic periods commensurate with the options’ expected life. The expected life of options granted represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding. The Company used the simplified method for determining the expected life as permitted under ASC 718. The simplified method was used as the historical data did not provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate the expected term. This is due to the extended period during which individuals were unable to exercise options while the Company was not current with its filings with the SEC. The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield currently available on United States Treasury zero coupon issues with a term equal to the expected life at the date of grant of the options. The expected dividend yield is zero as the Company has historically paid no dividends and does not anticipate dividends to be paid in the future.

During the year ended September 30, 2007, pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted long-term incentive program performance share awards (“LTIP Performance Shares”). These LTIP Performance Shares would have been earned based upon the achievement, over a three-year performance period, of performance goals related to (i) the compound annual growth over the performance period in the Company’s 60-month backlog as determined and defined by the Company, (ii) the compound annual growth over the performance period in the diluted earnings per share as reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements, and (iii) the compound annual growth over the performance period in the total revenues as reported in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. In no event would any of the LTIP Performance Shares become earned if the Company’s earnings per share was below a predetermined minimum threshold level at the conclusion of the performance period. Assuming achievement of the predetermined minimum earnings per share threshold level, up to 150% of the LTIP Performance Shares could have been earned upon achievement of performance goals equal to or exceeding the maximum target levels for compound annual growth over the performance period in the Company’s 60-month backlog, diluted earnings per share and total revenues. Management evaluated, on a quarterly basis, the probability that the target performance goals would be achieved, if at all, and the anticipated level of attainment in order to determine the amount of compensation costs to record in the consolidated financial statements.

Through September 30, 2008, the Company had accrued compensation costs assuming an attainment level of 100% for the awards granted during the year ended September 30, 2007. During the three months ended December 31, 2008, the Company changed the expected attainment to 0% based upon revised forecasted diluted earnings per share, which the Company did not expect to achieve the predetermined earnings per share minimum threshold level required for the LTIP Performance Shares granted in 2007 to be earned. As the performance goals were considered improbable of achievement, the Company reversed compensation costs related to the awards granted in fiscal 2007 during the three months ended December 31, 2008. These awards expired on December 31, 2009 without vesting.

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted LTIP Performance Shares. These LTIP Performance Shares are earned, if at all, based upon the achievement, over a specified period that must not be less than one year and is typically a three-year performance period, of performance goals related to (i) the compound annual growth over the performance period in the sales for the Company as determined by the Company, and (ii) the cumulative operating income over the performance period as determined by the Company. In no event will any of the LTIP Performance Shares become earned if the Company’s sales growth or cumulative operating income is below a predetermined minimum threshold level at the conclusion of the performance period. Assuming achievement of the predetermined sales growth and cumulative operating income threshold levels, up to 200% of the LTIP Performance Shares may be earned upon achievement of performance goals equal to or exceeding the maximum target levels for the performance goals over the performance period. Management must evaluate, on a quarterly basis, the probability that the threshold performance goals will be achieved, if at all, and the anticipated level of attainment in order to determine the amount of compensation costs to record in the consolidated financial statements.

During the fourth quarter of the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company revised the expected attainment for the awards granted in fiscal 2009 from 150% to 200% and the revised the awards granted in fiscal 2010 from 100% to 175% due to changes in forecasted sales and operating income. This change resulted in additional compensation expense of approximately $2.2 million. The expected attainment level for the awards granted in fiscal 2011 is 100%.

A summary of the nonvested LTIP Performance Shares is as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Number of			Weighted-
	Shares at			Average
	Expected			Grant Date
Nonvested LTIP Performance Shares	Attainment			Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2008		—		$	—
Granted		216,150			16.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2009		216,150			16.52
Granted		207,180			26.29
Forfeited or expired		(25,620	)		16.52
Change in expected attainment for 2009 grants		101,325			16.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		499,035			20.57
Granted		237,751			28.94
Forfeited or expired		(36,682	)		18.92
Change in expected attainment for 2009 and 2010 grants		231,468			22.71
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		931,571		$	23.33

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted restricted share awards (“RSAs”). The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have requisite service periods of three years and vest in increments of 33% on the anniversary of the grant dates. The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2009, have a requisite service period of four years and vest in increments of 25% on the anniversary of the grant dates. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee. The Company estimates the fair value of the RSAs based upon the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. The RSA grants provide for the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, if any, to the participant during the requisite service period (vesting period) and the participant has voting rights for each share of common stock. The Company recognizes compensation expense for RSAs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

A summary of nonvested RSAs are as follows:

		September 30,			September 30,
	Restricted			Grant Date
Nonvested Restricted Share Awards	Share Awards			Fair Value
Nonvested at December 31, 2008		462,400		$	17.97
Granted		23,500			16.65
Vested		(115,602	)		17.97
Forfeited or expired		(55,750	)		17.54
Nonvested at December 31, 2009		314,548			17.94
Granted		25,950			22.19
Vested		(95,014	)		17.81
Forfeited or expired		(53,186	)		18.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2010		192,298			18.42
Granted		6,300			28.95
Vested		(86,325	)		18.31
Forfeited or expired		(12,250	)		17.52
Nonvested at December 31, 2011		100,023		$	19.29

During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company had 86,325, 95,014 and 115,602 RSA shares vest, respectively. The Company withheld 25,495, 30,304, and 38,167 of those respective shares to pay the employees’ portion of the minimum payroll withholding taxes.

As of December 31, 2011, there were unrecognized compensation costs of $7.5 million related to nonvested stock options that the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years. As of December 31, 2011, there were unrecognized compensation costs of $1.0 million related to nonvested RSAs that the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 1.4 years. As of December 31, 2011, there were unrecognized compensation costs of $13.3 million related to nonvested LTIPs that the Company expects to recognize over a weighted-average period of 2.3 years.

The Company recorded stock-based compensation expenses recognized under ASC 718 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 related to stock options, LTIP Performance Shares, RSAs, and the ESPP of $11.3 million, $7.8 million, and $7.6 million, respectively, with corresponding tax benefits of $4.1 million, $2.9 million, and $3.0 million, respectively. Tax benefits in excess of the option’s grant date fair value are classified as financing cash flows. Estimated forfeiture rates, stratified by employee classification, have been included as part of the Company’s calculations of compensation costs. The Company recognizes compensation costs for stock option awards which vest with the passage of time with only service conditions on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Cash received from option exercises for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 was $4.5 million, $3.1 million, and $1.8 million, respectively. The actual tax benefit realized for the tax deductions from option exercises totaled $2.5 million, $0.7 million, and $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009, respectively.

XML

Quarterly Financial Data (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended																12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011		Sep. 30, 2011		Jun. 30, 2011		Mar. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010		Sep. 30, 2010		Jun. 30, 2010		Mar. 31, 2010		Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010		Dec. 31, 2009
Revenues:
Software license fees	$ 60,762		$ 39,249		$ 46,085		$ 43,724		$ 66,039		$ 37,804		$ 31,399		$ 29,317		$ 189,820		$ 164,559		$ 154,517
Maintenance fees	39,164		36,928		37,195		35,070		35,414		32,480		34,207		33,422		148,357		135,523		130,922
Services	21,956		23,770		18,673		15,371		26,745		15,439		17,187		14,618		79,770		73,989		80,146
Software hosting fees	13,155		12,202		11,413		10,378		13,043		11,294		9,630		10,386		47,148		44,353		40,170
Total revenues	135,037		112,149		113,366		104,543		141,241		97,017		92,423		87,743		465,095		418,424		405,755
Expenses:
Cost of software license fees	4,077	[1]	3,763	[1]	4,136	[1]	3,442	[1]	3,322	[2]	3,088	[2]	3,107	[2]	3,074	[2]	15,418	[2]	12,591	[2]	14,754	[2]
Cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees	27,445	[1]	29,996	[1]	31,818	[1]	29,607	[1]	30,981	[2]	28,956	[2]	29,303	[2]	27,892	[2]	118,866	[2]	117,132	[2]	112,893	[2]
Research and development	20,781		22,481		23,784		23,130		18,717		18,165		18,798		18,396		90,176		74,076		77,506
Selling and marketing	20,023		19,814		21,791		19,294		19,786		17,933		15,989		16,845		80,922		70,553		61,799
General and administrative	20,191		19,068		15,804		16,362		20,558		16,341		15,735		17,462		71,425		70,096		79,244
Depreciation and amortization	5,477		5,759		5,611		5,210		5,078		5,146		5,125		4,979		22,057		20,328		17,989
Total expenses	97,994		100,881		102,944		97,045		98,442		89,629		88,057		88,648		398,864		364,776		364,185
Operating income (loss)	37,043		11,268		10,422		7,498		42,799		7,388		4,366		(905)		66,231		53,648		41,570
Other income (expense):
Interest income	676		205		196		238		230		185		126		124		1,315		665		1,042
Interest expense	(1,008)		(406)		(374)		(643)		(514)		(418)		(541)		(523)		(2,431)		(1,996)		(2,856)
Other, net	(714)		(46)		260		(302)		(163)		(1,556)		(1,682)		(214)		(802)		(3,615)		(6,648)
Total other income (expense)	(1,046)		(247)		82		(707)		(447)		(1,789)		(2,097)		(613)		(1,918)		(4,946)		(8,462)
Income (loss) before income taxes	35,997		11,021		10,504		6,791		42,352		5,599		2,269		(1,518)		64,313		48,702		33,108
Income tax expense	12,106		482		704		5,169		15,254		3,263		2,419		571		18,461		21,507		13,482
Net income (loss)	$ 23,891		$ 10,539		$ 9,800		$ 1,622		$ 27,098		$ 2,336		$ (150)		$ (2,089)		$ 45,852		$ 27,195		$ 19,626
Earnings (loss) per share
Basic	$ 0.71	[3]	$ 0.31	[3]	$ 0.29	[3]	$ 0.05	[3]	$ 0.82	[4]	$ 0.07	[4]	$ 0.00	[4]	$ (0.06)	[4]	$ 1.37		$ 0.81		$ 0.57
Diluted	$ 0.70		$ 0.31		$ 0.29		$ 0.05		$ 0.80	[4]	$ 0.07	[4]	$ 0.00	[4]	$ (0.06)	[4]	$ 1.34		$ 0.80		$ 0.57

[1] The cost of software license fees excludes for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

[2] The cost of software license fees excludes charges for depreciation but includes amortization of purchased and developed software for resale. The cost of maintenance, services and hosting fees excludes charges for depreciation.

[3] The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31,2011 due to rounding.

[4] The sum of the earnings per share by quarter does not agree to the earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 due to rounding.

XML

Common Stock and Treasury Stock

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Common Stock and Treasury Stock

9. Common Stock and Treasury Stock

The Company’s board of directors has approved a stock repurchase program authorizing the Company, from time to time as market and business conditions warrant, to acquire up to $210 million of its common stock. Under the program to date, the Company has purchased 8,082,180 shares for approximately $187.1 million. The Company did not repurchase shares under this program during the year ended December 31, 2011. The maximum remaining dollar value of shares authorized for purchase under the stock repurchase program was approximately $22.9 million as of December 31, 2011. Subsequent to December 31, 2011, in February 2012, the Company’s board of directors approved an increase of $52.1 million to their current stock repurchase authorization, bringing the total authorization to $262.1 million, of which $75 million remains available.

During the year ended September 30, 2006, the Company began to issue shares of treasury stock upon exercise of stock options, payment of earned performance shares, issuance of restricted stock awards and for issuances of common stock pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan. Treasury shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2009 included 150,134 and 23,500 shares issued pursuant to stock option exercises and restricted share award grants, respectively. Treasury shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2010 included 235,986 and 25,950 shares issued pursuant to stock option exercises and restricted share award grants, respectively. Treasury shares issued during the year ended December 31, 2011 included 361,093 and 6,300 shares issued pursuant to stock option exercises and restricted share award grants, respectively.

XML

Other Income (Expense) (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Component of Other Expense, Nonoperating [Line Items]
Foreign currency transaction losses									$ (753)	$ (3,216)	$ (5,275)
Loss on interest rate swaps										(153)	(1,640)
Gain on transfer of assets under contractual obligations											1,049
Other									(49)	(246)	(782)
Total	$ (714)	$ (46)	$ 260	$ (302)	$ (163)	$ (1,556)	$ (1,682)	$ (214)	$ (802)	$ (3,615)	$ (6,648)

XML

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

7. Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

The Company had two interest rate swaps that terminated on October 4, 2010. Neither swap qualified for hedge accounting. Accordingly, the loss resulting from the change in the fair value of the interest rate swaps of $0.2 million and $1.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is reflected as expense in other income (expense), net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.

XML

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

8. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, for financial assets and financial liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

• Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

• Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

• Level 3 Inputs—Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

Available-for-Sales Securities. Equity securities are reported at fair value utilizing Level 1 inputs. The Company’s equity securities are comprised entirely of S1 Corporation common stock. The Company utilizes quoted prices from an active exchange market to fair value its equity securities.

The equity securities are accounted for as available-for-sale securities and are included in other noncurrent assets in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.

The Company looks at its classifications within the fair value hierarchy at each reporting period. There were no transfers between any levels of the fair value hierarchy during the periods presented in the table below.

The following table summarizes financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
	Quoted Prices
	in Active		Significant
	Markets for		Other		Significant
	Identical		Observable		Unobservable
	Assets		Inputs		Inputs
Description	(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
Equity Securities	$	—	$	—	$	—
Total assets as of December 31, 2010	$	—	$	—	$	—
Equity Securities	$	10,594	$	—	$	—
Total assets as of December 31, 2011	$	10,594	$	—	$	—

Certain non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include reporting units measured at fair value in the first step of a goodwill impairment test. Certain non-financial assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, as well as intangible assets and other non-financial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

The Company pays interest monthly on its Revolving Credit Facility based upon the LIBOR rate plus a margin ranging from 1.50% to 2.50%, the margin being dependent upon the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio at the end of the quarter. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of the Company’s revolving credit facility approximates its carrying value.

XML

Earnings Per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Earnings Per Share

10. Earnings Per Share

Earnings per share is computed in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of weighted average outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of basic weighted average outstanding common shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options and other outstanding dilutive securities.

The following table reconciles the average share amounts used to compute both basic and diluted earnings per share (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Weighted average share outstanding:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding		33,457		33,560		34,368
Add: Dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards and other dilutive securities		738		310		186
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding		34,195		33,870		34,554

For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, 3.3 million, 5.4 million and 5.6 million, respectively, options to purchase shares, contingently issuable shares, and common stock warrants were excluded from the diluted net income per share computation as their effect would be anti-dilutive.

XML

Segment Information - Additional Information (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 135,037	$ 112,149	$ 113,366	$ 104,543	$ 141,241	$ 97,017	$ 92,423	$ 87,743	$ 465,095	$ 418,424	$ 405,755
Geographic Concentration Risk
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of revenues									No country outside of the United States accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.	No country outside of the United States accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.	No country outside of the United States accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009.
Customer Concentration Risk
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of revenues									No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2011.	No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2010.	No single customer accounted for more than 10% of the Company's consolidated revenues during the years ended December 31, 2009.
Americas - United States
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Revenues									$ 188,000	$ 163,100	$ 172,700
BASE24
Segment Reporting Information [Line Items]
Percentage of total revenues from licensing BASE24 product line									43.00%	46.00%	46.00%

XML

Summary of Stock Options Issued under Various Stock Incentive Plans (Detail) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 Year	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Number of Shares
Beginning Balance	3,510,538	3,556,873	3,428,297
Granted	367,202	338,950	505,183
Exercised	(361,093)	(235,986)	(150,134)
Forfeited	(26,591)	(106,625)	(125,606)
Expired		(42,674)	(100,867)
Ending Balance	3,490,056	3,510,538	3,556,873
Number of Shares Exercisable, Ending Balance	2,289,018
Weighted Average Exercise Price
Beginning Balance	$ 21.55	$ 20.72	$ 21.69
Granted	$ 28.95	$ 24.48	$ 16.17
Exercised	$ 12.40	$ 13.34	$ 12.06
Forfeited	$ 20.53	$ 18.11	$ 31.98
Expired		$ 30.31	$ 29.82
Ending Balance	$ 23.28	$ 21.55	$ 20.72
Weighted Average Exercise Price Exercisable, Ending Balance	$ 22.88
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years)
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years), Outstanding as of end of year	5.37
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (Years), Exercisable as of end of year	4.62
Aggregate Intrinsic Value of In-the-Money Options
Aggregate Intrinsic Value of In-the-Money Options, Outstanding as of end of year	$ 21,943,485
Aggregate Intrinsic Value of In-the-Money Options, Exercisable as of end of year	$ 16,297,256

XML

Revenues, by Product Line (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	3 Months Ended								12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Sep. 30, 2011	Jun. 30, 2011	Mar. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Sep. 30, 2010	Jun. 30, 2010	Mar. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenues	$ 135,037	$ 112,149	$ 113,366	$ 104,543	$ 141,241	$ 97,017	$ 92,423	$ 87,743	$ 465,095	$ 418,424	$ 405,755
Retail payments processing
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenues									289,501	255,536	255,193
Wholesale banking payments
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenues									81,640	86,524	72,608
Payment fraud detection
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenues									32,939	22,039	25,521
Card and merchant management
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenues									23,130	19,240	15,272
Tools and infrastructure
Revenue from External Customer [Line Items]
Revenues									$ 37,885	$ 35,085	$ 37,161

XML

Other Income/Expense (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Other Income/Expense

Other income (expense) is comprised of the following items (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Foreign currency transaction losses	$	(753	)	$	(3,216	)	$	(5,275	)
Loss on interest rate swaps		—			(153	)		(1,640	)
Gain on transfer of assets underunder contractual obligations		—			—			1,049
Other		(49	)		(246	)		(782	)
Total	$	(802	)	$	(3,615	)	$	(6,648	)

XML

Carrying Amount and Accumulated Amortization of Other Intangible Assets (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	$ 52,419	$ 48,291
Accumulated Amortization	(34,076)	(27,843)
Net Balance	18,343	20,448
Customer relationships
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	40,298	36,393
Accumulated Amortization	(23,392)	(18,855)
Net Balance	16,906	17,538
Purchased contracts
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	10,750	10,753
Accumulated Amortization	(10,023)	(8,504)
Net Balance	727	2,249
Trademarks and tradenames
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	1,291	1,062
Accumulated Amortization	(585)	(422)
Net Balance	706	640
Covenant not to compete
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets [Line Items]
Gross Carrying Amount	80	83
Accumulated Amortization	(76)	(62)
Net Balance	$ 4	$ 21

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Taxes

15. Income Taxes

For financial reporting purposes, income before income taxes includes the following components (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
United States	$	47,099	$	44,400	$	22,020
Foreign		17,214		4,302		11,088
Total	$	64,313	$	48,702	$	33,108

The expense (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010			2009
Federal
Current	$	4,150	$	1,812		$	9,964
Deferred		6,456		12,352			(3,259	)
Total		10,606		14,164			6,705
State
Current		1,649		1,685			1,415
Deferred		621		(725	)		(2,356	)
Total		2,270		960			(941	)
Foreign
Current		5,149		6,366			6,465
Deferred		436		17			1,253
Total		5,585		6,383			7,718
Total	$	18,461	$	21,507		$	13,482

Differences between the income tax expense (benefit) computed at the statutory federal income tax rate and per the consolidated statements of income are summarized as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Tax expense at federal rate of 35%	$	22,510		$	17,045		$	11,588
State income taxes, net of federal benefit		1,475			695			(293	)
Change in valuation allowance		251			(1,587	)		(723	)
Foreign tax rate differential		(1,572	)		1,304			3,499
Tax reserve increase (decrease)		(1,882	)		328			(840	)
Effect of intellectual property transfer		(2,100	)		2,200			2,200
Tax effect of foreign operations		373			919			(742	)
Other		(594	)		603			(1,207	)
Income tax provision	$	18,461		$	21,507		$	13,482

Prior year amounts reflected in the above table have been expanded into additional categories for enhanced disclosure.

The countries having the greatest impact on the tax rate adjustment line shown in the above table as “Foreign tax rate differential” for the year ended December 31, 2011 are Canada, Ireland and United Kingdom. The countries having the greatest impact on the tax rate adjustment line shown in the above table as “Foreign tax rate differential” for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are Ireland and United Kingdom.

The deferred tax assets and liabilities result from differences in the timing of the recognition of certain income and expense items for tax and financial accounting purposes. The sources of these differences at each balance sheet date are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,
	December 31,
	2011			2010
Current net deferred tax assets:
Allowance for uncollectible accounts	$	1,184		$	1,414
Deferred revenue		9,170			4,622
Alliance deferred costs		8,287			(203	)
Deferred acquisition costs		2,480			—
Compensation		6,364			6,268
Other		999			1,250
Total current deferred tax assets		28,484			13,351
Less: valuation allowance		(2,540	)		(1,034	)
Net current deferred tax assets	$	25,944		$	12,317
Noncurrent net deferred tax assets:
Noncurrent deferred tax assets
Foreign tax credits	$	2,260		$	6,706
General business credits		125			1,246
Stock based compensation		12,785			9,921
Foreign net operating loss carryforwards		3,217			4,612
Capital loss carryforwards		3,221			3,259
Deferred revenue		3,913			8,394
Alliance deferred costs		87			9,962
U.S. net operating loss carryforwards		1,783			—
Other		209			276
Total noncurrent deferred tax assets		27,600			44,376
Noncurrent deferred tax liabilities
Depreciation and amortization		(8,539	)		(9,415	)
Total noncurrent deferred tax liabilities		(8,539	)		(9,415	)
Less: valuation allowance		(5,595	)		(6,818	)
Net noncurrent deferred tax assets	$	13,466		$	28,143

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. The Company considers projected future taxable income, carryback opportunities and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over the periods which the deferred tax assets are deductible, the Company believes it is more likely than not that it will realize the benefits of these deductible differences, net of the valuation allowances recorded. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company increased its valuation allowance by $0.3 million.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had domestic tax net operating losses (“NOLs”) of $6.0 million which will begin to expire in 2025. The Company had foreign tax NOLs of $12.8 million, of which $11.3 million may be utilized over an indefinite life, with the remainder expiring over the next 12 years. The Company has provided a $2.7 million valuation allowance against the tax benefit associated with the foreign NOLs.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had domestic capital loss carryforwards of $8.9 million for which a full valuation allowance has been provided. The Company had foreign capital loss carryforwards for tax purposes of $0.5 million for which a full valuation allowance has been provided. The domestic losses expire in 2014 and the foreign capital losses are available indefinitely to offset future capital gains.

The Company had U.S. foreign tax credit carryforwards at December 31, 2011 of $0.5 million, for which a full valuation allowance has been provided. The U.S. foreign tax credits will begin to expire in 2014. The Company also had domestic general business credit carryforwards at December 31, 2011 of $0.1 million relating to the pre-acquisition periods of acquired companies, which will begin to expire in 2020.

At December 31, 2011, the Company had tax credits associated with various foreign subsidiaries of $1.4 million. The Company has provided a $1.0 million valuation allowance related to these tax credits.

The unrecognized tax benefit at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 was $4.0 million and $8.4 million, respectively, all of which is included in other noncurrent liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet. Of these amounts, $3.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively, represent the net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective income tax rate in respective years.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31 is as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at beginning of year	$	8,414		$	10,916		$	11,535
Increases for tax positions of prior years		—			398			5,469
Decreases for tax positions of prior years		(310	)		—			(4,327	)
Increases for tax positions established for the current period		750			421			19
Decreases for settlements with taxing authorities		(36	)		(3,000	)		(299	)
Reductions resulting from lapse of applicable statute of limitation		(4,678	)		(308	)		(1,602	)
Adjustment resulting from foreign currency translation		(128	)		(13	)		121
Balance of unrecognized tax benefits at end of year	$	4,012		$	8,414		$	10,916

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, various state and local jurisdictions, and many foreign jurisdictions. The U.S., United Kingdom and Canada are the main taxing jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The years open for audit vary depending on the tax jurisdiction. In the U.S., the Company’s tax returns for years following 2007 are open for audit. In the United Kingdom, the Company’s tax returns for the years following 2009 are open for audit, while in Canada, the Company’s tax returns for years following fiscal year 2004 are open for audit.

The Company’s Canadian income tax returns covering fiscal years 2006 and 2007 are under audit by the Canada Revenue Agency. The Company’s Indian income tax returns covering fiscal years 2002 through 2006, plus 2010 are under audit by the Indian tax authority. Other foreign subsidiaries could face challenges from various foreign tax authorities. It is not certain that the local authorities will accept the Company’s tax positions. The Company believes its tax positions comply with applicable tax law and intends to vigorously defend its positions. However, differing positions on certain issues could be upheld by tax authorities, which could adversely affect the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.

The Company believes it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease within the next 12 months by approximately $3.0 million due to the settlement of various audits and the expiration of statutes of limitations. The Company accrues interest related to uncertain tax positions in interest expense or interest income and recognizes penalties related to uncertain tax positions in other income or other expense. As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, $1.5 million and $2.2 million, respectively is accrued for the payment of interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities. The aggregate amount of interest and penalties recorded in the statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010, and 2009 is $(0.5) million, $0.4 million, and $0.3 million, respectively.

The undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries of approximately $71.5 million are considered to be indefinitely reinvested. Accordingly, no provision for U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes has been provided for such undistributed earnings. The determination of the additional U.S. federal and state income taxes or foreign withholding taxes that have not been provided is not practicable.

XML

Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Policies)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Nature of Business

Nature of Business

ACI Worldwide, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “ACI” or the “Company”), develop, market, install, and support a broad line of software products and services primarily focused on facilitating electronic payments. In addition to its own products, the Company distributes, or acts as a sales agent for software developed by third parties. These products and services are used principally by financial institutions, retailers, and electronic-payment processors, both in domestic and international markets.

The Company derives a substantial portion of its total revenues from licensing its BASE24 family of software products and providing services and maintenance related to those products. During the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, approximately 43%, 46%, and 46%, respectively, of the Company’s total revenues were derived from licensing the BASE24 product line, which does not include the BASE24-eps product, and providing related services and maintenance. A substantial majority of the Company’s licenses are time-based (“term”) licenses.

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Financial Statements

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. Recently acquired subsidiaries that are included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements as of the date of acquisition include: ISD Corporation (“ISD”) and Euronet Essentis Limited (“Euronet” or “Essentis”) acquired during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2009, respectively. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated.

On September 21, 2010, the Company dissolved its partnership in Madrid, Spain with Sistema 4B, S.A. (“Sistema”). As a result, the Company paid Sistema 1.0 million Euros (approximately $1.2 million) during the year ended December 31, 2010.

Capital Stock

Capital Stock

The Company’s outstanding capital stock consists of a single class of common stock. Each share of common stock is entitled to one vote upon each matter subject to a stockholders vote and to dividends if and when declared by the Board of Directors.

Use of Estimates and Risk and Uncertainties

Use of Estimates and Risk and Uncertainties

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

The Company’s financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows are subject to various risks and uncertainties. Factors that could affect its future financial statements and cause actual results to vary materially from expectations include, but are not limited to, risks related to the global financial crisis and the continuing decline in the global economy, restrictions and other financial covenants in our credit facility, volatility and disruption of the capital and credit markets and adverse changes in the global economy, consolidations and failures in the financial services industry, the cyclical nature of our revenue and earnings and the accuracy of forecasts due to the concentration of revenue generating activity during the final weeks of each quarter, impairment of our goodwill or intangible assets, exposure to unknown tax liabilities, volatility in our stock price, risks from operating internationally, including fluctuations in currency exchange rates, increased competition, our offshore software development activities, the performance of our strategic product BASE24-eps, our strategy to migrate customers to our next generation products, ratable or deferred recognition of certain revenue associated with customer migrations and the maturity of certain of our products, demand for our products, failure to obtain renewals of customer contracts or to obtain such renewals on favorable terms, delay or cancellation of customer projects or inaccurate project completion estimates, business interruptions or failure of our information technology and communication systems, our alliance with International Business Machines Corporation (“IBM”), the complexity of our products and services and the risk that they may contain hidden defects or be subjected to security breaches or viruses, compliance of our products with applicable legislation, governmental regulations and industry standards, our compliance with privacy regulations, the protection of our intellectual property in intellectual property litigation, future acquisitions, strategic partnerships and investments and litigation, and the risk that expected synergies, operational efficiencies and cost savings from the S1 acquisition may not be fully realized or realized within the expected timeframe.

Revenue Recognition, Accrued Receivables and Deferred Revenue

Revenue Recognition, Accrued Receivables and Deferred Revenue

Software License Fees. The Company recognizes software license fee revenue in accordance with ASC 605-985, Revenue Recognition: Software. For software license arrangements for which services rendered are primarily related to installation of core software and are not considered essential to the functionality of the software, the Company recognizes revenue upon delivery, provided (i) there is persuasive evidence of an arrangement, (ii) collection of the fee is considered probable and (iii) the fee is fixed or determinable. In most arrangements, vendor-specific objective evidence (“VSOE”) of fair value does not exist for the license element; therefore, the Company uses the residual method under ASC 605-985 to determine the amount of revenue to be allocated to the license element. Under ASC 605-985, the fair value of all undelivered elements, such as post contract customer support (maintenance or “PCS”) or other products or services, is deferred and subsequently recognized as the products are delivered or the services are performed, with the residual difference between the total arrangement fee and revenues allocated to undelivered elements being allocated to the delivered element.

When a software license arrangement includes services to provide significant modification or customization of software, those services are considered essential to the functionality of the software and are not separable from the software. These arrangements are accounted for in accordance with ASC 605-35, Revenue Recognition: Long Term Construction Type Contracts generally referred to as contract accounting. Under contract accounting, the Company generally uses the percentage-of-completion method. For those contracts subject to percentage-of-completion contract accounting, estimates of total revenue and profitability under the contract consider amounts due under extended payment terms. The Company recognizes revenue under these arrangements based on the lesser of payments that become due or the revenue calculated under the percentage-of-completion method. Under the percentage-of-completion method, the Company records revenue for the software license fee and services over the development and implementation period, with the percentage of completion generally measured by the percentage of labor hours incurred to-date to estimated total labor hours for each contract. In the event project profitability is assured and estimable within a range, percentage-of-completion revenue recognition is computed using the lowest level of profitability in the range. If the range of profitability is not estimable but some level of profit is assured, revenues are recognized to the extent direct and indirect costs are incurred until such time that project profitability can be estimated. In the event some level of profitability cannot be assured, completed-contract accounting is applied. If it is determined that a loss will result from the performance of a contract, the entire amount of the loss is recognized in the period in which it is determined that a loss will result.

For software license arrangements in which a significant portion of the fee is due more than 12 months after delivery or when payment terms are significantly beyond the Company’s standard business practice, the software license fee is deemed not to be fixed or determinable. For software license arrangements in which the fee is not considered fixed or determinable, the software license fee is recognized as revenue as payments become due and payable, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. For software license arrangements in which the Company has concluded that collection of the fees is not probable, revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions for revenue recognition have been met. In making the determination of collectability, the Company considers the creditworthiness of the customer, economic conditions in the customer’s industry and geographic location, and general economic conditions.

ASC 605-985 requires the seller of software that includes PCS to establish VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element of the contract in order to account separately for the PCS revenue. The Company establishes VSOE of the fair value of PCS by reference to stated renewals, expressed in dollar terms, or separate sales with consistent pricing of PCS expressed in percentage terms. In determining whether a stated renewal is not substantive, the Company considers factors such as whether the period of the initial PCS term is relatively long when compared to the term of the software license or whether the PCS renewal rate is significantly below the Company’s normal pricing practices. In determining whether PCS pricing is consistent, the Company considers the population of separate sales that are within a reasonably narrow range of the median within the identified market segment over the trailing 12 month period.

ASC 605-985 also requires the seller of software that includes services to establish VSOE of fair value of the undelivered element of the contract in order to account separately for the services revenue. The Company establishes VSOE of the fair value of services by reference to separate sales of comparable services with consistent pricing. In determining whether services pricing is consistent, the Company considers the population of separate sales that are within a reasonably narrow range of the median within the identified market segment over the trailing 12 month period.

For those software license arrangements that include customer-specific acceptance provisions, such provisions are generally presumed to be substantive and the Company does not recognize revenue until the earlier of the receipt of a written customer acceptance, objective demonstration that the delivered product meets the customer-specific acceptance criteria or the expiration of the acceptance period. The Company also defers the recognition of revenue on transactions involving less-established or newly released software products that do not have a history of successful implementation. The Company recognizes revenues on such arrangements upon the earlier of receipt of written acceptance or the first production use of the software by the customer. In the absence of customer-specific acceptance provisions, software license arrangements generally grant customers a right of refund or replacement only if the licensed software does not perform in accordance with its published specifications. If the Company’s product history supports an assessment by management that the likelihood of non-acceptance is remote, the Company recognizes revenue when all other criteria of revenue recognition are met.

For software license arrangements in which the Company acts as a sales agent for another company’s products, revenues are recorded on a net basis. These include arrangements in which the Company does not take title to the products, is not responsible for providing the product or service, earns a fixed commission, or assumes credit risk only to the extent of its commission. For software license arrangements in which the Company acts as a distributor of another company’s product, and in certain circumstances, modifies or enhances the product, revenues are recorded on a gross basis. These include arrangements in which the Company takes title to the products and is responsible for providing the product or service.

For software license arrangements in which the Company utilizes a third-party distributor or sales agent, the Company recognizes revenue on a sell-in basis when business practices and operating history indicate that there is no risk of returns, rebates, or credits and there are no other risks related to the distributor or sales agents ability to honor payment or distribution commitments. For other arrangements in which any of the above factors indicate that there are risks of returns, rebates, or credits or any other risks related to the distributor or sales agents’ ability to honor payment or distribution commitments, the Company recognizes revenue on a sell-through basis.

For software license arrangements in which the Company permits the customer to receive unspecified future software products during the software license term, the Company recognizes revenue ratably over the license term, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met. For software license arrangements in which the Company grants the customer a right to exchange the original software product for specified future software products with more than minimal differences in features, functionality, and/or price, during the license term, revenue is recognized upon the earlier of delivery of the additional software products or at the time the exchange right lapses. For customers granted a right to exchange the original software product for specified future software products where the Company has determined price, feature, and functionality differences are minimal, the exchange right is accounted for as a like-kind exchange and revenue is recognized upon delivery of the currently licensed product. For software license arrangements in which the customer is charged variable software license fees based on usage of the product, the Company recognizes revenue as usage occurs over the term of the licenses, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have been met.

Certain of the Company’s software license arrangements include PCS terms that fail to achieve VSOE of fair value due to non-substantive renewal periods, or contain a range of possible non-substantive PCS renewal amounts. As a result of the maturation of certain retail payment engine products, including BASE24, a higher number of software license arrangements in the Americas and EMEA reportable segments fail to achieve VSOE of fair value for PCS due to non-substantive renewal periods, or contain a range of possible non-substantive PCS renewal amounts. For these arrangements, VSOE of fair value of PCS does not exist and revenues for the software license, PCS and services, if applicable, are considered to be one accounting unit and are therefore recognized ratably over the longer of the contractual service term of PCS term once the delivery of both services has commenced. The Company typically classifies revenues associated with these arrangements in accordance with the contractually specified amounts, which approximate fair value assigned to the various elements, including software license fees, maintenance fees and services, if applicable.

This allocation methodology has been applied to the following amounts included in revenues in the consolidated statements of income from arrangements for which VSOE of fair value does not exist for each undelivered element (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Software license fees	$	66,939	$	47,095	$	13,905
Maintenance fees		16,801		10,261		5,273
Services		1,362		4,118		6,513
Total	$	85,102	$	61,474	$	25,691

Maintenance Fees. The Company typically enters into multi-year time-based software license arrangements that vary in length but are generally five years. These arrangements include an initial (bundled) PCS term of one year with subsequent renewals for additional years within the initial license period. For arrangements in which the Company looks to substantive renewal rates or separate sales with consistent pricing to evidence VSOE of fair value of PCS and in which the PCS renewal rate and term are substantive, VSOE of fair value of PCS is determined by reference to the stated renewal rate or by reference to the population of separate sales with consistent pricing. For these arrangements, PCS revenues are recognized ratably over the PCS term specified in the contract. In arrangements where VSOE of fair value of PCS cannot be determined (for example, a time-based software license with a duration of one year or less or when the range of possible PCS renewal amounts is not sufficiently narrow or is significantly below the Company’s normal pricing practices), the Company recognizes revenue for the entire arrangement ratably over the longer of the initial PCS term or the Services term (if any).

For those arrangements that meet the criteria to be accounted for under contract accounting, the Company determines whether VSOE of fair value exists for the PCS element. For those arrangements in which VSOE of fair value exists for the PCS element, PCS is accounted for separately and the balance of the arrangement is accounted for under ASC 605-985. For those arrangements in which VSOE of fair value does not exist for the PCS element all revenue is deferred until such time as the services are complete. Once services are complete, revenue is then recognized ratably over the remaining PCS period.

Services. The Company provides various professional services to customers, primarily project management, software implementation and software modification services. Revenues from arrangements to provide professional services are generally recognized as the related services are performed.

For those arrangements in which services revenue is deferred and the Company determines that the direct costs of services are recoverable, such costs are deferred and subsequently expensed in proportion to the related services revenue as it is recognized. For those arrangements that are accounted for under contract accounting, the Company accumulates and defers all direct and indirect costs allocable to the arrangement. For those arrangements that are not accounted for under contract accounting, the Company accumulates and defers all direct and incremental costs attributable to the arrangement.

Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.

Revenue Recognition for Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables.

Effective January 1, 2011, the Company adopted on a prospective basis for all new or materially modified arrangements entered into on or after that date, the amended accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements and the amended guidance related to the scope of existing software revenue recognition guidance. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, nor does the Company expect it to have a material impact on its future financial statements.

A multiple-deliverable arrangement is separated into more than one unit of accounting if the delivered item(s) has value to the customer on a stand-alone basis; if the arrangement includes a general right of return relative to the delivered item(s); and if delivery or performance of the undelivered item(s) is considered probable and substantially in the control of the Company. If these criteria are not met, the arrangement is accounted for as a single unit of accounting which would result in revenue being recognized ratably over the contract term or being deferred until the earlier of when such criteria are met or when the last undelivered element is delivered. If these criteria are met for each, the arrangement consideration is allocated to the separate units of accounting based on each unit’s relative selling price. The selling price for each element is based upon the following selling price hierarchy: VSOE if available, third party evidence (“TPE”) if VSOE is not available, or estimated selling price if neither VSOE nor TPE is available.

The Company enters into hosting-related arrangements that may consist of multiple service deliverables including initial implementation and setup services; on-going support services; and other services. The Company’s hosted products operate in a highly regulated and controlled environment which requires a highly specialized and unique set of initial implementation and setup services prior to the commencement of hosting-related services. Due to the essential and specialized nature of the implementation and setup services, these services do not qualify as separate units of accounting separate from the hosting service as the delivered services do not have value to the customer on a stand-alone basis. The on-going support and other services are considered as separate units of accounting as are add-on products that do not impact the availability of functionality currently in use. The total arrangement consideration is allocated to each of the separate units of accounting based on their relative selling price and revenue is recognized over their respective service periods. As the support and other services periods are the same as the hosting service period, the recognition pattern is similar to what was experienced prior to adopting the amended accounting guidance for multiple-deliverable revenue arrangements.

Multiple Arrangements. The Company may execute more than one contract or agreement with a single customer. The separate contracts or agreements may be viewed as one multiple-element arrangement or separate agreements for revenue recognition purposes. The Company evaluates whether the agreements were negotiated as part of a single project, whether the products or services are interrelated or interdependent, whether fees in one arrangement are tied to performance in another arrangement, and whether elements in one arrangement are essential to the functionality in another arrangement in order to reach appropriate conclusions regarding whether such arrangements are related or separate. The conclusions reached can impact the timing of revenue recognition related to those arrangements.

Accrued Receivables. Accrued receivables represent amounts earned that are to be billed in the near future. Included in accrued receivables are services and software hosting revenues earned in the current period but billed in the following period as well as software license fee revenues that are determined to be fixed and determinable but billed in future periods.

Deferred Revenue. Deferred revenue includes amounts currently due and payable from customers, and payments received from customers, for software licenses, maintenance and/or services in advance of recording the related revenue.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents includes holdings in checking, savings, money market and overnight sweep accounts, all of which have daily maturities, as well as time deposits with maturities of three months or less at the date of purchase. The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents on the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Concentrations of Credit Risk

In the normal course of business, the Company is exposed to credit risk resulting from the possibility that a loss may occur from the failure of another party to perform according to the terms of a contract. The Company regularly monitors credit risk exposures. Potential concentration of credit risk in the Company’s receivables with respect to the banking, other financial services and telecommunications industries, as well as with retailers, processors, and networks is mitigated by the Company’s credit evaluation procedures and geographical dispersion of sales transactions. The Company generally does not require collateral or other security to support accounts receivable. One customer in the Americas reportable segment accounted for 12.6% of the Company’s consolidated accounts receivable balance as of December 31, 2011.

The Company maintains a general allowance for doubtful accounts based on historical experience, along with additional customer-specific allowances. The Company regularly monitors credit risk exposures in accounts receivable. In estimating the necessary level of our allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers the aging of accounts receivable, the creditworthiness of customers, economic conditions within the customer’s industry, and general economic conditions, among other factors.

The following reflects activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts receivable (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of period	$	5,738		$	2,732		$	1,920
Provision (recovery) charged to general and administrative expense		(101	)		3,116			1,171
Amounts written off, net of recoveries		(516	)		(110	)		(359	)
Other (1)		(278	)		—			—
Balance, end of period	$	4,843		$	5,738		$	2,732

(1) Amount includes amounts related to the ISD acquisition and the impact of foreign exchange movements in the allowance balance.

Provision (recovery) amounts recorded in general and administrative expenses during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 reflect increases (decreases) in the allowance for doubtful accounts based upon collection experience in the geographic regions in which the Company conducts business, net of collection of customer-specific receivables which were previously reserved for as doubtful of collection.

Property and Equipment

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of these assets is generally computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	September 30,
Computer and office equipment	3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of useful life of improvement or remaining term of lease
Vehicles and other	4-5 years

Assets under capital leases are amortized over the shorter of the asset life or the lease term.

Software

Software

Software may be for internal use or available for sale. Costs related to certain software, which is available for sale, are capitalized in accordance with ASC 985-20, Costs of Software to be Sold, Leased, or Marketed, when the resulting product reaches technological feasibility. The Company generally determines technological feasibility when it has a detailed program design that takes product function, feature and technical requirements to their most detailed, logical form and is ready for coding. The Company does not typically capitalize costs related to software available for sale as technological feasibility generally coincides with general availability of the software.

Amortization of software costs to be sold or marketed externally, begins when the product is available for licensing to customers and is determined on a product-by-product basis. The annual amortization shall be the greater of the amount computed using (a) the ratio of current gross revenues for a product to the total of current and anticipated future gross revenues for that product or (b) the straight-line method over the remaining estimated economic life of the product, including the period being reported on. Due to competitive pressures, it may be possible that the estimates of anticipated future gross revenue or remaining estimated economic life of the software product will be reduced significantly. As a result, the carrying amount of the software product may be reduced accordingly. Amortization of internal-use software is generally computed using the straight-line method over estimated useful lives of three years.

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

Goodwill and Other Intangibles

In accordance with ASC 350, Intangibles – Goodwill and Other, the Company assesses goodwill for impairment at least annually. During this assessment management relies on a number of factors, including operating results, business plans and anticipated future cash flows. The Company assesses potential impairments to other intangible assets when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recovered.

In accordance with ASC 350, the Company assesses goodwill for impairment annually during the fourth quarter of its fiscal year using October 1 balances or when there is evidence that events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset may not be recovered. The Company evaluates goodwill at the reporting unit level and has identified its reportable segments, Americas, Europe/Middle East/Africa (“EMEA”), and Asia/Pacific, as its reporting units. Recoverability of goodwill is measured using a discounted cash flow model incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved. Use of a discounted cash flow model is common practice in impairment testing in the absence of available transactional market evidence to determine the fair value.

The key assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model include discount rates, growth rates, cash flow projections and terminal value rates. Discount rates, growth rates and cash flow projections are the most sensitive and susceptible to change as they require significant management judgment. Discount rates are determined by using a weighted average cost of capital (“WACC”). The WACC considers market and industry data as well as Company-specific risk factors. Operational management, considering industry and Company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates and cash flow projections for each reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and low long-term growth rates. If the calculated fair value is less than the current carrying value, impairment of the reporting unit may exist. If the recoverability test indicates potential impairment, the Company calculates an implied fair value of goodwill for the reporting unit. The implied fair value of goodwill is determined in a manner similar to how goodwill is calculated in a business combination. If the implied fair value of goodwill exceeds the carrying value of goodwill assigned to the reporting unit, there is no impairment. If the carrying value of goodwill assigned to a reporting unit exceeds the implied fair value of the goodwill, an impairment charge is recorded to write down the carrying value. The calculated fair value was in excess of the current carrying value for all reporting units.

Other intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method over periods ranging from 18 months to 10 years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of a long-lived asset group may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recorded if the sum of the future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset (undiscounted and without interest charges) is less than the carrying amount of the asset. The amount of the impairment charge is measured based upon the fair value of the asset group.

Treasury Stock

Treasury Stock

The Company accounts for shares of its common stock that are repurchased without intent to retire as treasury stock. Such shares are recorded at cost and reflected separately on the consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. The Company issues shares of treasury stock upon exercise of stock options, issuance of restricted share awards, payment of earned performance shares, and for issuances of common stock pursuant to the Company’s employee stock purchase plan. For purposes of determining the cost of the treasury shares re-issued, the Company uses the average cost method.

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

Stock-Based Compensation Plans

In accordance with ASC 718 Compensation – Stock Compensation, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation costs for only those shares expected to vest, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting term. The impact of forfeitures that may occur prior to vesting is also estimated and considered in the amount of expense recognized. Forfeiture estimates are revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods when actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Share based compensation expense is recorded in operating expenses depending on where the respective individual’s compensation is recorded. The Company generally utilizes the Black?Scholes option?pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options on the date of grant. The assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model, as well as the description of the plans the stock-based awards are granted under, are described in further detail in Note 13, “Stock-Based Compensation Plans”.

Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, as amended (the “2005 Incentive Plan”) during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, the Company granted long-term incentive program performance share awards (“LTIP Performance Shares”) to key employees of the Company including named executive officers. These LTIP Performance Shares are earned, if at all, based upon the achievement, over a specified period that must not be less than one year and is typically a three-year period (the “Performance Period”), of performance goals related to (i) the compound annual growth over the Performance Period in the sales for the Company, as determined by the Company, and (ii) the cumulative operating income over the Performance Period as determined by the Company. In no event will any of the LTIP Performance Shares become earned if the Company’s sales growth or cumulative operating income is below a predetermined minimum threshold level at the conclusion of the Performance Period. Assuming achievement of the predetermined sales growth and cumulative operating income threshold levels, up to 200% of the LTIP Performance Shares may be earned upon achievement of performance goals equal to or exceeding the maximum target levels for the performance goals over the Performance Period. Management must evaluate, on a quarterly basis, the probability that the threshold performance goals will be achieved, if at all, and the anticipated level of attainment in order to determine the amount of compensation costs to record in the consolidated financial statements.

Pursuant to the Company’s 2005 Incentive Plan, the Company granted restricted share awards (“RSAs”). The awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have requisite service periods of three years and vest in increments of 33% on the anniversary of the grant date. The awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, have requisite service periods of four years and vest in increments of 25% on the anniversary of the grant date. Under each arrangement, stock is issued without direct cost to the employee. The Company estimates the fair value of the RSAs based upon the market price of the Company’s stock at the date of grant. The RSA grants provide for the payment of dividends on the Company’s common stock, if any, to the participant during the requisite service period (vesting period) and the participant has voting rights for each share of common stock. The Company recognizes compensation expense for RSAs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.

Translation of Foreign Currencies

Translation of Foreign Currencies

The Company’s foreign subsidiaries typically use the local currency of the countries in which they are located as their functional currency. Their assets and liabilities are translated into United States dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rates during the period. Translation gains and losses are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Transaction gains and losses, including those related to intercompany accounts, that are not considered to be of a long-term investment nature are included in the determination of net income. Transaction gains and losses, including those related to intercompany accounts, that are considered to be of a long-term investment nature are reflected in the consolidated financial statements as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

Since the undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are considered to be indefinitely reinvested, the components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) have not been tax effected.

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

The provision for income taxes is computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized.

The Company periodically assesses its tax exposures and establishes, or adjusts, estimated unrecognized tax benefits for probable assessments by taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and various foreign and state authorities. Such unrecognized tax benefits represent the estimated provision for income taxes expected to ultimately be paid.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

In May 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2011-04, Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. The amendments in ASU 2011-04 change the wording used to describe many of the requirements in U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“U.S. GAAP”) for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements. Some of the amendments clarify FASB’s intent about the application of existing fair value measurement and disclosure requirements. Other amendments change a particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or for disclosing information about fair value measurements. ASU 2011-04 is effective during interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore, ASU 2011-04 will be effective for the Company’s year beginning January 1, 2012. Adoption of ASU 2011-04 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Durng the year ended December 31, 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. These updates eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders’ equity and allows two options for presenting the components of net income and other comprehensive income: (1) in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or (2) in two separate but consecutive statements, consisting of a statement of net income followed by a separate statement of other comprehensive income. These updates require retrospective application and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2011. Therefore, they will be effective for the Company’s year beginning January 1, 2012. The adoption of ASU 2011-05 and ASU 2011-12 will change the manner in which the components of other comprehensive income are presented in the financial statements, but are not expected to have any other material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment. The amendments under ASU 2011-08 will allow entities to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. Under these amendments, an entity would not be required to calculate the fair value of a reporting unit unless the entity determines, based on a qualitative assessment, that it is more likely than not that its fair value is less than its carrying amount. The amendments include a number of events and circumstances for entities to consider in conducting the qualitative assessment. Entities will have the option to bypass the qualitative assessment for any reporting unit in any period and proceed directly to performing the first step of the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, and early adoption is permitted. Adoption of ASU 2011-08 is not expected to have a material impact on the Company’s financial statements.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Effective January 1, 2008, the Company adopted the provisions of ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, for financial assets and financial liabilities. ASC 820 defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in generally accepted accounting principles, and expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. ASC 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

• Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

• Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds, credit risks, etc.) or inputs that are derived principally from or corroborated by market data by correlation or other means.

• Level 3 Inputs—Unobservable inputs for determining the fair values of assets or liabilities that reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the assets or liabilities.

Earnings per share

Earnings per share is computed in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of weighted average outstanding common shares. Diluted earnings per share is computed on the basis of basic weighted average outstanding common shares adjusted for the dilutive effect of stock options and other outstanding dilutive securities.

Segment Information

The Company’s chief operating decision maker, together with other senior management personnel, currently focus their review of consolidated financial information and the allocation of resources based on reporting of operating results, including revenues and operating income, for the geographic regions of the Americas, EMEA and Asia/Pacific and the Corporate segment. The Company’s products are sold and supported through distribution networks covering these three geographic regions, with each distribution network having its own sales force. The Company supplements its distribution networks with independent reseller and/or distributor arrangements. All administrative costs that are not directly attributable or reasonably allocable to a geographic segment are tracked in the Corporate segment. As such, the Company has concluded that its three geographic regions and its Corporate segment are its reportable operating segments.

During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company changed its segment operating income reporting measure to exclude certain corporate general and administrative expenses. Previously, corporate expenses were allocated to the segments. In addition, amortization expense on acquired intangibles is no longer allocated to the individual segments. All periods presented have been recast to reflect these changes.

The Company allocated segment support expenses such as global product development, business operations, and product management based upon percentage of revenue per segment. Depreciation and amortization costs are allocated as a percentage of the headcount by segment. The Corporate line item consists of the corporate overhead costs that are not allocated to operating segments. Corporate overhead costs relate to human resources, finance, legal, accounting, merger and acquisition activity and amortization of acquisition-related intangibles and other costs that are not considered when management evaluates segment performance.

XML

Changes in Carrying Amount of Goodwill (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011		Dec. 31, 2010
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Balance prior to the end of year			$ 252,282
Total impairment prior to the end of year			(47,432)
Ending Balance	203,935		204,850
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(1,171)		(915)
Additions-acquisition of ISD	11,380	[1]
Ending Balance	214,144		203,935
Americas
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Balance prior to the end of year			187,241
Total impairment prior to the end of year			(47,432)
Ending Balance	139,930		139,809
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(144)		121
Additions-acquisition of ISD	11,380	[1]
Ending Balance	151,166		139,930
EMEA
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Balance prior to the end of year			46,846
Ending Balance	44,250		46,846
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(638)		(2,596)
Ending Balance	43,612		44,250
Asia /Pacific
Goodwill [Line Items]
Gross Balance prior to the end of year			18,195
Ending Balance	19,755		18,195
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(389)		1,560
Ending Balance	$ 19,366		$ 19,755

[1] Addition relates to goodwill acquired during the acquisition of ISD. See Note 2, Acquisitions.

XML

Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies - Additional Information (Detail) In Millions, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011 Month Year	Dec. 31, 2010 USD ($)	Dec. 31, 2010 EUR (€)	Dec. 31, 2011 Software Acquired or Developed for Internal Use Year	Dec. 31, 2011 BASE24	Dec. 31, 2010 BASE24	Dec. 31, 2009 BASE24	Dec. 31, 2011 LTIP Performance Shares	Dec. 31, 2010 LTIP Performance Shares	Dec. 31, 2009 LTIP Performance Shares	Sep. 30, 2007 LTIP Performance Shares	Dec. 31, 2011 LTIP Performance Shares Minimum	Dec. 31, 2010 LTIP Performance Shares Minimum	Dec. 31, 2009 LTIP Performance Shares Minimum	Dec. 31, 2011 Restricted share awards (RSAs)	Dec. 31, 2010 Restricted share awards (RSAs)	Dec. 31, 2009 Restricted share awards (RSAs)	Dec. 31, 2011 Restricted share awards (RSAs) Minimum
Significant Accounting Policies [Line Items]
Percentage of total revenues from licensing BASE24 product line					43.00%	46.00%	46.00%
Payment to dissolve partnership based in Madrid, Spain with Sistema 4B, S.A. ("Sistema")		$ 1.2	€ 1.0
Percent of accounts receivable balance accounted for one customer in Americas reportable segment	12.60%
Software estimated useful life				3
Estimated useful lives of other intangible assets (in months), minimum	18
Estimated useful lives of other intangible assets (in years), maximum	10
LTIP Performance Shares, Performance period								3 years	3 years	3 years	3 years	1 year	1 year	1 year
Maximum attainment percentage that may be achieved for LTIP Performance Shares								200.00%	200.00%	200.00%
Incentive plan, requisite service period for awards granted															3 years	3 years	4 years	3 years
Restricted Share Awards, vesting increments on the anniversary dates of grants															33.00%	33.00%	25.00%	25.00%

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Total	Common Stock	Common Stock Warrants	Treasury Stock	Additional Paid-in Capital	Retained Earnings	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Beginning Balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 213,841	$ 204	$ 24,003	$ (147,808)	$ 302,237	$ 58,468	$ (23,263)
Comprehensive income (loss) information:
Net income	19,626					19,626
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	8,398						8,398
Comprehensive income	28,024
Repurchase of common stock	(15,000)			(15,000)
Shares issued and forefeited, net, under stock plans	2,175			4,778	(2,603)
Stock-based compensation	7,645				7,645
Repurchase of restricted stock for tax withholdings	(622)			(622)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2009	236,063	204	24,003	(158,652)	307,279	78,094	(14,865)
Comprehensive income (loss) information:
Net income	27,195					27,195
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(279)						(279)
Comprehensive income	26,916
Repurchase of common stock	(18,624)			(18,624)
Shares issued and forefeited, net, under stock plans	4,040			6,162	(2,122)
Stock-based compensation	7,790				7,790
Repurchase of restricted stock for tax withholdings	(562)			(562)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2010	255,623	204	24,003	(171,676)	312,947	105,289	(15,144)
Comprehensive income (loss) information:
Net income	45,852					45,852
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities	594						594
Foreign currency translation adjustments	(2,711)						(2,711)
Comprehensive income	43,735
Shares issued and forefeited, net, under stock plans	7,460			9,007	(1,547)
Stock-based compensation	11,254				11,254
Repurchase of restricted stock for tax withholdings	(742)			(742)
Ending Balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 317,330	$ 204	$ 24,003	$ (163,411)	$ 322,654	$ 151,141	$ (17,261)

XML

Goodwill

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Goodwill

4. Goodwill

Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill attributable to each reporting unit with goodwill balances during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, were as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Americas			EMEA			Asia/Pacific			Total
Gross Balance prior to December 31, 2009	$	187,241		$	46,846		$	18,195		$	252,282
Total impairment prior to December 31, 2009		(47,432	)		—			—			(47,432	)
Balance, December 31 2009		139,809			46,846			18,195			204,850
Foreign currency translation adjustments		121			(2,596	)		1,560			(915	)
Balance, December 31 2010	$	139,930		$	44,250		$	19,755		$	203,935
Foreign currency translation adjustments		(144	)		(638	)		(389	)		(1,171	)
Additions—acquisition of ISD (1)		11,380			—			—			11,380
Balance, December 31, 2011	$	151,166		$	43,612		$	19,366		$	214,144

(1) Addition relates to goodwill acquired during the acquisition of ISD. See Note 2, Acquisitions.

XML

Reconciliation of Average Share Amounts used to Compute Both Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share (Detail) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Weighted average share outstanding:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding	33,457	33,560	34,368
Add: Dilutive effect of stock options, restricted stock awards and other dilutive securities	738	310	186
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding	34,195	33,870	34,554

XML

Changes in Alliance Agreement Liability (Detail) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009	Dec. 31, 2007
Alliance Agreement [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 22,584	$ 32,487		$ 9,300
Costs related to fulfillment of technical enablement milestones	(1,917)	(9,903)	(11,000)
Ending balance	$ 20,667	$ 22,584	$ 32,487	$ 9,300

XML

Summary of Nonvested RSAs (Detail) (Restricted share awards (RSAs), USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Restricted share awards (RSAs)
Nonvested Restricted Share Awards
Beginning Balance	192,298	314,548	462,400
Granted	6,300	25,950	23,500
Vested	(86,325)	(95,014)	(115,602)
Forfeited or expired	(12,250)	(53,186)	(55,750)
Ending Balance	100,023	192,298	314,548
Grant Date Fair Value
Beginning Balance	$ 18.42	$ 17.94	$ 17.97
Granted	$ 28.95	$ 22.19	$ 16.65
Vested	$ 18.31	$ 17.81	$ 17.97
Forfeited or expired	$ 17.52	$ 18.52	$ 17.54
Ending Balance	$ 19.29	$ 18.42	$ 17.94

XML

Nature of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Revenues in Consolidated Statements of Income from Arrangements for which VSOE of Fair Value Does Not Exist

This allocation methodology has been applied to the following amounts included in revenues in the consolidated statements of income from arrangements for which VSOE of fair value does not exist for each undelivered element (in thousands):

		September 30,		September 30,		September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011		2010		2009
Software license fees	$	66,939	$	47,095	$	13,905
Maintenance fees		16,801		10,261		5,273
Services		1,362		4,118		6,513
Total	$	85,102	$	61,474	$	25,691

Activity in Allowance for Doubtful Accounts Receivable

The following reflects activity in the Company’s allowance for doubtful accounts receivable (in thousands):

		September 30,			September 30,			September 30,
	Years Ended December 31,
	2011			2010			2009
Balance, beginning of period	$	5,738		$	2,732		$	1,920
Provision (recovery) charged to general and administrative expense		(101	)		3,116			1,171
Amounts written off, net of recoveries		(516	)		(110	)		(359	)
Other (1)		(278	)		—			—
Balance, end of period	$	4,843		$	5,738		$	2,732

(1) Amount includes amounts related to the ISD acquisition and the impact of foreign exchange movements in the allowance balance.

Property and Equipment Estimated Useful Lives using Straight-Line Method

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation of these assets is generally computed using the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives:

	September 30,
Computer and office equipment	3-5 years
Furniture and fixtures	7 years
Leasehold improvements	Lesser of useful life of improvement or remaining term of lease
Vehicles and other	4-5 years

XML

Summary of Differences between Income Tax Expense (Benefit) Computed at Statutory Federal Income Tax Rate and per Consolidated Statements of Income (Parenthetical) (Detail)	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Reconciliation of Provision of Income Taxes [Line Items]
Effective tax rate	35.00%	35.00%	35.00%

XML

Commitments and Contingencies (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Aggregate Minimum Operating Lease Payments

Aggregate minimum operating lease payments under these agreements in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
	Operating
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Leases
2012		9,007
2013		8,557
2014		7,118
2015		6,428
2016		5,526
Thereafter		31,873
Total minimum lease payments	$	68,509

Aggregate Minimum Capital Lease Payments

Aggregate minimum capital lease payments under these agreements in future fiscal years are as follows (in thousands):

		September 30,
Fiscal Year Ending December 31,	Capital Leases
2012		1,138
2013		784
2014		176
2015		21
2016		—
Thereafter		—
Total minimum lease payments	$	2,119
Amount representing interest		(161	)
Present value of minimum lease payments	$	1,958

XML

Employee Benefit Plans

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Employee Benefit Plans

14. Employee Benefit Plans

ACI 401(k) Plan

The ACI 401(k) Plan is a defined contribution plan covering all domestic employees of the Company. Participants may contribute up to 100% of their pretax annual compensation up to a maximum of $17,000 (for employees who are under the age of 50 on December 31, 2011) or a maximum of $22,500 (for employees aged 50 or older on December 31, 2011). The Company matches participant contributions 100% on every dollar deferred to a maximum of 4% of eligible compensation contributed to the plan, not to exceed $4,000 per employee annually. Company contributions charged to expense during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, was $2.8 million and was $2.9 million during the year ended December 31, 2009.

ACI Worldwide EMEA Group Personal Pension Scheme

The ACI Worldwide EMEA Group Personal Pension Scheme is a defined contribution plan covering substantially all ACI Worldwide (EMEA) Limited (“ACI-EMEA”) employees. For those ACI-EMEA employees who elect to participate in the plan, the Company contributes a minimum of 8.5% of eligible compensation to the plan for employees employed at December 1, 2000 (up to a maximum of 15.5% for employees aged over 55 years on December 1, 2000) or 6.0% of eligible compensation for employees employed subsequent to December 1, 2000. ACI-EMEA contributions charged to expense during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1.3 million and was $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.